T

TA (tà) to dash down. Cf. takahi, to trample; tatahau, to be violent; tau, to attack. 2. A mallet, a maul. 3. To beat; to strike with a stick. Cf. tapa, to pulverise soil; tapahi, to chop; tarai, to chop with an adze; tararo, a mess of mashed food. 4. A whip for a top; to whip a top: A ka kaha te ta a Manutongatea—A. H. M., v. 15: He tino mohio rawa a Hutu ki te tekateka niti, a ki te ta potaka ano hoki— A. H. M., ii. 158. Cf. tawhiu, to drive together; tawhiri, to whirl round. 5. To sprinkle by means of a branch or bunch of leaves dipped in water: Ka ta atu ai ki nga pou e rua— Eko., xii. 7. 6. To dash water out of a canoe; to bale; a scoop for baling water out of a canoe. Cf. taha a calabash. 7. The stern of a canoe. 8. A feint in wrestling; a lock in wrestling. 9. The shin, the lower part of the leg. Cf. tatahau the leg; tahau, the front part of the thigh. 10. Wind; a gentle wind: Ata rangaranga ana te ta. Cf. tawhenua, a land-breeze. 11. To breathe. Cf. takuate, to sigh. 12. To throw out, as a fishing-line. 13. To net: Kei te ta kupenga, kei te hao ana— P. M., 11: Ka whakahau e Pahau kia taia he toiemi— A. H. M., iv. 84. Cf. takeke’ to make a net; tawhiwhi, to be entwined, entangled; taruke, a crayfish-trap; tapuni, to close up faulty places in a net; takekenga, the mesh of a net. 14. A mark or sign: He ta kakaho e kitea, ko te ta o te ngakau ekore e kitea— Prov. 15. To paint or print: Ano i taia ki te takou te whero— P. M., 19. 16. To tattoo: I taia te moko ki te aha?— Prov.: Taia mai ra ki te uhi a Mataora— G. P., 57. Cf. tahei, to divide by a stripe; tapawaha tattooing on the cheek; tatau, to count. [See Tahitian.] For New Zealand tattooing, see Mataora, and Mokokuri. 17. To spear, to lance: Ka haere nga tuakana ki te ta kereru— Wohl., Trans., vii. 37. Cf. tao, a spear; tara, a spear-point; tahere, a bird-spear. 18. To be oblique; to deviate from the perpendicular. Cf. tapapa, to stoop; tawharu, to sag; tawharawhara, leaning, slanting. 19. Ta-i-te kawa. [See under Kawa.] He patunga tapu ano to te tànga i te kawa— A. H. M., i. 4.

TATA (tatà), to bale water out of a canoe; a vessel used to bale with: Ko nga kaiwae, ko te hoe, me te tata— M. M., 185.

TATA (tàtà), to dash down. 2. To break to pieces by dashing on the ground or across a stone: hence, to cleave, to split up: Te Kai tata i o wahie— Tiu., xxix. 11. 3. To beat, to strike repeatedly with a stick. 4. To gainsay, to oppose, to withstand. 5. A kind of net used for catching crayfish: Oriori mai ki roto ki te tata— Wohl., Trans., vii. 52. 6. [See Tata, a stalk.]

TANGA, the circumstance, time or place of dash ing down, striking, &c. 2. A company, a troop. 3. The place where a seine-net is used.

TATAHANGA (tàtàhanga), the circumstance, &c. of dashing down.

Samoan— ta (tà), a stroke, a blow; to strike with a stick or weapon; (b.) to beat with a stick upon the native drum; (c.) to tattoo; (d.) to play on a musical instrument with the hand; (e.) to reprove; (f.) to open a vein; (g.) to bale a canoe; (h.) to wash clothes by beating them in water; (i.) to turn a somer-sault; tata, to jerk off, to pluck with violence; (b.) the figure-head of a canoe; (c.) the rubber for rubbing on the colours of a siapo (native garment); tata (tatà), a baler for a canoe; to bale out; (b.) to be relaxed, as the bowels; (c) to speak rapidly; (d.) to cover with banana

– 438 –

leaves in order to keep dry; tata (tàtà), to flap the wings; (b.) to break firewood, to break up a dry tree, in order to get afato grubs; (c.) perspiration in sickness; fa'a-ta (fa'a-tà), to intercede for; fa'a-tata (fa‘a-tàtà), to crack a cocoanut in the middle, so as to make the juice flow quickly; (b.) one method of fishing. Cf. ‘apatà, to clap the wings; ta'au, to strike the handle of a paddle against the gunwale of the canoe in pulling; sasa, to beat, to scourge; tatau, tattooing; ‘autà, the wooden drumstick used to beat the mat-drum at a night-dance; the agitation of the sea after a breeze; tàiti, a person tattooed young; a youth; tàitua, a back-handed blow: tautà, to fish with a large net, driving the fish into it by striking the water; tautatau, one who sits with the tattooers at work; tàfao, a mallet used in canoebuilding; to strike the fao; to hammer; tàfala, to beat the mat-drum at a night-dance; talaki, the name of one kind of net; tàliu, to bale out a canoe; tàtatau, tattooing instruments; tatù, to stamp with the feet; to strike down a man standing.

Tahitian—ta, to strike; (b.) to write; (c.) the instrument for marking the skin; (d.) a rope pendant from a tree, by which children swing; a skipping-rope; (e.) the meshes of a net; (f.) to repeat, or tell a tale; (g.) to move in the womb; the motion of a child in the womb, when the mother is-startled by some affecting or unexpected news; (h.) the stalk of the banana that supports the fruit; (i.) a causal prefix answering somewhat to the Maori whaka; tata, to delay; (b.) to strike, to beat; tata (tatà), a ladle or vessel to bale with; to ladle, to bale a canoe, &c. Cf. ota, to fell a tree; taiariu, the part of a canoe where it is baled out; tapao, a sign or mark; to make a sign or mark; tatau, to tattoo, to mark or point on the human skin; to count or number; counting; tatatau, a person who marks the skin; tatiti, to point or ornament a piece of native cloth with various figures; taaa, to cut the roots in order to fell a tree; taetae, sharp thorns or prickles on the tail of fishes; taha, a cocoanut-bottle; tahahu, a baler, a ladle; taharahara, membrum virile; tahere, a girdle; tairi, to strike; tao, a spear used in war; taotao, a piece of carved work in a canoe; tapono, to knot, to tie together in knots; taputua, a certain tatau or skin mark; tarai, to chop, to adze; tatui, to strike through, as a dart.

Hawaiian—ka, to strike, to dash, to overthrow; a striking against, a collision: Aia Mahiki, ke ka mai la; There is Mahiki striking one down. (b.) To strike, as to strike fire with flint and steel; to block or chip off a piece of hard stone for the purpose of making a stone adze in ancient times (ka makau, to fabricate a bone into a fish-hook); (c.) to bale water, as from a canoe; a baler; (d.) to finish or end a thing; to rest; to escape from pursuit; to flee away; (e.) to radiate, to go out from the centre, as rays from the sun, as sparks from red-hot iron; (f.) to braid or net, from a central point; (g.) to curse, to express anger at one by wishing evil; (h.) to doom, to pass sentence; (i.) to catch birds in a snare; kaka, to beat, to whip; (b.) to cut and split or break wood (this was anciently done, not with an axe, but by striking sticks against stones or rooks); (c.) to wash, as dirty clothes, by beating them in water; (d.) to strike, as fire from a flint; to thrash out grain; (e.) to rip open; (f.) to dip or bale up water; (g.) fruits that grow in clusters, as grapes; kakaka, a bow for shooting arrows; a cross-bow; to crook, to arch, to bend as a bow; hoo-ka, to destroy, to cause to perish; (b.) to be disappointed; to be put to confusion; made ashamed; (c.) to strike, to dash, to cause to kill; hoo-kaka, to break up, as wood for fuel; to dash, to strike against. Cf. kao, a dart, a javelin; to cast as a dart; kaha a scratch, a mark, a letter; to scratch, to write; to cut, to hew, as timber; to out open, as a fish or animal; kakau, to write, to paint upon kapa (native cloth: tapa) as in ancient times; kakaukaha, to print, paint, or mark, as upon the skin; kakia, a nail, a pin, a wedge; kakala, the spur of a cook; kakua, to bind or fasten on, as a girdle; kalai, to hew; kapa, the cloth beaten from the bark of the wauki or paper-mulberry; kawa, to strike secretly, to assassinate.

Tongan— ta, a blow, to beat, to strike; (b.) to hew; (c.) to tattoo; the tattooing on the body; (d.) the circular end of a Tongan house; (e.) a row of bananas; tata the scoop for baling water out of canoes; (b.) to cover; a covering for the top of the thatch of a house; any covering for the head; (c.) to dab; a dabber used in making native cloth; (d.) to collect; (e.) to wipe, to rub; to clean out, as a well; faka-ta, to put the ends to a Tongan house; faka-tata, an image, a portrait; allegory, parable; to speak figuratively. Cf. tai, to strike, to beat; mauta, to have learnt, to have acquired; taibaga, to break, to bruise, to fall; tabo, a certain kind of fishing-net; tabulu, one way of tattooing; tafano, one kind of fishing-net; tafoa, to break, to crack; takatakata, to walk about and strike others; tatatau, to tattoo; the tattooing.

Rarotongan — ta, to kill, to destroy: Arataki mai ana ia aronga ki konei, e na matou e ta; Bring him here, and we will kill him. (b.) To plague, to annoy: Ka taia e au te aronga i makitakita mai iaia ra; I will plague those that hate him. (c.) To striko, to beat: Na Tinirau e ta ta i tana kiri; That Tinirau may strike my skin, (d.) To tattoo: Na Ina Tekea i ta e; Tekea (the Shark-god) was tattooed by Ina. (e.) To write; tata, a very coarse net; (b.) to write. Cf. tatatatau, to tattoo.

Marquesan—ta, to make a knot or fillet; (b.) the knot of a band; (c.) to strike, to beat; (d.) to kill; tata (tàta), to lift the upper bark to make cloth of the under bark; tataa, a vessel for baling a canoe. Cf. tatahu, a wound on the forehead.

Mangarevan—ta, to write; writing; (b.) to tattoo; (c.) to suffer, said of a wound or skin-disease; (d.) to husk a cocoanut; (e.) to make a band or fillet; (f.) to clean a well; (g.) to discover, to see first; (h.) to cut young poles to make cords of the bark; (i.) to join the ends of a chain or of cocoanut-branches on two rafts, so as to join them together; (j.) to try or prove the effect of castings or shootings. Cf. tahoa, to make native cloth by beating; tahihi, to be entangled, as thread; taia, to be vanquished in a duel; to be the one in a wrestling fall; takahi, to crush under under foot; takai, to strike with the feet; takape, to break, to break easily; takoiko,

– 439 –

tattooing; to tattoo; tapotu, to beat.

Paumotan—cf. tatau, to tattoo; tamaki, to fight; takaikai, to entwine, to twist; tapona, to knot; tairo, to mark, to stamp.

Ext. Poly.: Motu— cf. tàia, to coil in the hand; tadaia, to beat out the bark of the paper-mulberry for making cloth; atah, to out.

Aneityum—cf. ehtit, or ehtet, to knot or net.

Fiji—cf. ta, to chop, to cut with an axe; tata, to chop lightly; to dres, as timber; tata-ya, to hack.

Malagasy —cf. fa, the sound of beating or knocking; tabaka, a stick used for driving cattle.

Malay— cf. chachah, to puncture the skin, to tattoo; chap, to print; tata. order, disposition, arrangement (Sanscrit?).

Java—cf. chachah, quantity; number; to count.

New Britain— cf. ta, to strike.

Formosa—cf. tatta, a beater for bruising corn; tabba, a native chopper; tatabba, an instrument for stabbing; tattaga, an instrument for cutting; tattipi, the sting of anything which stings with its tail; malatà, a hammer.

Sikayana—cf. ta, to strike.

Macassar—cf. tatta, to fell; to cut off.

TA (tà), an exclamation of address: E ta! tau a rangi—S. T., 166: E ta, e aha ana tona, reka o tena kai o te tangata—A. H. M., i. 30. Cf. tae, a similar exclamation.

Samoan—cf. Ta e! a call to a child.

Hawaiian—ka, an interjection, used at the beginning of a speech to call attention; (b.) an exclamation of surprise, disappointment, or disgust; (c.) Ka! Ka! Sufficient! Stop!

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. ta, and tata, a word used by children (“father”) instead of using the proper name.

Malagasy—cf. dada, or daday, father.

Guaham—cf. tata, father.

Formosa—cf. ta, a prefix to names of men.

TA, a particle, signifying “the—of,” as Ta tatou matua, the parent of us: No reira tana wahine ta Tumutumuwhenua—G.-8, 29. To is also thus used for ‘te—o’.

Tahitian—ta, of or belonging to, as ta oe, yours (the — of you); ta ratou, theirs. Cf. to, used similarly as to oe atoa ra, all that is thine.

Hawaiian—ka; of or belonging to, as ka laua, that of those two.

Mangaian —ta, of or belonging to: Kua pou oki te kai i ta taua puke kete; The food in our baskets is all consumed.

Marquesan — ta, of or belonging to.

Mangarevan—ta, a possessive article; (b.) used as a genitive concerning food, or the name of wife or husband.

Aniwan—tsha, a particle prefixed, signifying “a thing belonging to,” as tahaku, my thing.

TAANOA, part of the female genitals (clitoris).

TAAWHE, to go round a corner; to weather a point of land: A ka taawhe ratou i Muriwhenua—P. M., 122. Cf. takaawhe, circuitous; hawhe, to come or go round; awhe, to surround, to beset; awheo, a halo; awhio, to go round about. 2. To be travelled all round, circumambulated. [For comparatives, see Takaawhe.]

TAAWHI, to suppress feelings, to restrain anger, &c.: Taawhi noa iho, e totoko tonu ake ana i roto i te ngakau te whanowhanoa—P. M., 83. 2. To pant for breath.

TAAWHITAAWHI, to linger, to hang back.

TAE, to arrive: A tae noa ki tenei-po—P. M., 14: Ka haere a Tane ka toe ki te kainga o Tukainanapia—Wohl., Trans., vii. 83. 2. To go: Ka maroke te kaki o te manu, ka toe ki te wai Wohl., Trans., vii. 35. 3. To reach the utmost limit.

TAEA (also Taeka,) to be reached. 2. To be equalled. 3. To be effected, to be accomplished: E kore e taea e te tangata kahakore P. M., 17. 4. To be overcome, to be taken.

Whaka-TAETAE, to prove by trial; to try one's strength; to contend: E haere ana homi ia ki te whakataetae i tera tohunga — M., 171.

Samoan—taea, to reach to; to be reached.

Tahitian—tae, to arrive, to come to a place; to arrive at a thing or an act: Tae atura oia i reira i roto i te hoe ana, e ua taoto ihora i reira; He came thither to a cave, and dwelt in it. Faa-tae, to go quite to, or reach quite out to anything, as to fruit at the extremity of a branch; to excite to go, to let a going; (b.) to take a person or thing to the marae (sacred place). Cf. faa-taeaau (M.L. = whaka-taengakau) that which excites desire after anything.

Hawaiian— kae, to have a border or brim; to hold on the brim or border; the edge or border of a thing: A e hana oe i kae a puni ia mea, i hookahi lima ka laula; You shall make a border round the thing a hand's breadth wide. (b.) The side, as of a precipice, of a wood, of a lake, &c.; (c.) the exterior of the anus; kaekae, the narrow edge of a rule; (b.) having many edges; by borders; on the borders; (c.) to bo smooth and plump; kakae, to run; to be nimble, quick, lively; hoo-kae, to hate, to dislike; (b.) to blot out; to kill, to destroy.

Moriori—cf. ta, to arrive.

Tongan—tae, to reach, to stretch out the hand for any object; tatae, to extend the arm to collect; to gather; faka-tae, to take off, to carry away. Cf. fetataeaki, to reach, to touch with the hands stretched out.

Rarotongan—tae, to come to, to arrive: I na, e tae mai aia; Lo, he shall arrive. Aka-tae, to bring forth, to produce.

Mangarevan—tae, to arrive, to reach; tae?a, a haunt of fish; akatae, to plumb the depths of the sea; (b.) to cause to touch; (c.) to go a long way off; (d.) to try to seize a thing which one has trouble to get.

Paumotan—tae, to arrive.

TAE, an exclamation of address: E tae! Cf. ta, a similar exclamation.

TAE, gum; exudation from plants. Cf. tutae excrement; tahae, filth; taematuku, purulent; tahe, menses of women. 2. A dye, coloring matter.

Samoan—tae, excrement, fæces; tae (tàe) to gather up rubbish. Cf. fa'a-taelama, black-vomit; tafe, to flow, to run-down,

Tahitian —cf. taetae, a sore, an ailment: tahe, to run as any liquid; tahetahe, to be oozing or running without ceasing; tutae, excrement; tutaeauri, iron-rust tutaero, a disease of the bark of trees.

Hawaiian—cf. kukae, excrement; dirt filth; kukaeuli, the black matter in the cuttle-fish; kae, the border or edge of a thing, the exterior of the anus; hoo-kae, to hate, to dislike; to destroy; to kill; to daub over; to defile; to pollute; kahe to drip, to trickle; a flow of blood. ‘

Tongan—tae, excrement, fæces; (b.) a cough; to cough; tatae, to gather up; faka-tae, to take up, to carry away. Cf. taele, sediment, remains. Marquesan-cf. kae, spittle dropping from the

– 440 –

mouth; tahe, to trickle.

Morioi—cf. hokotae, abominable.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. tage, excrement.

Malagasy—cf. tay, dung; excrement; taiadelo, mucus from the nose.

Magindano —cf. tae, dung.

Formosa— cf. chè, dung.

Macassar—cf. tai, excrement; dysentery; dirt; rust.

TAEA. [See under Tae.]

TAEAKA, a variety of potato.

TAEHAE, stingy, mean. Cf. tahae, a thief; tahae, filth.

Tahitian —cf. taehae, a savage man or beast; wild, savage, untamed, cruel.

Paumotan —cf. taehae, tyranical; arikitaehae, a tyrant.

TAEKA. [See Taea, under Tae.]

TAEKAI, worn-out soil.

TAEKE, a snare used in catching birds: Hei taeke manu, ara hei kaha—MSS. Cf. tahere, to ensnare; ta, to net.

TAEKI (tàeki), to lie, to recline. Cf. taika, to lie.

TAEMATUKU, purulent. Cf. tae, exudation; tutae, excrement; tahae, filth.

Tahitian —cf. taematuu, to grieve. [For full comparatives, see Tae.]

TAEO (tàeo), a thicket of supplejack, kiekie, or other scandent, entwined plants.

TAEPA (tàepa), pendant; to hang down; trailing: Kei hopu to ringa ki te aka taepa—P. M., 50. Cf. tareparepa, to flap in the wind. Te taepaepatanga o te rangi, the place where the sky hangs down to the horizon. [See Myth.]. 2. A fence [also Taiepa]; to fence in: Ka tapuketia ki te tara o te whare, taepatia— Wohl., Trans., vii. 32.

Samoan —cf. taepà, a basket or net for catching the sea-worm called palolo.

TAEPAEPATANGA-O-TE-RANGI (myth.), a name for the great mid-ocean whirlpool, commonly known as Te Parata—P. M., Eng. 87, Maori 74. [See Parata, and Taepa.]

TAEPO, a goblin, a spectre. Cf. tae, to arrive; po, night.

Ext. Poly.: Formosa — cf. Chaibos, the Devil.

TAERO, a lean sow; leanness.

Whaka-TAERO, desirous of the male, said of girls; maris appetens. 2. An obstruction, an obstacle. 3. Tightly; fast-bound.

TAHA, the side: A ka tae ki te taha o te moana, ka noho i reira—P. M., 29. Cf. tahatai, the sea-shore; tahatika, the coast-line; titaha, to lean to one side; tahaki, one side; kotaha, sideways, askance. 2. To pass on one side, to go by: Ka ngaro atu a Hine, ka taha— Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. 3. A leaf of flax (Phormium).

TAHATAHA, the Steep bank of a river.

Whaka-TAHA, to go on one side; to move Whaka-TATAHA, stealthily: Ka karanga a Reinuiatokia ‘Whakataha!’ —Wohl., Trans., vii. 48.

Whaka-TAHATAHA, to turn from side to side.

Samoan —tafa, the side of a hill; (b.) to turn on one side; (c.) to cut, to gash, to scarify; tafatafa, the side: E saunia foi le malaia i ona tafatafa; Calamity shall be ready at his side. Fa'a-tafa, to step on one side to allow a chief to pass; (b.) a chief's illness; fa'a-tafatafa, on one side; indirectly; (b.) to pass on one side; (c.) to ask in a sidelong manner. Cf. tafatasi, one-sided; united in one, as a title held by one; tafajà, four-sided; tafatafailagi, the horizon; tafailauloto, the edge of a sugar-cane leaf.

Tahitian—taha, the side; a side; tahataha, to be declining, as the sun in the afternoon; (b.) to be wandering, as the eye, on account of some evil that is felt or designed; faa - tahataha, to cast a side-glance at something disagreeable. Cf. tahaatau, the right side of a person; tahaaui, the left side; ataha to turn aside: atahataha, narrow, as the border of low land between the mountains and the sea-shore.

Hawaiian —kaha, to stand sideways; to stand upon edge like the comb of a cock; (b.) to tread water; to swim standing up; (c.) to cut, to hew timber; (d.) to scratch, to make marks; (e.) to turn about to go away; to go off; (f.) a strip of barren land on the seashore. cf. kukaha, to stand bent sideways.

Tongan —cf. taha, the numeral “one” (Maori = tahi); balataha, all on one side.

Raro— tongan—taa, the side; one side; the edge: Na te taa o te rangi; At the edge of the sky.

Marquesan —taha, to go; to go to the right or left; tataha, to go and return in walking about.

Mangarevan — taha, near; in the presence of [see Tata]; (b.) to go towards the sea or the mountains, Taha ki uta ko Maui Matavaru; Eight-eyed Maui was on the landward side, (c.) To drive fish into a narrow place; tahataha, to cut wood into morsels; (b.) to open the pearl-oyster; (c.) to make an autopsy; aka-taha, to shun, to avoid, to pass on one side. Cf. atutaha, the open country; katahataha, a neighbour; kitaha, to place apart; tahaga, only.

TAHA (tahà), a calabash: Ka tae te taha ki roto i te wai—P. M., 92. Cf. ta, to bale a canoe; tahe, a calabash; tawha, a calabash.

Tahitian —taha, a cocoanut-bottle. Cf. tahahu to bale, to lade; to skim; a ladle.

Marquesan—Cf. tàhaha, a flat plate; a trough for mashed food.

Mangaian —taa, a calabash: E taa vai no Tautiti; A calabash of water for Tautiti.

TAHAE (tàhae), a thief; to steal: Ke te tahae kua haere ki waho i te turua-waenganui po— P. M., 134: Ka rua tahi nga mea i tahaetia e Tama-te-Kapua— P. M., 72. Cf. hae, to tear; taitahae, oppressive, wearisome. 2. A young fellow; a young person. Cf. tahake a young fellow. 3. To do anything by stealth; clandestine; illegitimate: He tane tahae a Tuwharetoa—P. M., 125. 4. Filth: Hei koko i te tahae o te kainga o Rehua—P. M., 37. Cf. tae, exudation from trees; tutae, excrement.

Tahitian—tahe, to steal. Cf. taehae, a savage man or beast; wild, untamed; cruel.

Hawaiian—cf. Kaha, robbery, plunder, rapine; hae, wild, tearing, furious.

Mangaian —taae, a monster: Koia i pau taae; Victorious over monsters.

Paumotan—cf. tae-hae, a bloody-minded person; cruel, tyrannical.

Tongan—cf. tae, excrement.

Samoan—cf. tae, excrement.

TAHAE-O-TE-KORAHA (myth.), “The Thief of the Desert”; the name of a fairy who stole the child of Takaraho—Ika, 285.

– 441 –

TAHAKE (tàhake), a young fellow; a person. Cf. tahae, a young fellow; a person.

TAHAKI, one side: A ka tu tahaki a ia—A. H. M., i. 162: Engari i waiho mai i tahaki—P. M., 20. Cf. taha, the side; tahapa, to pass by. 2. The shore, regarded from the water. Cf. tahatai, the sea-shore; tahatika the coastline; tahataha, the steep bank of a river.

Samoan—tafa‘i, those privileged to sit on the right and left hand of a chief; (b.) to break off; tafa'ia, to get before anothor in swimming in the surf; (b.) to circumvent another by getting his lady-love. Cf. tafa, to turn on one side; the side of a hill.

Tongan —tafaaki, the side, right or left. [For full comparatives, see Taha, the side.]

TAHAKU (tàhaku), my. [For. Taku. See Taku.]

TAHANGA, naked: Ka tahi ia ka marama ake, anana ! kua noho tahanga ia—P. M., 16. Cf. taha, the side [see Mangarevan]; hana to glow [see Hawaiian.] 2. Empty. Cf. kautahanga, empty.

Samoan — tafaga, to be dear of trees; tafagafaga, thrown open, as a house with all the pola (wall-mats) drawn up; (b.) open, clear, as a place in the bush without trees; (c.) smelling of pork. Cf. tafa, to turn on one side; to dawn; to cut, to gash, to scarify; tafagaloa, open, eear of trees.

Tahitian —tahaa naked, without clothes or covering: Mai iana hoi i fanau tahaa noa mai mai te opu mai o te metua vahine ra; e na reira hoi oia ia ho'i ra, mai iana hoi i haere maira; As he came forth from his mother's womb, naked shall he return to go as he came. Cf. aitahaa, a person destitute of modesty, that would come and eat naked without regarding the presence of others; nohotahaa, to dwell, Sit, or continue naked; to abide in the unmarried state.

Hawaiian — kohana, naked; nakedness; nakedly; to make bare, to strip naked: He kai hele kohana ko Mamala; A sea for going naked in is Mamala. Kohanahana, to be hot, to be warm; to burn. Cf. hana, to be warm; to do, to work, to labour [see Maori Hanga]; kohania, to be shaven, cut close, as a shaven head; holokohana, to be destitute of clothes, to go about naked.

Tongan—tafaga. cleared, free from trees; tafa?afa?a, a spot free from trees, &c. Cf. tafa, to cut, to carve; an open wound made by something sharp; tafagaloa open, free; wilderness-like; without trees.

Rarotongan—taaka, naked: Kite akera raua e, te vai taaka ua ra raua; They knew that they were naked.

Marquesan—tahakahaka, clear to view, stripped of brushwood.

Mangarevan—cf. tahaga, only; aka-taha, to shun, to pass on one side; atutaha, the open country; katahataha, a neighbour; kitaha, to place apart; nohotahaga, unmarried.

Paumotan—cf. nohotahaga, temporary; tahaga-haere, indecent.

TAHANGA, moderately; a little.

Mangarevan — tahaga, only: To koutou akaaroa ki te etua e akamikara tahaga; Your devotion to the god is in appearance only: E ika riria tahaga; Bad fish only.

TAHANGOI, awkward, unaccustomed.

TAHAOHAO (tàhaohao), to cease (spoken of rain).

Marquesan—cf. tahao, to hover in the air.

Hawaiian—cf. kahau, to abate, as the wind; to be diminished, as sickness; to abate, as a stream of water.

TAHAPA (tàhapa), to pass by. Cf. taha, to pass on one side; hapa, to be passed over in the apportionment of anything. 2. To be left behind. 3. At an acute angle. Cf. hapa, crooked hapa, crooked;

TAHAPOUNANU, a species of Shark.

TAHARAHARA (tàharahara), to be diminished. Cf. harahara, to be diminished.

TAHATAHA-PAKUHA, a dowry; a marriage portion. [See Pakuha.]

TAHATAI, the sea-shore: Ka tukua o matou turi ki te tahatai, ka inoi—Nga Mahi, xxi. 5. Cf. taha, the side; tai, the sea; tahake, the shore; tahatika, the coast-line; tatahi, the seaside; takutai, the sea-coast.

Samoan —cf. tai, the tide, the sea; tafa the side of a hill.

Tahitian—tahatai, the sea-shore. Cf. taha a side; tai, the sea; salt water.

Hawaiian—kahakai, the sea-beach: Halulu aku la ka pohaku i ke kaha kai; The rock thundered off to the sea-shore: Ahu iho la i kahakai; They gathered them together on the sea-shore. (b.) The sand of the sea-beach; (c.) the region of country bordering the sea. Cf. kaha, a strip of barren land on the sea-shore; kai, the sea; makahakai, at the sea-side.

Rarotongan—taatai, the sea shore: Te tu ua maira oki te tangata tini i taatai; The whole multitude stood on the shore. Cf. tai, the sea; taa, the side.

TAHATIKA, the coast-line. Cf. taha, one side; tahatai, the sea-shore; tahaki, the shore. [For comparatives, see Tahatai.]

TAHATITI (myth.), a deified ancestor, a descend ant of Tiki. He was the son of Apaapa, and father of Ruatapu—. R., 14. Ruatapu is more widely known as the son of Uenuku.

TAHATU (thatàù), the upper edge of thing, as of a net or canoe-sail. Cf. taha, the side; tu, to stand. 2. The horizon. 3. (Moriori) The bank of a river.

Mangarevan —cf. tahatu, a creek; a bay.

TAHATUNA (myth.), one of the canoes of the Migration of the Maori people to New Zealand—A. H. M., ii. 177. No tradition as to this canoe has come down to us: the name only has been preserved.

TAHAU (tàhaù,) the front part of the thigh. 2. The calf of the leg.

TATAHAU, the leg.

TAHAU, thy. A lengthened form of Tau: He aha tahau e whai mai i au? — Wohl., Trans., vii. 43. Cf. mahaku for maku; nahau for nau, &c.

Rarotongan—taau, thy, thine: E rekareka taau moe; Your sleep shall be sweet: I keia matou i taau i te aa? How have we robbed you?

TAHAURI (myth.), a person of prediluvian times, famous for his teaching rites and incantations—A. H. M., i. 170.

TAHAWAHAWA (tàhawahawa), to defile, to pollute, to contaminate with something tapu. Cf. hawahawa, to be smeared.

Samoan —cf. sava, to be daubed with filth;

– 442 –

filth, ordure.

Tahitian—tahavahava, to befoul. Cf. hava, dirty, filthy, defiled; havahava, filthy.

Hawaiian—cf. hawa, to be daubed with excrement; to be defiled.

Marquesan—cf. hava, dirty, fouled.

TAHE, the menses, the monthly courses of women: Aku toto, aku tahe, aku parapara—P. M., 127. 2. Abortion. Cf. taheke, to descend; paheke, the menses; heke, to drip, to descend.

Whaka-TAHE, an abortion: Tena ko tenei whakatahe, ko wai tatou ka ata kite atu—P. M., 14. 2. To clear from obstruction, as a water-course or channel.

Samoan—tafe (plural tatafe, passive tafea), to flow, to run down; fa'a-tafe, to cause to flow. Cf. tàfega, a freshet; a flow of a river; tafelaloma'a, to have a small flow (lit. “to run under the stones”); tafeaga, exiles in war; tafetotoi, to be streaming with blood; tafetinoivai, to flow in the river-bed; tafe'ialo, to be carried by a current inside the reef; tae, excrement; tafa, to cut, to gash; to dawn.

Tahitian—tahe, to run, as any liquid; to melt; tahetahe, to bleed; to run as any liquid; to be oozing or running without ceasing. Cf. tahee, to be purging; tahetaheavai, little rivulets or streams; tahetatufà, acrid streams running among the coral when the sea is low and the sun is hot.

Hawaiian—kahe, to spill, to pour out, as water or blood; a flowing; a flowing of blood; (b.) to run, as water, to flow, as a stream or river; (c.) to flow, i.e to abound in any substance; (d.) to drop, to trickle: Aole hoi e kahe iho kou waimaka ilalo; Neither shall your tears drip down. (e.) To flow, as froth from the mouth of a person in a fit; (f.) to cut or slit longitudinally; to cut off; with omaka, to circumcise after the Hawaiian manner; (g.) to castrate; (h.) to shave; (i.) to bind round the waist, to gird; (j.) to begin to wither, as leaves eaten by a worm; hoo-kahe, a flowing; a flowing of blood; to shed or cause to flow, as blood in murder; (b.) to cause liquid to flow: E kaiua i ka hookahe i ka wai; Continue to water (the ground). Kakahe, to flow, to overflow, to run, as a liquid; a flowing brook; a dripping of water; kahea, to be dirty, to be foul, to be corrupt; filthy. Cf. kaheawai, to flow; to be soft; to run like water; kaheule, to circumcise; kaheumiumi, a razor; kaha, to cut; kahawai, a brook, a rivulet; waikahe, to flow, to overflow with water; running water in a stream.

Tongan—tafe, to run, to flow; to pour, to drop; tatafe, to flow, to run, as a current; tafetafe, to run, to flow gently; to drop; tafeaga, a channel for water, a conduit, a drain; faka-tafe, to draw or pour off; to distil, to drain; faka-tafea, to cause a thing to be carried away by the stream. cf. vaitafe, a river; fetafeaki, to flow in different directions, as after heavy rains; tae, excrement.

Marquesan—tahe, to flow, to gush, to stream, to trickle; Uu tahe mai tetahi vai mei oto; A river ran in the midst (of the valley). Tatahe, that which flows drop by drop. Cf. tahea, an indecent position during sleep, with the legs spread apart; the name of a god of fishes.

Mangarevan—tahe, to flow, to run, said of melting grease, &c.; (b.) a mark where water has flowed; (c.) the bed of a stream; tahetahe, the flesh of human beings; soft muscle and tendons; (b.) the menstrual flow of females; aka-tahe, to make to flow; to run drop by drop; (b.) to pursue a fish or an animal; (c.) to press anyone to disclose or confess; (d.) mate-aka-tahe, the menstrual discharge; catamenia.

Paumotan—tahe, a river; tahetahe, resin.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. atahedid, to overflow, as water.

Fiji—cf. dave, to flow, as liquids; dave-na, to be carried away by a stream; daveta, a ship- or canoe-passage through a reef.

TAHE (tahè), a calabash.

TAHEHA, a kind of small mat.

TAHEI (tàhei), to divide by a crease or stripe; divided by a stripe. 2. Having a circlet round the neck. Cf. hei, a neck ornament; to wear round the neck; tahekeheke, striped; ta, to net.

Hawaiian—kahei, a belt; to tie round, as a girdle or belt; to gird on; (b.) a sack passing over the shoulders, as a soldier's belt; (c.) a cloth for preserving goods. Cf. kaei, to gird on; a belt, a girdle; hei, a net; to entangle in a net.

Tahitian—tahei, a handkerchief or upper garment; (b.) to cast a net for fish. Cf. taheimanu, a bird-catcher; hei, a wreath or garland of flowers. [For full comparatives, see Hei.]

TAHEKE (tàheke), to descend. Cf. heke, to descend; paheke, to slip; taiheke, to descend. 2. Quick. 3. A waterfall; a rapid. [For comparatives, see Heke]

TAHEKE, the name of a fish, the Gar-fish (lch. Hemirhamphus intermedius).

TAHEKEHEKE, striped, streaked. Cf. whakahekeheke, striped; tahei, divided by a stripe.

TAHERE (tàhere), a bird-spear: Kahore he tarainga tahere i te ara—Prov. Cf. here, a birdspear; tà, to spear. [For comparatives, see Here, a spear.]

TAHERE (tàhere), to ensnare; to fasten, to tie: Ka taia he mahanga, ka oti, kei te tahere—P. M., 10: Kei he nga wa mahi kai a te iwi i nga wa tahere manu—A. H. M., i. 12. Cf. here, to tie; ta, to net; tawhiti, a snare; ahere, a bird-snare; houwere, to tie, to bind; paihere, to make up into bundles. 2. To hang oneself.

Samoan—tasele, to turn a skipping-rope quickly; (b.) to strike in the belly with a club; (c.) to strike a mat-drum with rapid strokes; (d.) to make part of the tattoo. Cf. sele, to snare; matasele, a noose.

Tahitian—tahere, to make use of a here or snare; (b.) a sort of girdle. Cf. heretau, a rope or string for suspending things at some height.

Hawaiian—kahele, a braiding, a wreathing, as of vines; a plaiting of leaves; (b.) the name of the common adze. Cf. hele, a noose-snare for catching birds; to stretch, as a string or rope; ahele, a snare; pahele, a snare, a noose; hawele, to tie or lash on with a piece of string.

Tongan—cf. tauhele, to ensnare, to entrap, to decoy; a snare, a gin; hele, to catch in a noose; helehu, a snare for the head.

Marquesan—cf. hee, to strangle; to be choked.

Mangarevan—cf. ere, to hang up; toere, to cloth oneself.

Paumotan—tahere, an armlet. Cf. here, a Snare; to tie, to lace up.

– 443 –

Rarotongan—cf. ere, a Snare.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. uere, entangled; confined.

TAHI, one: He kukupa pae tahi—Prov. Cf. matahi, the first month of the native year; tapatahi, single; tautahi, an odd one; tetahi, the other; another. 2. Unique; unprecedented.

Samoan—tasi. one: E tasi lea mea, o le mea lea na au fai atu ai; This is one thing, therefore I said it. (b.) Another; (c.) to be unprecedented; unique; fa'a-tasi, once; (b.) to join together; to make one.

Tahitian—tahi, (also etahi, and atahi,) one; once; tatahi, one by one. Cf. vetahi, one; someone; rotahi, singleness of mind; putahi, applied to a dog that has one spot on one of his ears, all the rest being white; arotahi, to fight in one compact body; paatahi, enveloped in one folding; one-sided, as water running on one side of a channel.

Hawaiian—kahi, (also akahi,) one; someone; hoo-kahi, only one; one: Ke kanakahookahi e hiki; The only man who got there: I ka hale hookahi no e aiia'i ia mea; In one house it shall be eaten. Cf. pakahi, one to each; to distribute to each one.

Tongan—taha, one: E ikai teu kabuji akinautolu mei ho ao i he tau be taha; I will not drive them out before you in one year. Faka-taha, to assemble, to meet together; to make one; an assembly, a company. Cf. tahatahaana, a single one, but Important; agataha, a oneness of disposition; unanimous; singular; takataha, to go alone.

Marquesan—cf. etahi, one (Atea me Ono etahi ona; Atea and Rongo in one place); tai, a species, a kind: (E ia e tohu ia i vavena te tai o te puaa; Here is confusion among the different kinds of animals).

Mangarevan— tahi, (also etahi,) one. Cf. putahi, single; simple; alone; tiputahi, an only son; tukutai, to send alone; matatai, one-eyed.

Aniwan—tasi, one: Tasi eipesia nohua, ma sece toria fakatapuria nohua; One scatters seed and another gathers and saves up the fruit. (b.) Used for definite article ta, the.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. ta, one.

Aneityum—cf. tah, someone; anyone.

Brumer Islands—cf. teya, one.

Sikayana—cf. tahi, one.

Mame—cf. tahi, one.

Lampong—cf. sahi, one.

Malay—cf. sa, one. Lord Howe's Island—cf. kasi, one.

Guadalcanar—cf. sakai, one.

TAHI, together: Korua pea ko Te Arahore i haere tahi mai ?—Prov. Cf. putahi, to join, to meet; ngatahi, together; ngatatahi, together; tetahi, a certain one; another. 2. Throughout. 3. Altogether.

Samoan—tasi, one; fa'a-tasi, together; fa'a-tasia, to be set upon by all.

Hawaiian—kahi, one; (b.) some, a portion.

Tongan—faka-taha, to assemble. [For full comparatives, see Tahi, one.]

TAHI, to sweep: Na, katahi ka tahia te kainga o Rehua e Rupe—P. M., 37. Cf. tawhiri, to beckon, to wave to.

TAHITAHI, to scrape. 2. To touch lightly.

Samoan—tafl, to brush, to sweep. 2. To shave; a razor. 3. To pluck cocoanuts by jerking or sweeping them. 4. To drive away; tafitafi, to sweep, to brush; tatafi, to clear and weed a piece of land; (b.) to wash the hands (a chief's word); fa'a-tafi, to devote to destruction. Cf. tafitafituàniu, to clear and weed a piece of land; to brush up clean.

Tahitian—tahitahi, to brush by striking with the hand; (b.) to weed; (c.) to wipe off; to make ready; (d.) to make room; (e.) to divide, to separate, to disown, applied to relations; tatahi, to clear away rubbish. Cf. tahiri, to sweep; to wag the tail, as a dog; to fan; tahitahimuriavai, the first running of the water in a channel after the dry season.

Hawaiian—kahi, to rub gently with the finger and thumb; (b.) to comb, as the hair; (c.) to shave, as the beard; (d.) to cut, i.e. to tear, to lacerate; (e.) to cut, as the hair (from the old manner of sawing off the hair with bamboo knives); (f.) to slit open, i.e. to cut longitudinally, as in Hawaiian circumcision; kahikahi, to scratch out, as writing, with a knife; hookahi, to daub over, to anoint; (b.) to rub, to polish; (c.) to comb. Cf. kahe, to cut longitudinally; kaha, to cut, to cut open; kahili, to brush, to sweep; a brush.

Tongan—tafi, to sweep; to clean with a besom; tafia, to sweep off; to carry away with violence; tafltafi, to wash or wipe with anything wet; to clear away; tatafl, to clean and sweep off. Cf. fetafiaki, to sweep quickly; to prepare ground for cultivation; matafi, swept; clean; tafilala, to be swept off.

Marquesan—tahii, to fan; a fan with which to blow the fire.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tasi, a razor; tasi-a, to shave.

TAHINGA (“the Sweeping,”) the name of an incantation used in expiating the curse called Kanga.

TAHIRA (tahirà), the day after to-marrow. Cf. tahi, one; ra, a day.

TAHITAHI, within a little.

TAHITAHIA (myth.), the name of a wooden shovel made by Rupe, with the object of cleansing and beautifying the dwelling of Rehua—P. M., 53. Cf. tahitahi, to scrape.

TAHITI. [See Tawhiti.]

TAHITO, the perineum; the space between the vagina and the anus in females, and between the anus and root of penis in males.

TAHIWI (tàhiwi), the heart of a tree. Cf. tàiho, the heart of a tree; taikura, the heart of a tree; taitea, the sap-wood.

Tongan—cf. tahi, the heart of wood; red, sound, with little sap; tahihina, Sound, but light in colour, as wood.

TAHOATA (tàhoata), pumice-stone.

TAHOE, to stretch out the arms alternately in swimming: Na, ko Te Huhuti, nana i kau tahoe te roto o te Rotoatara—P. M., 160. Cf. hoe, to paddle; kauhoe, to swim. [For comparatives, see Hoe.]

TAHOHO (tàhòhò), soft, pulpy.

TAHOKAHOKA (tàhokahoka), a screen from the wind. Cf. hoka, a screen made from branches stuck in the ground; tihoka, to stick in, to thrust in; pahoka, a screen of branches; oka, the rafters of a kumara-pit. [For comparatives, see Hoka.]

TAHORA (tàhora), to gather fruit or berries off a tree.

Mangarevan—cf. tahora, to make a small hole in the ground, from six to twelve inches

– 444 –

in depth, for food to be placed in; tahorahora, to make a deep hole.

TAHORA. uncultivated open country: Noho ana i te tahora —P. M., 21: Nga kohatu o waenga tahora—P. M., 84. Cf. hora, to spread out, to expand. [For comparatives, see Hora.]

TAHORO (tàhoro), to cause to crumble down; to throw down a heap. Cf. horo, to crumble down; ngahoro, to drop off or out; papahoro, to fall off or out. 2. To pour out.

TAHU (for Tahuhu). [see Tahuhu.]

TAHU (myth.), a son of Rangi-potiki and Papatuanuku. He was brothor to Tu, Rongo, Tangaroa and others. Tahu was the god presiding over feasts—S. R., 17, 18. He is called, under different manifestations, Tahukimi - kai (“ food-seeker ”), Tahu-mahi - kai (“food-cultivator ”). &c., &c.—A. H. M., i. 35. 2. A son of Tiki and Kauataata—A. H. M., i. App.

TAHU, a husband, a spouse: A ka kai, ka hoatu hoki ki tana tahu—Ken., iii. 6. Cf. tahu, to kindle. 2. Any near relative. 3. A rite, an incantation; belonging to religious ceremony: Ko te tangata matau nui ki te korero i nga tahu— A. H. M., i. 153. Ka mahia ko nga karakia tahu mo te. Po, mo te Ao, mo Tane—A. H. M., i. 8. Cf. tahu, to kindle. 4. Opulent, possessing property. Cf. taonga, property (as tahu, to cook=tao, to cook).

TAHUTAHU, to attend upon; to comfort; to nurse in sickness: Ki roto ki te whare Whatukakahu ra tahutahu ai ka mahu tangata ra—A. H. M., ii. 7:

Samoan—tafu, fortune, luck.

Hawaiian—kahu, an honoured upper servant; a guardian, a nurse for children: hence, a feeder, a keeper,a provider: Kiina mai la e na kahu make kaulua; He was sent for by his guardians on a double-canoe. Kahukahu, to offer a sacrifice to the gods; the sacrifice offered to the aumakua. Cf. Kahuahi, one who has care of the Fire; to build a fire; kahuahua, one engaged about the altar; one who has charge of the gods; a priest; kahuna, to act the priest; to be a priest; a cooking; a profession or trade, as kakuna-kalai-laau, a carpenter; kahuna-pule, a priest [see Maori Tohunga]; kahuaina, the head man of a land; kahuwai, one who overlooks the distribution of water.

Tahitian—tahu, to act as a sorcerer. Cf. tahuamana, a skilled artificer; tahuaati, a perfect priest or artificer.

Paumotan— tahutahu, a sorcerer.

Mangaian—cf. taunga, a priest; a carpenter. [See also Tahu, to kindle.]

TAHU, to set on fire, to kindle. Cf. tou, to kindle; tahunuiarangi, the Aurora Australis. 2. To tend a fire. 3. To cook. Cf. tao, to cook.

TAHUNA, to be set on fire, to be kindled: Katahi ka tahuna e Mahuika ki te mea i toe o nga maikuku—P. M., 26. 2. To cook: Tahuna he kai kia ora ai te haere—P. M., 51.

TAHUTAHU, to kindle fires; to set alight in several places: He hiore tahutahu—Prov.

Samoan—tafu (passives tafua, and tafuina), to make up a fire: Ua tafu le afi e o latou tamà; Their fathers kindle the fire. (b.) fortune; luck; tafutafu, an oven of lime. Cf. fa'a-tafuna, a place for rubbish; tafula'i, a large fire to burn up rubbish.

Tahitian—tahu, to kindle a fire: E tahu vau i to mau pereoo i te auauahi; I will burn her chariots In the smoke. (b.) To use ceremonies of sorcery; to act as a sorcerer; tahutahu, a sorcerer. a conjurer; tahua, an artificer, a mechanic;(b.) to deliberate, to settle by consultation; faa-tahua, to constitute or employ a priest. Cf. tahuamana, one skilled in the art he professes; tahuaati, a complete priest or artisan; ahitahuna, a fire kindled secretly to dress food; autahu, small chips or pieces of wood to kindle fire with; (fig.) beginnings of strife; tanuna, to set on fire, as rubbish.

Hawaiian—kahu, to bake in the ground; to cook food; (b.) to kindle, to make a fire; (c.) to burn, to consume;(d.) a guardian; a nurse for children; an honoured upper servant: hence, a feeder, a provider, a keeper; kahukahu, to offer a sacrifice to the gods; (b.) to worship the god of fishermen; (c.) to sacrifice to the aumakua; kahuna, a priest, generally: but when used with somo qualifying term, one who is skilled in some art or profession, as kahuna kalai, an engraver; kahuna kalai laau, a carpenter; kahuna lapaau, a physician; kahuna pule, a priest; (b.) to work at one's appropriate business; (c.) to sprinkle salt on a sacrifice; hoo-kahuna, to sanctify or set apart to the priest's office; kahunahuna, to sprinkle, to sprinkle a iittle salt upon meat; small particles; (b.) a fog, mist, &c. [See Maori Tohunga, and Hungahunga.] Cf. kahuahi, one who has care of the fire; to build a fire; kahuai, to bake kalo (taro) in the ground; kahuumu, to bake food in an oven; to cook food generally; kahuahua, one engaged about the altar; kahuaina, the head man of a land.

Tongan—tafu, to blow, to fan up a fire; (b.) a hole, a burrow; tafutafu, to blow, to fan up a fire. Cf. fetafuaki, to blow up a fire quickly; tafue, to blow strongly and boisterously; tafunaki, to feed fire with wood; to increase; faka-tafunaki, to blow up into flame; tofua, to bake the yams whole; tofunaga, a spot where food has been cooked.

Rarotongan—tau, to kindle; (b.) to cook:Kua tuatua i te vaie, e tau iaku oki; The firewood has been split with which I am to be cooked. Taunga, a priest.

Marquesan—tahu, to kindle; (b.) an abortion. Cf. katautau, a cook, a servant.

Mangarevan—tahu, to stir up the fire, to make up the fire. Cf. tahuahua, well cooked.

Paumotan—tahutahu, a sorcerer; tahuga, dexterity; an artist, an artisan. Ext. Poly.: Macassar cf. tana, to cook (tahuna?).

TAHUA, a heap of food: Katahi ra ka whiua ki te tahua—P. M., 162. Cf. hua, to abound; fruit; ngahua, to swarm.

TAHUHU (tàhuhu), the ridge-pole of a house: A ko nga iwi ka whakairia ki runga ki te whare, ki te tahuhu o te Uru-o-Manono—P. M., 42. 2. A line of ancestry; to run in a continuous line: Ko tahuhu tenei o Papa-tu-a-nuku—A. H. M., i. 42. 3. Sticks used in the incantations concerning a war-party.

Tahitian—tahuhu, the ridge-pole of a native house; (b.) a certain division of the warriors in battle. Cf. tahuhua, the summit of the mountains.

Hawaiian—kauhuhu, the ridge-

– 445 –

pole; (b.) a ridge or end of a precipice; (c.) the shark that was formerly worshipped. Cf. kau, to put Into an elevated position.

Mangaian—tauu, the ridge-pole: E moe; e te tauu noou te are ! Thou ridge-pole of the house, sleep on !

Marquesan—tohuhu, the top of a house.

Mangarevan—cf. tohuhu, a beam running from one gable to another.

TAHUKUMEA, TAHUKUMEATEPO, TAHUKUMEATEAO, TAHUOTIATU, TAHUWHAKAIRO, (myth.) names of the children of Tane, by his daughter Hineahuone or Hinehaone (afterwards known as Hine-nui-te-Po)—Wohl., Trans., vii. 34. [See Tane.]

TAHUNA, to be kindled. (see under Tahu.]

TAHUNA (tàhuna), a shallow place in a river or the sea; a shoal, a sandbank: He tahuna no runga, he maroke no runga, he pakeke, kahore he wai—Wohl., Trans., vii. 44. Cf. huna, to hide, to conceal. 2. The seaside, the beach. 3. A garden-bed or raised plat in a cultivation. 4. A battle-field.

Samoan—tafuna, a rocky place in the sea; fa'a-tafuna. to lay waste; a place for rubbish. Cf. tafuna'i, to be gathered together, as clouds to leeward; funa, to conceal; funa'i, to hide away.

Tahitian—tahuna, to hide, to conceal; purarohuna, some concealed action.

Hawaiian—cf. huna, to hide, to conceal.

Marquesan—tahuna, a bank, a sandbank.

Rarotongan—cf. una, to conceal. Manga-rovan—tahuna, certain low-lying land behind Akena, to the east of the isle; tahunahuna, any similar low-lying land. Cf. una, to hide, to conceal; Tahuna-papapapa, and Tahuna-uhuhu, names of reefs.

TAHUNE (tàhune), the seed-down of the bulrush (raupo). Cf. hune, the down or pappus on the raupo; tahunga, any downy substance. [For comparatives, see Hune.]

TAHUNUIARANGI, the Aurora Australis. Cf. tahu, to be set on fire; rangi, the sky.

TAHUNGA (tàhunga), auy downy substance. Cf. tahune, down of raupo; hungahunga, down, refuse of flax, &c.

Hawaiian—cf. kahuna, to sprinkle salt on a sacrifice; kahunahuna, small particles of any substance, fine dust, &c.; a fog, a mist. [For full comparatives, see Hungahunga]

TAHUPERA, false.

TAHURANGI, a kind of fairy people, perhaps the same as the Patupaiarehe or Ngati-whatua: Ka whati tera te Tahurangi, ko te rua tenei o nga ingoa o tera iwi—P. M., 175: No te ao nei taua wahine, he Tahurangi, he iwi ano to tenei wahine, no Patupaiarehe tenei wahine—G.-8, 29.

TAHURI, to turn oneself: Katahi ano Rangitu ka tahuri—P. M., 93. Cf. huri, to turn round, huriaro, to turn right round. 2. To turn over, to upset: I homai ana tatou ki te au o te moana nei kia tahuri ki te wai ma te ika—P. M., 24. Cf. kauhuri, to turn over the soil; to dig. 3. To turn to, to set to work: Na, katahi ia ka tahuri ki te tarai papa—P. M., 37. Cf. huri, to set to work.

TAHURIHURI (tàhurihuri), to be upset in mind: Tahurihuri kau ana a Tuhourangi ratou ko tona iwi—A. H. M., v. 55.

Samoan—tafuli, to turn over, as a stone, &c. Cf fuli, to turn over, to capsize fulialo, to be turned wrong-side out; fulifao, to turn upside down; mafuli, to be turned over, to be upset.

Tahitian—tahuri, to turn over, as a canoe; tahurihuri, to be repeatedly turning from side to side; to toss, as a ship at sea. Cf. taahuri, to turn over huritaere, to turn keel upwards; huriavero, to be overturned by a storm; hurifenua, the name given to a very tempestuous wind; huriaroa, to turn away the front or face; pahuri, to turn over horizontally.

Hawaiian—kahuli, to change; to turn over, to upset; a change: Me ka Olapa lau kahuli; With the Olapa of the changing leaves: Kahuli mat ke kino aka o ke akua; Changing is the image of the god. Kahulihuli, to be overturned; to be changed; to be tossed about, as a ship in a storm; to rock, to wave; to stand in a tottering manner; hoo-kahuli, to overturn, to overthrow, to pervert; an over throw, a change. Cf. huli, to turn in any way; huliua, turning two ways; huliua, to turn together; to wring or twist, as wet clothes.

Tongan — tafuli, to move round; to roll along; faka-tafuli, to roll. Cf. fetafuliaki, to roll round and round; fuli, to be covered over with holes burnt in the skin; fulitua, to turn the back upon, to avoid; mafuli, to be capsized or turned over and over.

Rarotongan—cf. uri. to turn, to roll over; uriia, a cyclone; tuuri, to turn upwards, as stones.

Marquesan—tahuihui, to stagger, to totter; (b.) having a rolling motion. Cf. tohuihui, rolling.

Mangarevan—tahuri, to alter one's conduct; to change; to be disguised; aka-tahuri, to repel an excuse, to repel an accusation; tahuriga, conversion; change of conduct. Cf. tohuri, turned upside down; touuri, to capsize; aka-tauri, to change; to counterfeit; aka-touri, to change; aka-touriuri, to turn from side to side.

Paumotan—tahurihuri, to toss about.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—of. huri, to turn over.

Malagasy—cf. voryvory, round, circular; boribory, round, circular.

TAHURIHURI (tàhurihuri), the head.

Whaka-TAHURIHURI, a ceremony performed on the return of a victorious war-party.

TAHURU, a string stretched out on which snares are placed.

TAHUTAHU. [See under Tahu, to kindle.]

TAHUTAHU. [See under Tahu, a husband.]

TAHUTI, to run away, to flee, escape: Ahiahi noa, po rawa ka haere, i haere tahuti—P. M., 183.

Mangarevan—tahuti, to dissipate; to disperse, to throw right and left: Na te tai i tahuti ki te ika; The tide sweeps away the fish, (b.) To destroy through anger; (c.) to sweep; tahutihuti, to disquiet oneself.

TAHUTI-MAI, a cry of welcome: Tahuti mai ana, tahuti mai ana !—P. M., 145. Also Tautimai.

TAHUWERUWERU (myth.), a star or constellation fastened on the breast of Rangi (the sky) by his son Tane, after the rending apart of Heaven and Earth—Wohl., Trans., vii. 33. [See Rangi.]

TAI, the sea; the tide: Titi tai, tata tai, maro tai ki Hawaiki—Prov. Cf. takutai, the sea-

– 446 –

coast; tapatai, the sea-shore; taipari, a flowing tide; taitoko, a spring-tide; mataitai, saltish. 2. To bale a canoe.

TAITAI, to bale a canoe: Ko a au te eke atu ki te taitainga riu— MSS. Cf. tata, to bale water out of a canoe.

Samoan—tai, the sea; (b.) the tide (Gaogao-o-le-tai, “Expanse of the sea;” the name of a deity, the wife of Lu); fa'a-tai, to go to fish while others work inland. Cf. taiofeiti, spring-tide; taimasa, low-tide; taipisi, seaspray; tautai, a seaman; a steersman; a fisherman; taialoalo, to have a lagoon on the coast; taigau, the turn of the tide: tailelei, to have a lagoon on the coast; to have deep water within the reef, suitable for a boatjourney; to be dead low-water, for fishermen; taipè, a dead low-tide; taipò, a low-tide at night; taipùpù, an iron-bound coast.

Tahitian—tai, the sea; salt water: Aita tai, aita taata; There was no sea, there was no mankind;(b.) salt; taitai, salt, saltish, brackish; (b.) to fetch or bring something from another place; faa-tai, to make one grieve or weep. Cf. taiaro, a lagoon; tairoto, a pond or lake; taiatea, a wide open sea; taiaru, a noisy talker, whose voice resembles the roaring sea; utai, to be wet with salt water; otai, an engagement at sea; taiharato, itchiness caused by salt water; taihauriuri, the black, deep, or bottomless sea; taihorahora, the sea, when the waves begin to swell; taimara, the sea, when sacred on account of some chief; tainee, to be shifting as the wind and sea; to crawl, to creep; taiotua, the sea outside the reef.

Hawaiian—kai. the sea: Mehe kai la ka wai, mehe wai la ka kai; Like the sea is the water, like water is the sea. (b.) Salt water; (c.) a flood; (d.) surf; (e.) a current in the ocean; kaikai, that which is lifted up or heaved. Cf. Kaihulu, to be in a foam; kaiapo, a high tide; kaiulaula, out of sight of land; kaiki, high-tide; kaikoo, a high surf of the sea; to roll in; to rage, as a high surf; kaimake, ebb-tide; low-water; kailikoliko, the oily part of fat.

Tongan—tahi, the sea: O mafao atu ho nima ki tahi; Stretch out your hand over the sea. Faka-tahitahi, to wet with salt water. Cf. tahikia, wet with salt water; balatahi, saturated with salt water; taitai, brackish; taiki, to give a salt taste; faka-tai, to season with salt and water; totahi, to be lost at sea.

Mangaian—tai, the sea: Itiki Mu e i tona tai e, i tona tai ia Karanganui; Mu has tabooed the sea; his sea at Karanganui. (b.) Salt.

Marquesan—tai, the sea: E ia! E amo atu atou i tai! Here! Carry them away to the sea. (b.) A race, a breed, a stock; (c.) a period, time: Ei mau haatu no na tai, no na a, e no na puni; Let them be for times seasons) and days and years. (d.) The shore; taitai, slightly salt. Cf. taiee., to fall into the sea.

Mangarevan—tai, the sea; that part of the sea touching the shore: Na te tai i tahuti ki te ika; The tide sweeps away the fish, (b.) The shore of the sea; (c.) salt water. Cf. atatai, the edge of the sea; the bank of a river; autaiohonu, high water; garutai, sea-foam; akaratai, to pass along the high seas; taiehu, a troubled sea; a sea white as milk with the force of the tempest; taikura, a hurricane, when the sea rises on the land; taiparipari, the breaking of a wave.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. taci (tathi), the sea.

Ceram—cf. tasi, and taisin, the sea.

Matabello—cf. tahi, the sea.

Motu—cf. tadi, salt water.

Sikayana—cf. wai-tai, salt water.

The following words mean “sea”: Malay, tasek; Kawi, tasik; Bugis, tasik; Sesake, tasi; Fate, tas; W. Api, tzi, or tsi; Baki, tei; S.E. Api, si; Guaham, tasi; Chamori, tahsi; Satawal, tati; Sunda, chai; Java, tasik; Ahtiago, tasi; Pentecost, tahi; Macassar, djai. The following words mean “salt”:—Sesake, tasi; Fate, tasmen; Pentecost, tahi; Aurora, tas; Lepers Island, tahi; EspirituSanto, tasi; Amboyna, tasi; Awaiya, tasie; Camarian, tasie; Bouru, sasi; Tidore, gasi; Gani, gasi; Galela, gasi; Sanguir, asing; Nikunau, tari; Duke of York Island, tai; New Britain, ta.

TAI, an exclamation of address used to a married woman. E tai!

TAI, the other side, beyond.

TAITAI, to remove the tapu from a newly-built canoe; a ceremony accompanied by the sacrifice of a slave: Ko aua rimu ra i kawea ki mua, taitai ai—Wohl., Trans., vii. 47.

TAIAHA, a wooden sword, having one end carved, and generally decorated with a bunch of feathers.

TAIAKOAKOROROA, spring-tides. Cf. tai, the tide, the sea.

TAIAMIKI (taiàmiki), to wander, to ramble here and there.

TAIAPO, to carry in the arms. Cf. apo, to grasp; hapopo, to gather together; tauapo, to hug; to carry in the arms; kapo, to snatch. 2. To covet. [For comparatives, see Apo.]

TAIAPU, to assault; to try to take by storm. Cf. apu, to burrow, to force a way into the ground. 2. Said of a star in close conjunction with the moon, an omem of war.

TAIARI, to smash; to pound up.

TAIAROA, weary, exhausted. Cf. aroaroa, lonely, sorrowful; tairoa, lingering, dawdling. [See Tairoa.]

TAIAROA, a kind of spell or enchantment laid upon a person: Rokohanga mai au ka taiaroatia—MSS. 2. A peculiar long ornamented sacred staff, used for purposes of enchantment: Ka kawea te taiaroa ki a Apakura—P. M., 45.

TAIATEA. nervous, faint-hearted. Cf. taitea, timid, fearful; the sap of wood; tea, white.

TAIAWA, a foreigner. 2. A cold; catarrh. A potato.

TAIAWHIO (taiàwhio), to encircle; to circumambulate: Ka taiawhio i te motu nei—P. M., 122: Taiawhiotia te Pa—Hoh., vi. 3. Cf. awhio, to go round about; to wind about; tawhio, to go round about; takawhio, giddy, dizzy; amiomio, to turn round and round. [For comparatives, see Awhio.]

TAIEPA (myth.), one of the inferior deities, an attendant upon Koroko-i-ewe, the god of birth —A. H. M., i. App.

TAIEPA (also Taepa,) a fence: Ka tae raua ki te taiepa o te Pa—P. M., 173. 2. A wall; a bank: Ana, kei te hanga i te taiepa oneone—

– 447 –

P. M., 21. Cf. epa, objection; hindrance; pa. a fort; to obstruct.

TAIHEKE, to descend. Cf. heke, to descend; paheke, to slip; taheke, to descend. 2. To slope downwards. [For comparatives, see Heke.]

TAIHO (taìho), the heart of a tree. Cf. iho, the heart of a tree; uho, the heart of a tree; tahiwi, the heart of a tree; taikura, the heart of a tree; taikaka, the heart of totara wood. [For comparatives, see Iho.]

TAIHOREHORE, close-cropped, said of the hair.

TAIHOA, presently, by-and-bye: Ka mea atu ia ‘Taihoa ra!’ —P. M., 23. Cf. tairoa, lingering, dawdling. [See comparatives of Tairoa.]

TAIHOROPI, the name of a bird, the New Zealand Dabchick (Orn. Podiceps rufipectus).

TAIKA (tàika), to lie, to repose. Cf. kauika, to lie in a heap; a school of whales; ika, a fish.

TAIKAHA, forcible, impetuous, violent. Cf. kaha, strong; loud; strong-voiced. [For comparatives, see Kaha.]

TAIKAKA, the heart of a totara-tree: Ruia taitea, kia tu ko taikaka anake —Prov. Cf. taikura, the heart of a tree.

TAIKEHU (myth.), a chief of the Arawa canoe. He commanded the shore party of exploration in landing (P. M., 90), and settled at Tauranga—P. M., 94. 2. A chief of the Tainui canoe—S. T., 7. He, with Mania-o-rongo, Ao-o-rongo, and Te Taura-waho, had places in the stern; Potukeha being amidships. At Katikati, a shoal named Te-ranga-a-Taikehu is pointed out as having arisen in the harbour, on account of Taiheku having dropped a jade hatchet overboard, and by his incantations compelling the land to rise and the water to dry up so that the axe could be recovered without difficulty.

TAIKI, a rib: Whana atu poho ki roto, haere mai taiki ki waho, nohoia te whare ko te he tonu—Prov. 2. A wicker basket; anything made of wicker-work: Katahi ka whiria he taura hei whitikiranga ki te taiki—P. M., 151. 3. To provoke a spirit or demon (atua) by passing cooked food over anyone who is tapu.

Mangarevan—cf. taiki-torea, the inter lacing of threads to adorn the uprights of a door.

Hawaiian—cf. kaii, a kind of net for taking fish.

TAIKIRI, an exclamation of surprise or alarm. Cf. taukiri, an exclamation of surprise.

TAIKO, the name of a bird, the Black Petrel (Orn. Majaqueus parkinsoni): Uahatia taku manu i te rangi, he toroa, he karae, he taiko—P. M., 30. 2. A kind of leprosy: A kaua ana taua tangata e te taiko —A. H. M., i. 152.

TAIKORAHA, a very extensive mud-flat. Cf. tai, the sea; koraha, a desert place.

TAIKUIA, to act like an old woman; to be like an old woman: E maha nga rangi; ka tautau te remu, ka taikuiatia ki te whare—Prov. Cf. kuia, an old woman.

TAIKURA. the heart of a tree; red wood. Cf. taiho, the heart of a tree; tahiwi, the heart of a tree; taikaka, the heart of a totara tree; kura, red; taitea, the sap-wood of a tree; tea, white.

Tongan—cf. tahi, the heart of wood; red; sound; with little or no sap.

Mangarevan—cf. taimea, wood without sap; dry wood.

TAIMAHA, heavy: He mea taimaha rawa tenei—M. M., 123. Cf. taumaha, heavy; toimaha, heavy. 2. Oppressed in mind. [See Taumaha.]

TAI-MAIHI-O-RONGO (myth.), a large carved house erected by Ngatoro-i-rangi in his fort of Matarehua at Motiti Island (Bay of Plenty). Here he was attacked by Manaia after the battle of Tarai-whenua-kura—P. M., 110.

TAIMATE, slack water; the interval between the ebb and flow of the tide. Cf. tai, the tide; mate, dead.

Hawaiian—kaimake, low-water; ebb-tide; (b.) a calm sea; still water; no wind. Cf. make, dead; kai, sea. [For full comparatives, see Tai, and Mate.]

TAINA, younger brother or sister: Na ka tae te rongo ki ona tainai— P. M., 42. Taina is seldom used in the plural, except by the NgatiAwa tribe. Taina, and teina, mean younger brother or sister; tèina, the younger brothers of a male, and the younger sisters of a woman; but taina is sometimes used (like potiki) as an endearing name for any younger relative (as, Kanui te aroha ki tona taina; She was full of pitying love for her little brother; tungane being the proper word for a woman's brother). [See under Maori Taki, the Hawaiian Kai, and Kaina.] Taina is probably a contraction for takina. [For comparatives, see Teina.]

TAINAHI (tàinahi), TAINANAHI (tàinanahi,) the day before yesterday. Cf. inanahi, yesterday; nonanahi, yesterday; tainakareha, the day before yesterday.

TAINAKAREHA (tàinakarèha), the day before yesterday. Cf. tainanahi, the day before yesterday.

TAINAWHEA (tàinawhea), when? what time? (of the past only). Cf. whea, what place ?

TAINUI (myth.), a celebrated canoe of the Migration of the Maori people to New Zealand. [See under Arawa.]

TAINUI, the name of a small tree (Bot. Pomaderris apetala). It is said to have sprung from the skids of the Tainui canoe. [See Tainui, under Arawa.]

TAINGAWAI (taingàwai), that part of the canoe where the water is baled out: Tango atu ki te taingàwai o waenga—P. M., 74. Cf. tai, to bale a canoe; wai, water.

TAIOMA, pipeclay.

TAIORORUA, a valley.

TAIPAPA (taipàpà), aged. Cf. papa, father.

TAIPAPATANGA, fullness of years.

TAIPARA, to fire a volley at.

TAIPARIPARI (myth.), a battle fought in prediluvian days because the evil tribes would not listen to the words of Tutawake—A. H.M., i. 166. 2. A battle fought between Uenuku and Tawheta, in which the latter was slain—A. H. M., iii. 36.

TAIPU (taipù), a sand-hill. Cf. tai, the sea; pu, a heap.

– 448 –

TAIPU (taipù), to betroth. Cf. puhi, a betrothed woman.

TAIPUA, to lie in rounded masses like cumulus clouds. Cf. pua, to foam, to froth.

TAIRAKI, a gentle current in the sea. Cf. tai, the sea. 2. The name of a shell-fish.

TAIRANGA, to adjust: Tuia te kawe, tairanga te kawe, ko te kawe o te haere—Prov. Cf. ranga, to set in motion an army; raranga, to weave.

TAIRANGARANGA, elevated. Cf. ranga, to raise; maranga, to rise up.

Whaka-TAIRANGARANGA, to rise up.

TAIREA (myth.), one of the canoes of the Migration of the Maori people from Hawaiki to New Zealand; also called the Rangiuamutu. [See under Arawa].

TAIREPOREPO, a tide that appears high at low water, the wind backing up the water. Cf. tai, the sea, the tide; repo, swamp; dirt. [For comparatives, see Tai, and Repo.]

TAIRI, to block up.

TAIRI (tàiri), said of the sun when late in the afternoon it appears to hang in the horizon. Cf. iri, to hang up; moiri, suspended over; tare, to hang.

Tahitian—cf. iriatai, the surface of the sea or the place where the sea and sky appear to meet: hence the expression, ‘Tei te iriatai te mahana,’ “The sun is gone to the setting place.”

Hawaiian—cf. kaili, to give up, to depart, as the spirit of a dying person.

TAIRIKIRIKI, neap-tides. Cf. tai, the sea; riki, small. [For comparatives, see Tai, and Riki.]

TAIRO (tàiro), to cause a priest or magician (tohunga) to be destroyed by his own demon (atua).

Tahitian—tairoiro, a soothsayer; to foretell, as a prophet; (b.) revenge, malice, retaliation.

Tongan—cf. tailoilo, very cold; to feel the cold.

TAIROA, lingering, delaying, dawdling. Cf. roa, long; taiaroa, weary; taihoa, presently, by-and-bye.

Hawaiian—cf. kai, a long time; kaialile, indolent, lazy.

Marquesan—cf. tai, a period, time.

TAITA (taità), timber fixed in a river-bed, a snag.

TAITAHAE (taitàhae), oppressive, wearying. Cf. tahae, a thief. [For comparatives, see Tahae.]

TAITAI (myth.), the god of Hunger—A. H. M., i. App.

TAITAI. [See under Tai.]

TAITAIA (taitaià), unlucky in fishing, &c. Cf. taitaiahenga, producing no food.

TAITAIAHENGA (taitaiàhenga), producing no food. Cf. taitaià, unlucky in fishing; henga, food for a working party.

TAITAMAHINE, a young woman. Cf. tamahine, a daughter; taitamariki, children.

Hawaiian—kaikamahine, a daughter. [For full comparatives, see Tamahine.]

TAITAMARIKI, a young person of either sex: Ka tuturia nga taitamariki o te iwi a Tara—A. H. M., v. 26. Cf. tamariki, children; taitamahine, a young woman; riki, small; tama, a son.

Hawaiian—cf. kaikunane, a brother of a sister; kaikamahine, a daughter; kaikuwahine, a sister of a brother; kakai, a family, including servants, &c.; a litter, as of animals; to follow, as chickens do a hen; to go along in company. [For full comparatives, see Tamariki.]

TAITATA, near. Cf. tata, near. [For comparatives, see Tata.]

TAITEA, the sap-wood of a tree; the lightcoloured wood; alburnum: Ruia taitea, kia tu ko taikaka anake—Prov. Cf. tea, white; taikura, the heart of a tree; taikaka, the heart of a totara tree. 2. Offal; refuse: Kohia te kai rangatira, ruia te taitea—Prov. 3. Apprehensive, afraid.

Samoan—cf. tai, the heart of a tree; taisina,. the white wood of timber next the bark (Sina, white); tetea, light-coloured; an albino; teateavale, to be pale.

Hawaiian—kaikea, the white outside sap-wood of a tree; (b.) the fat of hogs and other animals.

Tongan—cf. tahi, the heart of wood; tahihina, sound, but light in colour, as wood.

TAITIMUROA (myth.). [See Tutaeporoporo.]

TAITOKO, spring-tides: He ata marama ki uta, he taitoko ki te moana; ka kai a Koho i tona pito—Prov. Cf. tai, the sea; toko, to spring up in the mind; whaka-totoko, to begin to swell.

Mangarevan—taitoko, waves breaking often and continuously; (b.) to throw frequently stones on stones. Cf. tai, the sea.

Marquesan—taitoko, the Deluge. [See Tuputupuwhenua.] Cf. tai, the sea. [For full comparatives, see Tai, and Toko.]

TAITUA, the farther side of any solid body. Cf. tua, the farther side of a solid body. 2. The western sea. [For comparatives, see Tai, and Tua.]

TAI-TU-AURU-O-TE-MAROWHARA (myth.), the daughter of Kupe. The rolling waves were named after her: hence the proverb, ‘Tai-hauauru i whakaturia e Kupe ki te Maro-whara’— S. R., 84. [See Kupe.]

TAIURU, to lean, to decline from the perpendicular.

TAIWARU, the name of a fish.

TAIWHAKAEA (myth), the name of the red wreath thrown into the water by Tauninihi, and found by Mahina. [See Mahina,]

TAKA, to fall off: I na taka te tangata i runga— Tiu., xxii. 8. Cf. tautaka, top-heavy; unsteady. 2. To fall away; to desist. 3. To set, as the sun: Titi ana te whetu, taka ana te marama—S. T., 175. 4. To turn as on a pivot. Cf. titaka, to turn round; potaitaka, turned round and round; takai, to wrap round, to wind round; takawiri, twisted; kaihotaka, a top; porotaka, round; potaka, a top; potakataka, round; takamingomingo, to turn round. 5. To undergo change in direction. Cf. takaawhe, circuitous; takahe, to go wrong; takawhetawheta, to writhe. 6. To go round: Ka taka te marama ki tua ki te kapua—M. M., 167. 7. To roam, to range, to go free: E mea mai ‘Ka taka i whea ?’—P. M., 169. Cf. takakau, at leisure, free from business; takapui, going about in company; takawhaki, to roam

– 449 –

at will. 8. To obtain as one's portion; to fall to one's lot or turn. 9. To lie in a heap; a heap. 10. To prepare: Ko au taokete tenei e taka kai mai ana ma taua—A. H. M., ii. 28. 11. To entertain a design, to propose: Ka taka te whakaaro i te tuakana—M. M., 184. 12. On all sidas; all round.

TATAKA (tàtaka), to fall frequently or in numbers.

TAKATAKA. provisional, conditional. 2. To make ready. 3. To shake.

Whaka-TAKA, to throw down; to cause to fall off: He tutu na etahi i whakataka iho ai era ki aua Po. 2. To muster assemblies: Whakataka runga nei, whakataka raro nei, whakataka Ngati-Ruanui, &c.—P. M., 108. 3. To surround. 4. To take a circuitous course. 5. A herd, a flock.

Whaka-TAKATAKA, to roll over and over: E whakatakataka ana te tamaiti i roto i toku kopu nei—P. M., 125. 2. To drop down one by one. 3. To roll down in a jerking manner, as down a series of steps.

Samoan—ta'a, to go at large, as animals and fish; (b.) the party who go to a woman's family to take proposals of marriage from their chief; (c.) the food taken on such occasions as a present; (d.) to commit fornication, said of the woman; tata'a, to go at large, generally said of animals; (b.) to trail, as a fish-hook; ta'ata'a, strong; to be strong; (b.) to go at large; fa'a-ta'a, the fibres of the cocoanuthusk twisted for making sinnet; (b.) to adze off the white outside and soft wood from timber in order to use only the hard inside portion; ta'a?a (tà'aga), a shoal of fish; (b.) a herd of animals; (c.) a flock of duoks; ta'a?a, pasture; to graze. Cf. ta'anu'u, to wander from land to land; ta'avili, to turn round, as a drill; ta'ai, to wind round; ta'amilo, to go round about; ta'amala, to go about with a calamity; ta'aniho, to go round about in speaking; ta'asè, to wander from home; ta'atia, to be prostrate, to be lying down; fa'a-ta'afili, to roll, as a stone; fa'a-ta'a-milo, to go round about; fa'a-ta'ali'oli'o, to encircle; ta'anunu, to be in crowds.

Tahitian—taa, to fall from a rook or high place; (b.) to remove, as a thing out of its place; to separate, or slip off or aside; (c.) to be single or separate, as unmarried persons; (d.) to be dismissed; to be set apart or aside; (e.) the circular piece under the rafters of a Tahitian house, which joins them together; (f.) let go, allowed to depart; tataa (dual), to be separate: faa-taa, to part, to disjoin; to set aside; (b.) to throw or roll down from a precipice; faa-taataa, to separate or put away obstacles; to make distinct parts or parties; (b.) to shift from one place to another. Cf. faa-taae, to put far off, to separate entirely; taafare, the piece that joins the rafters together; taamu, to tie, to bind; taanoa, to slip or fall, or be going down spontaneously without any external force; taati, to encompass.

Hawaiian—kaa, to roll, as a wheel; to travel about from place to place; anything that rolls or turns, as a top: Kaa ka pohaku pili o ke kahawai; Rolling down are the rocks of the ravines, (b.) A cross; (c.) a legend, a tradition; (d.) to operate; to take effect, as a cathartic or emetic; (e.) to pass off or out from; to go out from the presence of one; (f.) to fall away, to leave one party and join another; (g.) to remove, to change one's place; (h.) to be sick, to suffer pain in sickness, to be confined with long sickness; (i) to mourn, as in the loss of relatives; (j.) to radiate; to go out, as rays of light from the sun; (k.) to turn every way, as bones in a socket-joint; (l.) gone; absent; no more; kakaa, to roll, to turn this way and that; (b.) to stare or gaze in wonder; to strain the eyes with looking; (c.) to turn aside from; to deviate from a right line; to sail in a zigzag manner; (d.) to squint; (e.) rolling; (f.) watery, sore-eyed; kaakaa, to open, as the eyes; to look upon; to have respect to; to watch over; hoo-kaa, to roll off; to remove; to cause to roll, as a wheel; (b.) to turn over often in bed; to toss in distress or sickness; (c.) to throw over or down a precipice, i.e. to roll a thing down it; (d.) to open, as the eyes; to cause to open; hoo-kaakaa, to cause one to see by opening the eyes; (c.) to cause to roll. Cf. kaahele, to travel about; kaakaawili, to turn frequently; to writhe in agony; kaamoela, turning round; changing; kaapuni, to roll round; to go round; to circumnavigate; okaa, to spin, as a top; a top; Ka, to radiate; to knit, as a fishnet, from a centre point; kaawe, to tie any flexible thing around the throat; to strangle; hoo-kaawale, to roll off; to separate; to make a division between; kaalalo, to talk crookedly by way of flattery; pakaawili, to encircle; to twine round, as a vine; to turn this way or that; Pohakaa, the name of a god who dwelt in precipitous places where stones were often rolled down; pokaa, a ball, as of rope or twine; to turn; to go round.

Tongan—taka, to go about and do (as takaloi, to go about telling lies, &c.); (b.) to look at, to witness, to see; (c.) to move, as the wind; tataka, unsettled; (b.) at work, but only of the mind; takataka, to walk about; faka-taka, to twist, to roll. Cf. takai, to wrap round with sinnet (kafa); to roll up; to coil; faka-takamilo, to encircle; about; takaoa, to surround; takaniko, circles round the moon; takatofu, a light shifting wind; fetakaaki, to move rapidly from place to place; to move in a zigzag course; fetakaiaki, to roll up, to twist speedily; to roll up from both ends; teka, to roll.

Marquesan —taka, a strap, a thong, a belt; (b.) to take with a cord; to strangle. Cf. takanini, to totter; to swoon;. dazzled; takai, to voyage; to circumnavigate; takako, badly twisted thread; takapuni, to encompass.

Aniwan —taka, to gird.

Mangarevan—taka, to weigh anchor; (b.) to break (said of the anchor); (c.) to prevent one's walking about; aka-taka, to rub, to polish, to burnish; (b.) to unite little pieces of wood, poles, &c.; (c.) to fish all day or night with a line; (d.) to throw the fishing-line here or there; (e.) to peel off the fragile edges of the mother-o'-pearl shell; to cast away superfluous parts of the shell; (f.) to be bedridden a long time with sickness; (g.) to rough-hew with one hand; takataka, to be beautiful, well-made. Cf. takai, a ring, as of men; to turn anything into a circle; takaiti, to roll, to bound; takatakahiga, spirals or chambers of a shell taken collectively; takatua, to turn round and round, as in pain; takotake, to make the circuit of an island without calling in anywhere.

Paumotan—faka-taka, to designate, to describe; (b.) to retrace; faka-takataka, to whirl round,

– 450 –

to pirouette. Cf. takapuni, about, around; takanoa, variable; takaviriviri, to turn round; takatakaviri, to struggle; potaka, round; porotaka, a disc, a wheel; takakè, to separate; takai, to tie again; takapakapaka, athwart and across; takaheahea, a tiresome person.

TAKA (takà), the batten which covers the outside of the joint of the rauawa of a canoe.

TAKA (takà), to fasten a fish-hook to a line; the thread by which the fish-hook is fastened to the line: Katahi a Maui ka takà i tana matau—P. M., 22. Cf. kaka, a single fibre or hair; takaka, fibres in fern-root; takai, to wrap round.

Samoan—ta'a (ta'à), a small fishing-line.

Hawaiian—kaa, the string which fastens the fish-hook to the line.

Tongan—taka, the short line attached to Tongan fish-hooks.

Marquesan —cf. takako, a badly-twisted thread.

Mangarevan—cf. takara, a thread for fastening bait on the hook.

Paumotan —cf. takai, to tie. Ext. Poly.: Solomon Islands—cf. dakataho, the name of a shrub (Bot. Hibiscus tiliaceus). [See Whauwhi.]

TAKAAWHE, circuitous. Cf. taawhe, to go round a corner; awheo, a halo; hawhe, to come or go round; taka, to go round; to turn as on a pivot.

Samoan—cf. ta'amilo, to go round about; ta'anuku, to wander from land to land; ta'avili, to turn round as a drill.

Hawaiian—cf. kaa, to roll, as a wheel; to travel about from place to place; kaakaawili, to turn frequently; to writhe; kaapuni, to roll round.

Tongan—cf. takaoa, to surround; takai, to roll up, to coil; afe, to turn aside; to turn in at, as into a house when on a journey; afeitui, a serpentine winding path.

Paumotan—cf. takapuni, about, around; porotaka, a disc, a wheel.

TAKAHA, the male of the Tui bird (Orn. Prosthemadera novæ-zealandiæ).

TAKAHE (takahè), to go wrong; to come to nothing; abortive, as a scheme. Cf. taka, to change in direction; he, a mistake; error. [For comparatives, see Taka, and He.]

TAKAHE, the name of a bird, Mantell's Notornis or Mono (Orn. Notornis mantelli).

TAKAHI, to trample: Na te moa i takahi te rata—Prov. Cf. takahanga, the sole of the foot. 2. To place the foot on anything to hold it. 3. To plunder. 4. To disregard, to disobey: E hara ! kua takahia nga kupu i rongo ra ratou—P. M., 24. 5. To dance; Na e takahia ana, whakaaro ana a Te Puhihuia, &c.—P. M., 163. 6. That part of the trunk of a tree which is nearest the ground.

TAKATAKAHI, to trample, to tread down: A whaia ana, takatakahia ana—Kai. xx. 43.

TAKAHANGA (for Takahihan?a,) the circumstance, &c., of trampling. 2. The sole of the foot: Te takahanga o tona waewae—Ken., viii. 9.

Tahitian—taahi, to tread with the foot: Ua taahi au ia ratou ma tau riri; I will trample them in my fury. Taataahi, to tread under foot: A haere i roto i te araea, taataahi i te vari; Go into the clay and tread the mud. (b.) To separate; to put an army in order. Cf. taahiaufau, to treat with contempt anyone's ancestry or paternity; taahiouma, to tread on a person's breast; (met.) ingratitude.

Hawaiian—keehi, to kick, to stamp with the foot; to lift up the foot against one, i.e. to resist; to despise; to rebel; (b.) to strike or hit upon, as a beam of light; keehana, the sole of the foot; a place for the bottom of the foot; (b.) ground stamped upon or trodden by the foot; (c.) a footstool; a prop; a supporter. Cf. keehilae, proud, haughty; disdainful.

Tongan—cf. takahi, to scratch, as a cat; takatene, to kick and knock about; takatata, pugnacious.

Rarotongan—takai, to thrust down: Takai ia te ra, ei eke i Tekurutukia; Thrust down the sun, that he may descend to the Nether-land. Takatakai, to trample, to tread down: E takatakaiia e te vaevae tangata; Trampled under the feet of men. Takain?a, a step, a pace: Okotai ua ake takainga vaevae i te atea iaku nei e te mate; There is but a step between me and death.

Marquesan—tekahi, to trample on one's feet; to crush the nails of a person's feet.

Mangarevan— takahi, to crush, to put under the feet, to trample; (b.) to kick; (c.) to utter, to pronounce; takahi?a, the threshold of a door; (b.) a footstool, or anything on which to put the feet. Cf. aka-takarori, to trample down plantations.

Paumotan—takatakai, to trample, to tread on.

TAKAHIKAHI, the name of a bird, the Redbreasted Plover (Orn. Charadrius obscurus).

TAKAHOA, a companion. Cf. hoa, a friend, a companion; takatapui, an intimate companion of the same sex; takahore, a widow or widower.

TAKAHORE, a widow; a widower. Cf. takahoa, a companion of the same sex; hore, not. 2. A naked person. Cf. tahanga, naked.

Tahitian—cf. taa, single, unmarried, separate; taanoa, naked; tahaa, naked.

Hawaiian—cf. kaala, a widow; a widowor.

Tongan—cf. takabe, unmarried, single; destitute of clothing.

TAKAI, to wrap up; to wrap round; a wrapper: A he mea apoapo ahau e te rimu, takai atu takai mai—P. M., 14: Ka takaia nga atua na—P. M., 84. 2. Wrapped round: A he mea takai ahau e koe ki roto ki tou tikitiki—P. M., 14. Cf. taka, to turn round, as on a pivot; to undergo change in direction; tangai, bark of trees; ta, to net. 3. To wind round: Ko te upoko i takaia ki te akatea—Prov. 4. (Moriori) A band, a bandage.

TAKATAKAI, to wind round and round.

Samoan—ta'ai, to wind round, applied to smoke circling round a house, and to an ulcer encircling a limb; ta'ata'ai, to wind round often or much; ta'ai?a, a roll, as of sinnet, mats, &c. Cf. fa'a-ta'a, the fibres of the cocoanut husk twisted for making sinnet; ta'aivai, iron-hoop; ta'a, a small fishing-line; ta'afili, to roll; ta'avili, to turn round, as a drill, mill, &c.

Tahitian—taai, a ball of pia (arrowroot) rolled up; (b.) to tie or bind a thing; (c.) to plot; to form political schemes of mischief; (d.) to journey or be travelling about the country. Cf. taahuri, to turn over; taati, to encompass.

Hawaiian—kaai, to bind or tie round; to gird on, to tie on, as a fillet on the head, or a girdle round the waist; (b.) the girdle round the loins of the gods, put

– 451 –

round by the chief, and made of vines. Cf. ka, to braid or net, as a fish net, from a central point; kaa, a strand of a cord; a rope; the string that fastens the fish-hook to the line; kaawe, to tie any flexible thing tightly round the throat; to strangle; haei, a belt, a girdle; kakanakana (M. L.= tatangatanga), a species of seaweed.

Tongan—takai, to roll up; to coil; to surround; to wrap round with kafa (cocoanut-fibre cord, sinnet); (b.) to anoint the body; anointing; takatakai, to roll round and round; to make into a roll. Cf. taka, the short line attached to a Tongan fish-hook; takao, to make anything round in the hand, as pellets; takatakamilo, to encircle; to whirl round; taga, the large gut; fetakai, to struggle, applied to two or more; tagai, a narrow bag, a sack; tagakakai, the crop, the gizzard; faka-takafi, to cover.

Aniwan—cf. taka, a girdle; to gird.

Mangarevan—takai, to make a circle or ring of men; (b.) to turn a thing round; aka-takai, to bend, to make into a circle. Cf. takaiti, to roll, to bound; takaivave, to strike with the feet; to crush with the feet.

Paumotan—takai, to connect; (b.) to tie again; to knot; (c.) to warp; (d.) to contrive, to plan; (e.) a ball, a bowl; takaikai, to entwine, to entwist. Cf. faka-takataka, to whirl round; to pirouette.

Marquesan—takai, to voyage; to circumnavigate. Cf. taka, a strap, a thong, a belt. Bowditch Island—takai, a waist-mat.

TAKAKA (tàkaka), the common New Zealand Fern (Bot. Pteris aquilina). 2. Fibres in fernroot. 3. Open fern-land.

TAKAKAU (tàkakau). the stalk of a plant, the straw of grain, &c.: Kahore he takakau i homai ki o pononga—Eko., v. 6. Cf. kakau, the stalk of a plant, 2. The fore-arm: A i whakapakaritia nga takakau o ona ringa— Ken., xlix. 24.

Samoan—cf. tau'au, the shoulder; ‘a'ao, the arm or hand, leg or foot of a chief; ‘au, the stalk of a plant.

Tahitian—cf. aau, the stalk of fruit.

Hawaiian—cf. au, the staff of a spear, the handle of an axe.

Tongan—cf. kau, the stem or stalk.

Marquesan—cf. kokau, the stalk of fruit.

Mangarevan—cf. kakau, the stalk of fruit; tukau, stalks of fruit.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. auau, a stick. Solomon Islands—cf. au, a tree; wood.

TAKAKAU, at liberty to act; free from business; at leisure. 2. Free from the marriage tie: Ki te mea he takakau ia i tona haerenga mai— Eko., xxi. 3. Cf. taka, to roam at large.

TAKAKOPIRI (myth.), a chief who married the celebrated beauty, Kahureremoa. Their daughter was named Tuparahaki, and from her is descended the tribe of Ngati-paoa— P. M., 168.

TAKAMINGOMINGO, to turn round. Cf. taka, to turn round, as on a pivot; to go round; takaawhe, circuitous; titaka, to turn round; takai, to wind round; mingo, curly, curled; takamio, to fly round in circles; amiomio, to turn round and round; awhio, to wind about. [For comparatives, see Taka, and Mingo.]

TAKAMIO, to fly round and round, as a bird circles before alighting: Ka rere te kereru, takamio rere—Wohl., Trans., vii. 37. Cf. takamingomingo, to turn round; takawhio. giddy, dizzy; taka, to torn round; amiomio, to turn round and round; awhio, to wind about. [For comparatives, see Taka, and Awhio.]

TAKAOIOI, to twist about; to writhe; to roll. Cf. taka, to turn, as on a pivot; takaoriori, to writhe, to roll over and over; oioi, to shake. [For comparatives, see Taka, and Oioi.]

TAKAONGE, to be destitute; in want. Cf. onge, scarce. [For comparatives, see Onge.]

TAKAORE, a ring placed on the leg of a captive bird, to which the fastening-string is attached. [See Poria.]

TAKAORIORI, to twist about; to writhe; to roll over and over. Cf. taka, to turn, as on a pivot; ori, to cause to wave to and fro; takaoioi, to writhe; to roll. [For comparatives, see Taka, and Ori.]

TAKAPAPA, to double up. Cf. taka, to undergo change in direction; to go round; papa, flat; a flat surface; takapu, to fold up.

TAKAPAU, a mat on which to sleep: Hapainga tonutia mai i roto i ona takapau—P. M., 40. Cf. tapa, to pulverize soil. [See Hawaiian and Marquesan.] 2. To set free from tapu, to release from religious restriction. Hurihanga takapau or hurianga takapau, the conclusion of the pure ceremony. The incantation, ‘Ranga mai hea te takapau,’ &c., was first used by Nukutawhiti. [See G.-8, 29.] 3. To go away in a stealthy manner.

Samoan—cf. tapa'au, cocoanut-leaf mats.

Tongan—takabau, tho rough mats for flooring. Cf. tabakau, mats used for laying on floors.

Hawaiian—cf. kapa, native cloth beaten from bark.

Marquesan—cf. tapa, native cloth; tapakau, the sail of a canoe; a leaf of the cocoanut braided by a priest and placed in a dead person's house as a representative.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tabakau, mats made of cocoanut leaves.

TAKAPAU-WHARA-NUI, a mat made of the scalps of fallen enemies. On this mat the great priests (ariki) were begotten: O tangata i aitia ki runga ki te takapau-whara-nui— A. H. M., iii. 10.

TAKAPOTIRI (myth.), a son of Tane-mahuta, the Lord of Forests. Takapotiri was the tutelary deity of the Kakapo and Green Parrot—A. H. M., i. App.

TAKAPU (or Takupu,) the name of a bird, the Australian Gannet (Orn. Dysporus serrator).

TAKAPU (takapù), the belly: Me he takapu araara—Prov. 2. The middle of a drag-net.

Marquesan—cf. takapu, a girdle.

TAKAPU (tàkapu), to fold up, to tuck in; to double in. Cf. takapapa, to double up.

TAKAPUI, going about in company; companioned. Cf. takatapui, an intimate companion of the same sex; takahoa, a companion; tapui, an intimate companion.

TAKAPUKE, to cultivate by planting in small hillocks. Cf. puke, a hill; tapuke, to bury, to cover with earth. [For comparatives, see Puke.]

TAKARANGI (myth.), a celebrated warrior, who, for the sake of a girl named Raumahora,

– 452 –

stayed the fight going on for the possession of the Whakarewa Pa, Taranaki (now Marsland Hill, New Plymouth). Takarangi was the son of Te Rangi-apitirua, chief of Ngati-Awa—P. M., 184.

TAKARE (tàkare), eager; pressing; strenuous: I takare ai koe ki te whai mai i a au—Ken. xxxi. 36. Cf. karekare, to be agitated; tangare, angry; ngangare, to quarrel.

TAKAREKO, threatening to rain.

Whaka-TAKARIRI, causing anger, rousing indignation: I pawera hoki ahau i te riri, i te aritarita, i a Ihowa ra i whakatakariri ki a koutou—Tiu., ix. 19. Cf. riri, anger; to be angry; takarita, to show resentment. 2 Vexed.

Samoan—cf. ta'alili, resounding, sonorous, as thunder, waves, a trumpet, &c.; to come in crowds; ta'alilivale, turbulence. [For full comparatives, see Riri.]

TAKARITA, to show resentment. Cf. arita, eager: strenuous; burning with desire; easily offended; poaritarita, to be in a hurry; puaritarita, to be in a hurry; whakatakariri, causing anger.

TAKARITARITA, vexed, annoyed; showing resentment.

Tahitian—cf. nihoritarita, fierce anger; paritarita, violent anger.

Marquesan—cf. ita, harsh, rough; sour; koita, to be angry; to make angry.

Mangarevan—cf. torita, to exhort earnestly; to press with words; to rush down, as water.

TAKARITA (myth.), a wife of Uenuku; the mother of Ira. She committed adultery with Tu-mahunuku, and Tu-mahurangi. Uenuku slew her, took out her heart, cooked it, and fed her son Ira upon it—A. H. M., iii. 14.

TAKARO (tàkaro), to play a game, to sport; a game, a play; Ka mahi takaro nga tangata o runga i a Tainui—G.-8, 18: Ka kaha ki te takaro ka mau ki tana potaka—A. H. M., v. 15. Cf. karo, to avoid a blow.

Samoan—ta'alo, to play, to sport, to dally with: E ta'alo foi a latou fanau; Also their children sport. Ta'alo?a, play, sport, dalliance; ta'alolo, the taking of food to visitors by a whole district at once; (b.) to go in crowds; (c.) to disperse; (d.) to be almost beaten down, as houses in a storm; to stand aslant; fa'ata'alo, to excite to sport. Cf. ta'a, the party which goes to a woman's family to take proposals of marriage from their chief; the food taken on such occasions as a present; ‘alo, to evade a blow; to make excuses.

Tongan—takalo, to evade, to get out of work. Cf. kalo, to move the head to avoid danger; fekaloaki, to elude; faka-toutakalo, to dodge, to move to and fro.

Marquesan—cf. kakao, to change one's position in the play of children; tekao, talk, conversation; kaokao, a game played with spears, in which thrusts are made.

Mangarevan—cf. takao, to talk; takaoiriiri, jesting.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tatato, idly or uselessly engaged; a plaything or pastime.

Malagasy—cf. takalo, barter, exchange.

TAKARO (tàkaro), presently, by-and-bye.

TAKARO (myth.), a prediluvian personage, a son of Parawhenuamea—A. H. M., i. 166. [See Tuputupuwhenua.]

TAKAROA (myth.), Tangaroa, the Ocean Lord: Ka tu a Raki i te huata a Takaroa—A. H. M., i. 44. [See Tangaroa.]

TAKARURE, to speak of again and again. Cf. rure, to bandy words; to wrangle. 2. To become indifferent; heedless, listless. 3. To fly flapping the wings. Cf. rure, to shake, to toss about.

TAKATAKAAPO, a variety of kumara (sweet potato).

TAKATAKA-PUTEA (myth.), a son of Rongopotiki and Papatuanuku. He was brother to Tu, Rongo, Tangaroa, &c., and was the twin brother of Marere-o-tonga—S. R., 18.

TAKATAPUI (takatàpui), a close friend belonging to the same sex: Ko tona hoa takatapui, ko Tiki—P. M., 128. Cf. takahoa, a friend, a companion; takapui, going about in company; tapui, an intimate companion.

TAKATU (takatù), prepared, ready. Cf. taka, to prepare; tu, to stand.

TAKAU (tàkau), steep; having a sharp declivity.

TAKAWAENGA, a mediator; one who intervenes; an intercessor, a go-between. Cf. taka, to roam at large; waenga, the middle, the midst.

TAKAWAI, to anoint. 2. A gourd in which oil was kept: Ka waiho te heru me te takawai hinu i runga i te kowhatu—A. H. M., iv. 190. Cf. taha, a calabash; wai, water.

Tahitian—taavai, a stone worn smooth and polished in the water; (fig.) a person of good appearance; faa-taavai, to anoint any part of the body.

TAKAWE (tàkawe), to sling over the shoulder. Cf. kawe, to carry; kawei, straps for carrying a bundle.

Tahitian—takave, to hang or suspend a thing by a string from the neck; (b.) to hang or strangle. Cf. ave, the strand of a rope; the string of a sling; paave, to carry or convey on the back.

Hawaiian—kaawe, to tie any flexible thing tightly around the throat; to choke by tying the throat; (b.) to suspend, to hang up; a suspension; kaaweawe, oppression of the chest; sickness of the stomach; (b.) a disease of the neck and chest. Cf. awe, to carry or bring; the tentacles of the cattle-fish. [For full comparatives, see Kawe.]

TAKAWIRI, twisted. Cf. taka, to turn, as on a pivot; wiri, to bore; an auger, a gimlet; whiri, to twist.

Samoan—ta'a-vili, to turn round, as a mill or drill; ta'a-vilivili, to turn round rapidly, as a whirligig; fa'a-takavili, to turn round, as a grindstone. Cf. ta'afili, to roll, to wallow; vili, to bore a hole; a gimlet; a whirlpool.

Tahitian— taaviri, to turn, as a person in bed; taaviriviri, to turn repeatedly. Cf. ta, a child's swing; taahuri, to turn over; taanini, to reel; viri, to lash up; to furl a Sail; to roll, some cloth round a corpse.

Hawaiian— kaawili, to writhe, to writhe in pain; a pain; a torture; (b.) to mix together; a mixture of things; (c.) to knead, as bread; hoo-kaawili, to torture, to cause to writhe in pain; (b.) to tear, to rage, as a foul spirit. Cf. wili, to twist, to wind; kaa, to roll.

Marquesan—takavii, to tie cocoanuts to a tree to make it tapu.

Paumotan—takaviriviri, to writhe; (b.) to turn round; takatakaviri, to struggle.

– 453 –

TAKAWHAKI, to roam at will: He ingoa mo taku takawhakitanga iho nei hi a koe—A. H. M., i. 47. Cf. taka, to roam.

TAKAWHETAWHETA, to writhe, to toss oneself. Cf. taka, to turn, as on a pivot; takaoioi, to writhe, to roll; takaoriori, to writhe, to roll over and over.

TAKAWHIO, giddy, dizzy; to see things, going round and round as if one were giddy. Cf. taka, to turn round, as on a pivot; awhio, to wind about; amiomio, to turn round and round; takamio, to fly round and round, as a bird circles before alighting. [For comparatives, see Taka, and Awhio.]

TAKE (tàkè), to absent oneself: Take koanga, whakapiri ngahuru—Prov.

Tahitian—cf. tae, to go or come with strong desire.

TAKE, the root; a stump: I mau iho ana a Whakaturia ki te take o te poporo—P. M., 66. Cf. putake, a root. 2. A post for the palisading of a pa (fort). 3. The commencement, starting point: Ka tae ki te take o te pikitanga—P. M., 51. 4. The cause, reason, object, motive: Koia kau ano te take i haere ai au—P. M., 18: Koia te take e ura e whero na nga huruhuru o aua marui—A. H. M., i. 48. 5. The origin, foundation: He wahine te take o tenei hapu— A. H. M. v. 23: Na Rangi raua ko Papa nga take o mua—P. M., 7. 6. A king (one auth.). 7. Parts of the decidua connected with the placenta of women.

TAKETAKE, the lower point of the sail of a canoe. 2. A stick fastened to the end of a seine-net to keep it stretched. 3. Well-founded; firm, lasting. 4. Certain, on good authority. 5. Own; one's own.

Hawaiian—kae, the name of an officer in the king's train; (b.) the brink, border, or edge of a thing; kaewa, highmindedness; to boast, to glory.

Tongan—take, the principal root of a tree; (b.) the top of the cocoanut-shell when prepared for drinking.

Marquesan—take, the bottom of anything; (b.) the original name of the Polynesian nation, according to Marquesan tradition (the country whence they came was Take-heehee); (c.) the origin, cause; taketake, a raft on which a corpse was sent to sea; (b.) a basket; to make a circle like a basket. Cf. taketakekoe, transparent (lit. bottomless).

TAKEHA, to struggle like a fish.

TAKEKE, the name of a fish, the Gar-fish or Halfbeak (Ich. Hemiramphus intermedius).

TAKEKE, altogether acquired; not an original possession.

TAKEKE, to make a net. Cf. ta, to net.

TAKEKENGA, the mesh of a net.

TAKEKETONGA, the name of a fish.

TAKEO, tedious.

TAKERE, the keel of a canoe: I waiho te takere hei mihi mahaku—M. M., 103. 2. The bottom of deep water; A whakatotoka ana te rire i te takere o te moana—Eko., xv. 8. 3. The. hull of a canoe: E koire e ngaro, he takere waka nui—Prov. Cf. takerehàia, a dangerous rent in a canoe.

Whaka-TAKERE, the bottom of deep water, the bed of a river: Ko nga pipi o te whakatakere—M. M., 100 Cf. kerekere, intensely dark. 2. Stragglers from a party.

Samoan—ta'ele. The keel of a canoe; (b.) the bottom of a box, pail, &c.; (c.) a red shaggy mat. Cf. tà'ele, to bathe; to open a dead body to search for the disease, so that by taking out the diseased part and burning it, the disease itself may be destroyed and not enter another of the family; ta'eletò, deepkeeled; ta'elepolapola, flat-bottomed.

Tahitian—taere, the bottom of a canoe; the keel of a ship; (b.) to pull or drag along; (c.) slowly, loiteringly, lazy, drawling, applied to the voice. Cf. puritaere, to turn keel upwards; (fig.) to overturn the government.

Hawaiian—kaeele, the body of a canoe. Cf. kaelewaa, an unfinished canoe; the bottom of a canoe; kaele, to be Partially filled, as a calabash with fish or food; leaving some empty space at the top; iwikaele, the hull of a ship; iwikeele, and iwikele, the keel of a ship or boat; iwikaele, the hull of a ship; the body of a canoe.

Tongan—takele, the keel of a canoe; (b.) the bottom of any box, basket, &c.; (c.) to bathe; to wash.

Marquesan—cf. take, the bottom of anything.

Mangarevan—tekere, the keel of a boat. Cf. tekeretuamatoro, an expression meaning “the thickness of heaven and earth.”

Paumotan—cf. takerepo, to turn upside down.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. takele, the keel of a canoe.

TAKERE-AOTEA (myth.), one of the canoes in which the ancestors of the Maori people came from Hawaiki to New Zealand—A. H. M., ii. 188. [See under Arawa.]

TAKEREHAIA (takerehàia), a fracture in the body of a canoe; a dangerous leak. Cf. takere, the hull of a canoe.

TAKEREKERE (tàkerekere), a thread used to fasten bait to a fish-hook: Pute, matau, ahaaha ranei, aho takerehere muka nei—MSS. Cf. takà, to fasten a fish-hook to a line; tahere, to tie; to ensnare.

Tahitian—taerea, the string which joins the fish-hook to the line.

Mangarevan—cf. takara, a thread for fastening bait to the hook.

TAKETAKE (myth.), a personage of prediluvian days. With him originated the charms and ceremonies used in building houses—A. H. M., i. 169.

Marquesan—cf. Take. He was the progenitor of the Polynesian people, the Take (“origin,” “cause”) people. Take is also called Toho. He was the father of twelve famous sons, (the eldest of whom was Atea,) and these were the ancestors of the Marquesan tribes.

TAKERETO (myth.), the chief of the Takere-aotea canoe in the Migration of the Maori people from Hawaiki to New Zealand—A. H. M., ii. 188. [See under Arawa.] 2. One of the two tame pet birds loosed by Ngatoro [see Ngatoroirangi] at Repanga (Mercury Islands) on his arrival from Hawaiki. The name of the other bird was Mumuhau—S. T., 14.

TAKI (tàki), to take to one side; to take out of the way. Cf. tahaki, on one side; arataki, to lead, guide. 2. To take food from the fire.

TAKI, to track, to tow with a line from the shore. 2. To begin or continue a speech; to make a

– 454 –

speech: Ka whakatika mai nga tama ki te taki—P. M., 195. 3. To challenge. 4. To follow.

TAKITAKI, to chant or recite a song, &c.; a song: Ka takitakina te haka—P. M., 66: Ka whakahuatia ano tona takitaki—A. H. M., v. 38. Cf. tangi, to Weep aloud, to lament; a song for the dead; a greeting. 2. To incense, to irritate, to provoke. 3. To trace out, to search, to look for. Cf. matakitaki, to look at, to inspect; to watch. 4. To avenge: I haere mai ki te takitaki i taua mate—A. H. M., v. 32. 5. To rise. 6. To dawn. 7. A shelter, a screen: Ka tahu i a ratou takitaki, ka tahu i a ratou poupou—Wohl., Trans., vii. 32. 8. The lines of tattooing on a woman's body, between the breast and the navel.

Whaka-TAKI, to conduct, to lead. Cf. arataki, to conduct, to lead. 2. To begin or continue a speech. 3. To trace, to search out: Ka haere taua ki te whakataki i taua kotiro—P. M., 50.

Samoan—ta'i, to attend to the fire; to keep up the flame; (b.) to lead a troop; (c.) to lead; ta'ita'i, to lead; (b.) anything carried in the hand; tata'i, to lead, as a sick man; (b.) to drag along, as the lauloa (a leaf-fillet dragged through the lagoon to frighten fish into the net; (c.) to trail, as a fish-hook; (d.) to lead a quarrel to others; to involve others; fa'ata'ita'i, to try, to prove; (b.) to imitate. Cf. ta'iafi, to keep up the evening fire; vaita'i, a gutter or channel to lead off water; fuata'i, to begin; ta'imua, one who goes a little ahead to lead the way in war; a leader of the dance; a leader generally.

Tahitian—cf. taiao, the dawn; taiapuu, one who avenges or makes good a failure in wrestling, &c.; taiara, a road, track, or way; the road or walk of a turtle, by observing of which it can be caught.

Hawaiian—kai, to lift up on the hands and carry; to lift up the foot and walk, as an infant beginning to walk, or as one recovering from sickness; to step amiss, as a child; (b.) to lead, to guide, to direct; (c.) to lead into, to entice, as fish into a net, or any animal into a trap or snare; (d.) to bring; to take in hand; to do with; (e.) to pull up, as kalo (taro); (f.) to shove along; to move; (g.) to go a journey; (h.) to travel slowly; hoo-kai, to separate or part asunder, as a cracked part of a canoe; to displace; (b.) to take away by robbery; (c.) to mis-spend, to squander; kaikai, to lift up, as the hand; to lift up the eyes; to raise, as the voice; (b.) to take up to bear, to carry upon; (e.) to carry off; (d.) to take off, as a burden; (e.) to carry tenderly, as a child; (f.) to promote, to exalt; to favour, as a king a subject; (g.) to be led or urged on, as by strong desire or lust; kakai, to go along in company, to travel together, as a caravan; a company; a family; a litter of animals; (b.) to follow, as chickens do a hen; (c.) to follow one after another, in Indian file; (d.) to look carefully around, as with an evil design; (e.) to gird on to the loins, as a sword; (f.) to pray, as in ancient times, on a great kapu (tapu) occasion; (g.) to copulate, as the opposite sexes; hookakai, to look after, to see to; kaina, to move slowly and softly, as a weak person trying to walk; a younger of two brothers or two sisters. Cf. kaiewe, a company following a chief; kaihuakai, to lead a large travelling company; alakai, to lead along the path; a leader, a guide; kaiena, to be self-opinionated; to boast, to glory; kaiopokeo, the name of a long prayer at the dedication of a heiau (temple); kaikaiapola, the tail of a kite; kailiili, to take and carry here and there.

Tongan—taki, to lead; (b.) to barter; (c.) to hold; tataki, a leader, a guide; to lead or guide; (b.) a method of taking fish; (c.) to stretch out; takitaki, to hang; suspended; (b.) to draw fishing-nets through the water; (c.) to straighten by drawing out; faka-takitaki, to carry suspended from the hand. Cf. takimua, a leader; to lead the way; takituu, to lead along a canoe in shallow water; takiboubou, to assist by a rope in getting the sail of a canoe to the opposite end when tacking; takifu, to scamper off; autaki, to lead into; to conduct; to head a party; to arrive at; fetaki, to walk arm in arm or hand in hand; fetatakiaki, to lead or drive from place to place.

Marquesan— taki, to sing; (b.) to sound (Maori-tangi); (c.) to bark, as a dog; (d.) to hold; (e.) to force from, to drag away.

Mangarovan— taki, to drag; to haul a raft with the hands; takitaki, to spread reports; (b.) a line; takitakina, to take things from one place and put them in another. Cf. takitakiroa, to drag along; takitu, a bow-string; cordage.

Mangaian—taki, to lead, to conduct.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum —cf. takitaki, to spread about. Fiji—cf. taki-va, to carry water.

TAKI (myth.), a younger brother of Maui. After death, his right eye became the star Takiara. Taki went up to heaven by a path of spiders'webs—A. H. M., ii. 90.

TAKI, TATAKI (tàtaki), a distributive prefix to numer-als, as takitoru, by threes: I haere takirua ratou ki roto ki te aaka—Ken., vii. 9. Cf. takiwa, an interval of space or time. 2. Denoting that what is said applies to each individual.

Samoan—ta'i, a distributive particle: with tasi, one, it means each; with lua, two, it means pairs.

Tahitian—tai, by, as by two, three, &c.

Paumotan—taki, a distributive prefix.

TAKIARA, the bright Morning-star. [See Taki (myth.).]

TAKIARI, a species of Shark.

TAKITAKI-NUI-O-RANGI (myth.), the holy place or temple of the god Rehua in the fourth and fifth heavens—A. H. M., i. 29.

TAKIEKIE (tàkeikei), a kind of Eel.

TAKIHI (tàkihi), a kidney.

TAKINI, a cry uttered when the runners of a visiting party rush forward to perform the taki (challenge) ceremony with reed spears. Cf. takiri, to rush, to charge.

TAKIRA (takirà), (or Takirau,) the moon on the nineteenth day.

TAKIRAU [See Takira.]

TAKIRAU (myth.), a personage of prediluvian days—A. H. M., i. 172.

TAKIRI, to untie, to loosen. Cf. makiri, to take the bones out of pigeons, &c., preparatory to preserving. 2. To disengage the fibre of flax. 3. To make noa; to set free from tapu. 4. To free the mind: Ma Rehua e takiri te

– 455 –

matapouri o te tangata mate, me te tangata ora—A. H. M., i. 33. 5. To draw away suddenly Na te takiritanga o nga tapura ka tae te kakara—A. H. M., ii. 10. 6. To start convulsively: to fly back as a spring. 7. Startings or twitchings in sleep; from the nature of these twitchings omens were deduced: E kai ana te takiri, he parekura kei te ata—P. M., 197. 8. To rush, to charge. Cf. kokiri, to charge; tokiri, to thrust lengthwise. 9. To jerk, as a fishing-line, to strike the hook into the fish. 10. To dawn: A takiri noa te ata—Ken., xxxii. 24; I whakaorangia au mo te takiritanga o te ata—P. M., 48.

Tahitian—tairi, to strike, to hit; tairiiri, to shake and throw, as a fisher does his line; (b.) to show opposition or contempt of something said or done by shaking the head; tairitia, a sudden stroke, commonly applied to sudden death. Cf. tairitu, the sudden stroke of death; aitairi, to eat hastily and indecently, tearing the food like a dog; aitairiiri, to eat by tearing repeatedly like a dog, looked upon as a bad omen.

Hawaiian—kaili, to snatch, to take away by force; (b.) to give up, to depart, as the spirit of a dying person; (c.) the act of taking fish with the hook; kailiili, to take and carry here and there. Cf. kai, to lift up. to bear, to carry; to separate or part asunder; to displace; kailiwale, a robbery. [Note.—Kaili was the war-god of Kamehameha. The image was of wicker-work covered with feathers. The god assumed the shape of a meteor, as an omen of war.]

Paumotan —takirikiri, to tremble; to shake; takiritia, to fall; (b.) to relapse.

TAKIRIKAU (tàkirikau), a variety of flax (Phormium tenax) the fibre of which is disengaged without the use of a shell.

TAKIRIRAURANGI, a variety of kumara (sweet potato): Tetahi he Pu-nui-a-Rata, he takiriraurangi—A. H. M., iii. 83.

TAKITAHI, a sandal or paraerae made of a single layer of leaves of the ti (Cordyline); when made of a double thickness, it was called torua. If made of a single thickness of flax (Phormium) leaves, it was called paraerae-hou, or kuara.

TAKITARO, a short lapse of time. Cf. taro, a short lapse of time; taki, a distributive prefix.

TAKITINI, in crowds. Cf. tini, a very great many. [For comparatives, see Tini.]

TAKITU, an old Maori custom in honour of visitors.

TAKITUMU (myth.), one of the famous canoes of the Migration in which the ancestors of the Maori people arrived from Hawaiki. [See under Arawa.]

TAKITURI (tàkituri), the death-watch beetle.

TAKIURA, sacred food, cooked at the caremonies of the uhungà, when the bones of a dead person were exhumed.

TAKIWA (takiwà), an interval of space or time; to be separated by an interval. Cf. taki, a distributive prefix; wa, a space; tiriwa, a space. (For comparatives, see Wa.]

TAKO, the common house for the tribe, especially for the young men: Akuanei koe ka haere ki te where tako—Wohl., Trans. vii. 51, 2. The palate. 3. The gums of the teeth.

TAKO (takò), loose, loosely fastened, as a rope or band. Cf. takoha, scattered; takoru, loose. 2. Peeled off.

TAKOHA, distributed, scattered, spread about. Cf. tako, loose. 2. Unsuspicious, free from fear, 3. (Modern) A present; a gratuity given to some person who has a claim to such favour. 4. Tribute: A ka meinga hei apa homai takoha—Hoh., xvi. 10.

Tahitian—cf. taohaa, property, goods.

TAKOHE, in a leisurely manner; not hurried.

Whaka-TAKOHE, to wander about without employment.

TAKOHU (tàkohu), mist. Cf. kohu, mist, fog; pukohu, fog. [.For comparatives, see Kohu.]

TAKOKI, sprained, as the ankle: A ka takoki te ateatenga o te huha—Ken., xxxii. 25. Cf. tanoni, to be sprained.

Whaka-TAKOKO, to feel or examine the bark of a tree.

TAKORA (tàkora), small kumara (sweet potatoes). Cf. kora, a small fragment. [For comparatives, see Kora.]

TAKORU (tàkoru), loose, hanging in folds. Cf. tako, loose, loosely fastened; koru, folded, coiled, looped; taukoro, having the folds filled out.

TAKOTO, to lie, to repose: Ko Ranginui e tu nei, ko Papatuanuku e takoto nei—P. M., 7.

Whaka-TAKOTO, to lay down: Ka whakatakotoria tana taiaha—P. M., 57: Ka whakatakotria ki ie poutokomanawa o te whare o Tinirau—P. M., 40. 2. An ambuscade; to plant an ambuscade: Whakatakotoria he pehipehi mo te pa ki tera pito—Hoh., viii. 2: A haere ana ratou ki te whakatakoto—Hoh., viii. 9. 3. To place, to set in position: Ka whakatakotoria e ahau taku kopere ki te kapua—Ken., ix. 13: Ka oti tera ka whakatakotoria nga matuaiwi—A. H. M., v. 77.

Whaka-TAKOTOKOTO, to lay an ambuscade: A i te ahiahi, ka whakatakotokotoria nga pehipehi—A. H. M., v. 77.

Samoan—ta'oto, to lie down: E te ta'oto foi a e leai se na te faamatau mai; You will lie down, and no one shall frighten you. Fa'ata'oto, to lay down. Cf. tu'uta'oto, to lie down when giving food to visitors.

Tahitian— taoto, to lie down; (b.) to sleep; (c.) cohabiting, as man and wife; (d.) a dream; taotooto, to have frequent dreams; (b.) to waylay, to lie in ambush; taooto, to sleep, as two persons; to sleep repeatedly or excessively; taotoiuiu, to sleep very soundly; taotohauti, a restless sleep.

Tongan—takoto, to lie down (two or more); tokoto, to lie down: Ke ke tokoto foki ki ho botu fakatoo hema; Lie you also on your left side. Cf. fetakotoi, to lie down (two or more).

Mangarevan—tokoto (tokòto), to lie down, said of men; (b.) to lay down, to deposit there (of things only); (c.) to leave off, to cease action; aka-tokoto, to place, to set down.

Paumotan—takoto, lying down; to lie down.

TAKOTOKOTO, the sprit of a sail. Cf. kotokoto, the sprit of a sail; tàtakoto, the sprit on the lower edge of a canoe-sail; toko, a pole.

– 456 –

TAKOU (tàkou), red ochre; a variety of red ochre obtained from yellow earth by burning;, horu being obtained from deposit in water: Ano i taia ki te takou te whero—P. M., 19. Cf. ta, to paint.

TAKU (tàku), (alsoTahaku; plural aku,) my: I kuhua e au ki raro i te pihanga o taku whare— P. M., 73. Cf. naku, mine; toku, my.

Samoan—la'u, (also sa'u,) my: I na matuà fa'alogologo mai ia outou i la'u upu; Listen diligently to my words.

Tahitian — ta'u, my; mine, spoken of food, &c.: E haapapu ra vau ia'ua i roto i ta'u fare nei; I will settle him in my house.

Hawaiian—ka'u, of me; mine; my: E ola au i ka'u waihona pule; May I be saved through my fulness of prayer.

Rarotongan—taku, my: E taku metua e ! Oh my father !

Mangaian—taku, my: Ki taku tane ariki, ki Tinirau; To my royal husband, to Tinirau. Tau, my: Aore e pau atu i tau mako; I will not part with my grandson.

Mangarevan—taku, my, belonging to me: Taku i haga; I did it (“the work is mine”).

Aniwan — tshaku, my. Cf. tsha, a thing belonging.

TAKU, slow, deliberate. Cf. takupe, quiet, at ease; takurutu, sluggish; takurua, winter. 2. According to custom. 3. The rim, the edge. 4. A religious ceremony.

TATAKU (tàtaku), to follow slowly: E rere ke ai te ahua tataku a etahi o nga waka—G.-8, 17. 2. To utter slowly or deliberately: I te pakewa o te tatai o era e tataku ra i nga korero o nehe—A. H. M., i. 7. 3. To repeat incantations: E tatakuna ana enei mea i te hokinga mai i te tanu i te tupapaku—G.-8, 29. 4. Legends: E mea ana nga tataku whakapapa tupuna a nehe—A. H. M., v. 6.

TATAKU, to threaten a person who is absent.

TAKUTAKU, to threaten. 2. To recite incantations: Katahi ka whakatika nga tohunga… ka takutakuna—P. M., 126.

Samoan—ta'u, to tell, to mention: Latou te le aoao mai ea ia te oe, ma ta'u mai ia te oe? Will they not teach you and tell you ? Ta'ua, talked about; well-known; famed; ta'ut'au, to mention, to tell. Cf. ta'utino, to declare plainly.

Tahitian—tau, to invocate, to address in prayer; tatau, to ask for; to call out; (b.) counting, numbering; (c.) tattooing; faa-tau, lazy, idle; to be idle, procrastinating; faa=tautau, to linger, to delay. Cf. faa-taufafau, to make efforts to maintain the peace of the country; tauaua, to tattle.

Tongan—taku, to call by, to designate; takua, to mention, to call by name; tataku, to call several names together in succession. Cf. faka-takutakuleka, to act in a careless and indifferent manner.

TAKUAHI, a fender of stones placed round a fire-place inside a native house.

TAKUATE, to sigh. (Perhaps related to the expression: ‘Tau-o-taku-ate,’ an expression of affection.)

TAKUHE, secure from alarm; tranquil. Cf. takupe, tranquil, at ease; taku, slow.

TAKUNGA, poor food; food of bad quality. 2. The ground; pretext.

TAKUPE, quiet, tranquil, at ease. Cf. takuhe, secure from alarm; taku, deliberate; slow.

TAKUPU (or Takapu,) the name of a bird, the Australian Gannet (Orn. Dysporus serrator.)

TAKUPU (takupù), short.

TAKURU (tàkuru), a thud, the dull sound of a blow. Cf. ta, to beat; kuru, to thump.

TAKURUA, the star Sirius, the Dog-star: Ko Kahuwiwhetu, ko Poaka, ko Takurua—Wohl., Trans., vii. 33. 2. Winter: Takurua, hupe nui—Prov.: Kaore ana tau kotipu, kaore he takurua—P. M., 157.

Tahitian—taurua, the planet Venus.

TAKURUA (myth.), the mother of Aotahi (Canopus), the wife of Puaka (Orion).

TAKURUTU, feeble, sluggish: He wahie takurutu; Firewood that will not blaze. Cf. taku, slow, deliberate; takuhe, tranquil; secure from alarm; takupe, quiet, tranquil; rutu, to nod from side to side.

TAKUTAI, the sea-coast. Cf. tai, the sea; tahatai, the sea-shore; tapatai, the sea-shore; taku, the rim, the edge.

TAKUTAI-O-TE-RAKI (myth.), a battle fought in the heavens when the gods Tu and Rongo went thither to make war—A. H. M., i. 37.

TAMA, a son, particularly the eldest son: Ka whakaaro nga tama a Rangi raua ko Papa— P. M. 7. Cf. tamaiti, a child; tamahine, a daughter; tamariki, children. 2. The eldest nephew. 3. The name of a variety of kumara (sweet potato).

TAMATAMA, to treat superciliously or contemptuously; to treat as worthy of disgust. Cf. whaka-tamarahi, to boast; tamaramara, swaggering.

Whaka-TAMA, a dance of derision.

Whaka-TAMATAMA, to put on airs of superiority; to be above doing a thing.

Samoan—tama, a child, a boy: Ua to le fafine o le tama tane; The woman has conceived a male child. (b.) A woman's offspring, of either sex and of any age; (c.) a chief; (d.) the offspring of animals: Latoa te fananau mai i a latou tama; They bring forth their young (animals). Tatama, to be addled (of eggs); fa'a-tamatama, to act like a child, in dress or play. Cf. tamà, a father; tamaali'i, a chief's son; a chief; faitama, to be motherly; to take care of the young; tamatane, a boy; young men; tama'i, the young of animals and plants; tamafafine, a daughter; tamaitiiti, a little child; tamasà, the children of a sister; tamafai, an adopted child; tamaleta, a youth; tamameamea, an infant.

Tahitian—tama, a child, male or female. Cf. tamà, to wash, to cleanse, to purify; atama, affection for a child; tamahaea, a family that is disunited; tamahere, a beloved child; tamahine, a daughter; tamaroa, a boy, a male; tamaiti, a son; a little son.

Hawaiian—kama, a child; children generally, male or female: O Luaheu, kama a Pimoe; Ruaehu, child of Pimoe. (b.) The first husband of a wife; (c.) specifically, children adopted into the family of another; to adopt a child; (d.) to lead, to direct; (e.) to bind or tie up, as a bundle; kamakama, to bind, to tie fast; to bind up, as a bundle; hoo-kama, adoption; to adopt, as a child; the state of being a child by adoption. Cf. kamaaina, a native born in any place and continuing to live in that place; kamaeu, a

– 457 –

mischievous, wicked child; kamaiki, the eldest or first-born, a term of endearment; kamakahi, an only child; kamalani, a petted child (lit. “child of a chief”); kamapuka, to glory, to boast; kamawahine, a female child.

Tongan—tama, a boy, a son: Bea nae nofo be ia mo ene ogo tama; She was left and her two sons. Faka-tama, to take the child of another and call it one's own; to adopt; (b.) to act in a boyish manner. Cf. tamai, a father; tamaiki, children; tamaimate, fatherless; tamabua, an idol, a doll; tamajii, a little boy; feitama, pregnant; toutama, to give sack; a nursing mother; tamaioeki, a male servant; toma, pride, vanity.

Mangaian—tama, a son: Tama aroa na Motuone, è; Beloved son of Motuone. Cf. tamaine, a daughter; tamaiti, a child; a son.

Marquesan—tama, a son: Tupu to'ia tama mua, to'ia tama hakaiki; Born is his first son, his princely son.

Mangarevan—tama, dear son (used by parents, uncles, &c., to children); (b.) a son or daughter, from childhood to old age; tamatama, a young man or woman between eighteen and thirty years. Cf. tamaeiata, simple, innocent; tamaherehere, a son or daughter kept in the house to make them fat and fair; tamahine, the eldest daughter; tamaroa, a boy; a man of any age; male, as opposed to female; teitama, adolescent; to keep to the house; lazy; aka-teitama, to keep to the house to blanch the skin.

Aniwan—cf. tama, a father.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. tamana, a father; an uncle; tama-rahai, an uncle.

Fiji—cf. tamana, a father; tama-ka, to reverence; tama, a shout or expression of reverence or respect to a god or chief (they also ‘tama’ when approaching a sacred place, or when a sacred bird flies near them); tamata, a man (homo); tamata, an egg which has been brooded on and has a young one in it. Redscar Bay—cf. tama, father.

Sikayana — cf. tamana, father; tama, a man; tamafine, a girl; tama-likiliki, a boy. North Borneo—cf. tamaa, father.

New Britain—cf. tamà, father.

TAMA (myth.), (or, properly, Tama-nui-a-raki,) a chief, who was a very ugly man; and his wife, Rukutia, left him for a more handsome lover. His daughters deserted him at the same time, and Tama was left mourning. After a time he followed his runaway spouse, and in his travels assumed the shape of a crane. He was noosed by some women, and returned to his human shape. The women asked him what he wanted, and he informed them that he wished the design painted on his face to be made permanent. They instructed him where to find his ancestors; and these performed the painful and dangerous work of tattooing completely in one operation. When he was cured, he again set out in search of Rukutia. Tama by his incantations caused his wife to leave her lover and swim out to his canoe. He then cut her in halves, and took the upper part of the corpse away with him. Returning to his home, he buried the remains of his unfaithful wife, and dwelt alone till summer came. Then, hearing a sound, as of words singing through the air, he visited the grave, and thereon found Rukutia sitting, restored to life, full of joy and welcome— A. H. M., ii. 34, et seq.; Trans., viii. 3.

TAMAAHU, to remove the tapu from the kumara (sweet potato) ground before digging up the crop; the first-fruits of a kumara crop.

TAMAAROA, [also Tamaroa (tamàroa),] a son. Cf. tama, a son.

Samoan—cf. tamàloa, a man. Cf. tama, a boy; tamà, a father loa, long.

Tahitian—tamaroa, a boy; a male. Cf. tama. a child (male or female).

Mangarevan—tamaroa, a boy; (b.) a man of any age; (c.) male (as opposed to female). [For full comparative, see Tama.]

TAMAHANA (tàmahana), to cook a second time. Cf. mahana, warm; hana, to shine, to glow; matahanahana, blushing, glowing; tamaoka, cooked; puhana, to glow; tahu, to cook; tao, to cook.

Tahitian—tamahana, to soothe; to encourage; tamahanahana, to warm and comfort a person repeatedly. [For full comparatives, see Mahana.]

TAMAHINE, [plural Tamahine (tamàhine),] a daughter: He tamahine na Whatitiri-matakataka—P. M., 51. Cf. tamawahine, female; tama, a son; hine, a girl; wahine, a woman. 2. Eldest niece.

Samoan—tamafafine, a daughter (used of the mother only, not of the father); (b.) the children of a sister. Cf. fafine, a woman; teine, a girl; mafine, a womam; fa'a-fafine, hermaphrodite; tama, a child; tamatane, a boy; a young man.

Tahitian—tamahine, a daughter: E tamahine na tau metua tane; She is a daughter of my father. Cf. mahine, a daughter; vahine, a woman; hinerere, off-spring.

Hawaiian—kamawahine, a female child. Cf. kaikamahine, a daughter, a female descendant; wahine, a woman; wahinepuupaa, a virgin.

Tongan—cf. ofefine, a daughter; tama, a boy; fine, women; fefine, a woman; taahine, a maiden.

Rarotongan—tamaine, a daughter: Kua akaipoipo i te tamaine a tetai atua ke; He hath married the daughter of a strange god. Cf. vaine, a woman.

Mangarevan—tamahine, the eldest daughter: Ko te Uru te tamahine; The South-west wind (goddess) was her daughter. Cf. tama, a son or daughter (from youth to age); ahine, a woman; veine, a wife; mohine, a term of endearment for the youngest daughter; toaahine, a woman.

Paumotan—cf. vahine, a wife; mohine, a woman.

Futuna—cf.fafine, a woman, a female.

TAMA-IHU-ROA (myth.), a chief who was the son of Ihenga and of Hine-te-kakara. He was father of the celebrated monster-slayers Pitaka, Purahokura, Reretai, Rongohaua, and Rongohape—Col., Trans, xi. 87.

TAMA-I-KOROPAO (myth.), a child of Hine-ahupapa and Rangi-potiki. [See Hine-ahu-papa.]

TAMAITI (plural Tamariki,) a child: Tenei ahau, e taku tamaiti—Ken., xx. 7. Cf. tama, a boy; iti, little.

Samoan—tamaitiiti, a little child: Na o le tamaitiiti ua ofo atu tatou te alo; Only the boy offered to go with him. Of. tama, a child; itiiti, little, small; tama'i, the young of animals and plants.

Tahitian—tamaiti, a son: Ei metua vau nona, e ei tamaiti oia na'u; I will be his father and he shall be my

– 458 –

son. Cf. tama, a child, male or female; iti, small, little, slender.

Hawaiian—kamaiki, the oldest or first-born; the most endeared or best beloved; an expression of endearment, as “My precious child”: I ke kauhua o ke kamaiki; From her pregnancy with her child. Cf. kama, children of either sex; iki, small, little.

Tongan—tamajii, a little boy: Bea koe tamajii be au; I am only a little boy.

Faka—tamajii, childish, boyish. Cf. tama, a boy; tamaiki, children; agafakatamajii, childish.

Rarotongan — tamaiti, a son: A kapeea ra au i taku tamaiti? What shall I do for my son? (b.) A child: E anau akera taku tamaiti; My child was born. Cf. tama, a son; iti, little.

Moriori — timiti (tchimitchi), a baby.

TAMAIWAHO (myth.), a personage dwelling in the heavens, and whose dwelling is described as being cross-barred or fenced with lattice-work. He appears to have been in some way connected with the death of Hema, the father of Tawhaki. Tawhaki demanded utu (payment or redemption fee) from Tamaiwaho and enforced compliance. The gifts presented as utu were Te Whatu, Ateateanuku, Ateatearangi, Hurihangatepo, Hurihangateao. Te Mata, Koruehinuku, and Mateaateawhaki, names of powerful incantations — A. H. M., i. 125.

TAMAKA (tàmaka), a round cord plaited with fine strands. Cf. ta, to net; maka, to throw; makahuri, a large stone; kamaka, a stone, a rock; makamaka-whana, to dance the wardance.

Samoan—cf. ma'a, a stone; ma'atà, a sling.

Tahitian—cf. maa, to sling stones; a sling.

Hawaiian — cf. maa, a sling.

Tongan—cf. maka, a stone; faka-makata, a slinger.

Rarotongan—cf. maka, a sling; to sling.

Marquesan—cf. maka, to fight.

Mangarevan—cf. maka, a sling.

Paumotan—cf. maka, a sling; to sling.

TAMAKI (tàmaki), to start involuntarily.

TAMA-KI-TE-RA (myth.), an ancient personage, the son of Rakeora, who was the son of Ruatapu. [See Tuputupuwhenua.] The son of Tama was Rongo-maru-a-whatu.

TAMA-NUI-A-RANGI (myth.), a son of Rangi by Hekeheke-i-papa—A. H. M., i. 19. He was father of Haumia, the god of the fern-root. 2. [See Tama (myth.).]

TAMA-NUI-KI-TE-RANGI (myth.), an ancestor of Maui. This god preserved Maui at birth, when he was thrown by his mother Taranga into the sea—P. M., 19.

TAMA-NUI-TE-RA (myth.), the sacred name of the sun—P. M., 22; M. S., 101.

TAMAOKA (tàmaoka), cooked. Cf. tao, to cook; maoka, cooked; maoa, cooked; tamoe, to leave a long while cooking. [For comparatives, see Maoa.]

Whaka-TAMARAHI, to vaunt, to praise oneself; to act proudly. Cf. tamatama, to treat superciliously; to be proud; tamaramara, swaggering; rahi, great.

TAMARAMARA (tàmaramara), swaggering, blustering; walking affectedly. Cf. whaka-tamatama, to put on airs, to be vain; whaka-tamarahi, to vaunt, to boast.

Whaka-TAMARAMARA, to swagger, to strut. 2. To reason with, to expostulate.

TAMARERETI, “The canoe of Tamarereti,” the name of a constellation supposed to resemble a canoe, with cable, anchor, &c.: Ka tahuri te rangi te punga o Tamarereti—M. M., 173; see also Ika, 363; G. P., 60. In this canoe, the Belt of Orion is the stern, the Pointers are the cable, and the Southern Cross the anchor.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. nelcau, a canoe; a division of country; the constellation of Orion.

TAMARIKI, a child (as opposed to adult). Cf. taitamariki, a young person of either sex; tama, a boy; tamahine, a daughter; riki, small. 2. Children (the plural of tamaiti): A e rapu noa ana ana tamariki i te ahuatanga o te Po,o te Ao—P. M., 7.

Whaka-TAMARIKI, youthful: A whakatamariki tonu te ahua o taua tangata—A. H. M., i.152.

Tahitian—tamarii, children: Na te fatu taua vahine ra, e tona atoa ra mau tamarii; The woman and her children shall belong to her master. Cf. tama, a child; tamaiti, a son; rii. little; young.

Hawaiian —kamalii, children, either male or female: Kuike i ka auhau nui, i na kamalii ame na mea a pau; They were heavily taxed, children and everything else. (b.) Dear friends; the young people of a family; (c.) a word of endearment, used either in the singular or plural. Cf. kama, a child; lii, little.

Tongan—tamaiki, children; faka-tamaiki, of or belonging to children. Cf. tama, a boy; tamajii, a little boy.

Marquesan—cf. taiki, a young boy.

Paumotan—tamariki, a child.

Rarotongan—tamariki, children: E akarongo mai, e te au tamariki ra; Listen, oh ye children!

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana— cf. tamalikiliki, a boy.

TAMAROA (tamàroa), a son. [See Tamaaroa.]

TAMATA (tàmata), fresh, green. Cf. mata, unripe, green. 2. A new bush-clearing. [For comparatives, see Mata.]

TAMATANE (myth.), a talisman used to dispel enchantments of others. The tamatane was thrown at Tama in the Under-world by the ancestral spirits, and Tama leaving his shape as a white heron, resumed his human form— Wohl, Trans., viii. 112. [See Tama (myth.).]

TAMATEA, the sixth, seventh, eighth, and ninth days of the moon's age. The sixth is Tamateatu-tahi, the seventh is Tamatea-tu-rua, and so on respectively; but other names for these four days are Tamatea akaiariki, Tamatea whananga, Tamatea aio, and Tamatea whakapau.

TAMATEA (myth.), some very ancient personage, alluded to in archaic legend. He was the fifth in descent from Rangi, the Sky. “The fire of Tamatea” is said to have destroyed all the moa (Dinornis) birds (Col., Trans., xii.) in the North Island; and a similar story is told by the priests of the South Island. [See Ui, and Moa.] The moa were certainly not destroyed altogether by fire or deluge. The tradition re “the fire of Tamatea” is probably a survival of some legendary recollection concerning a catastrophe of eruption or conflagration in another and earlier place of settlement,

– 459 –

other than New Zealand. The Mangaian mythology records that all the world was set on fire when Maui obtained fire from the Firegoddess: hence the proverb, “The rocks at Oravaru (Hades) are burning” —M. & S., 56. [See Maui.] The Hawaiians, according to the legend of Wela-ahi-lani, say that Tane destroyed the world by fire, on account of the evil conduct of its inhabitants. This was the former world, and its destruction took place before the creation of the first man, Kumuhonua, by the Triad gods (Tane, Tu, and Rongo).

TAMATEA-A-MOA (myth.), a chief whose home was visited by Ranginui when searching for his father—A. H. M., iii. 90.

TAMATEA-HUA-TAHI-NUKUROA (myth.), the chief of the Takitumu canoe in the Migration to New Zealand. The name is thus given (A. H. M., ii. 181), but Tamatea, Huatahi, and Nukuroa were probably three persons. This Tamatea is almost certainly Tamatea Pokai-whenua.

TAMATEA-KAI-ARIKI (myth.), a great chief of ancient Hawaiki. From him descended Uenuku, Toi-te-huatahi, Houmai-tawhiti, Whakaturia, Tama-te-kapua, &c.—P. M., 81.

TAMATEA-KAI-WHAKAPUA (myth.), one of the persons whose house was visited by the god Tane after his journey to Rehua. [See Rehua.]

TAMATEA-POKAI-WHENUA (myth.), a celebrated ancestor of Maori tribes. He was the son of Rongokako, and was the father of Whaene, Kahungunu, Matangi-rau, Koautama, Akiroa, Kahuniu, and Apa—A. H. M., ii. 87. Tamatea came to New Zealand in the Takitumu canoe, and landed at Turanga. He turned his firebrands and his dog into taniwha, or water-monsters. His wivea were Iwirau and Mahakiroa. Three other wives deserted him; their names were Hineraukawa, Hinerauharaki, and Te Kohiwai; these were all turned into greenstone (jade)—A. H. M., iii. 80. Iwipupu is also said to be the mother of Kahungunu: probably this is another name for Iwirau—A. H. M., iii. 72. [For genealogy, see S. R., 14.]

TAMATEA-RO-KAI (myth.), the chief of the Rangi-ua-mutu canoe. [See under Arawa.]

TAMA-TE-KAPUA (myth.), a famous ancestral hero of the Maori people. He was the giant son of Houmai-tawhiti, of Hawaiki, and is first spoken of as journeying with his brother Whakaturia in search of Potaka-tawhiti, a dog belonging to Houmai-tawhiti. This dog, it was discovered, had been killed and eaten by Toi-te-huatahi and Uenuku. In revenge, the brothers robbed Uenuku's fruit (poporo) trees.Whakaturia was caught and hung up in the smoke of Uenuku's house to die; but by stratagem and the help of his brother he managed to escape—P. M., 79. War ensued; and it was found that an emigration was the only possible way of preserving the lives of some of the weaker tribes. Canoes were built, and the Arawa, Tainui, Matatua, and other canoes set out for New Zealand. [See Arawa.] Tama-te-kapua was in command of the Arawa, and enticed Ngatoro-i-rangi, the priest of the Tainui, on board his own vessel. He also carried off Ngatoro's wife (Kearoa) and Whakaotirangi, the wife of Ruaeo. On account of Tama taking liberties with the wife of Ngatoro, and thus arousing the anger of the great priest, the Arawa was nearly lost in the whirlpool of Te Parata—P. M., 87. The Arawa at last reached Whangaparaoa, in the North Island, and her crew found that the Tainui had arrived there before them, and claimed the prior right of possession. Through the cunning of Tama, this claim was disproven. The Arawa went on to Tauranga, and to Maketu. Here Ruaeo (whose wife had been carried off) found Tama, and engaged in a fierce duel, in which Tama, gigantic as he was, was overmatched, beaten down, and insulted. Tama went on with Ngatoro to Tangiaro, and died there; but when dying, he ordered his children to return to Maketu—P. M., 94. Tama had two sons, Tuhoro and Kahumata-momoe. These men buried their father on the summit of Moehau (Cape Colville)—S. R., 53. The parting words (poroporoaki) which Tama spoke to his sons were:—

E papa nga rakau i runga i a koe Mau ake te Whakaaro ake. Ae, ae.

E haere nga taua i te ao nei, Mau e patu. Ae, ae.

TAMA-TE-PO (myth.), a son of Maru-tuahu. He was ancestor of the tribe of Ngati-Rongou—P. M., 158. [See Marutuahu.]

TAMA-TE-RA (myth.), a son of Maru-tuahu, and ancestor of the Ngati-Tamatera. [See Marutuahu.]

TAMAU (tàmau), to fasten. Cf, ta, to net; mau, fixed; confined; tami, to repress; taumau, to be betrothed; tumau, fixed; constant; pumau, fixed; constant.

Samoan—cf. mau, to be firm; to be fast.

Tahitian—tamau, to take hold of; (b.) to persevere; perseveringly, constantly: E imi tamau i tona ra mata; Seek his face continually. (c.) To keep in memory; tamaumau, to continue to hold; (b.) to persevere in talking, retaining in memory, &c. Cf. mau, to retain or hold a thing; to seize.

Hawaiian—kamau, to remain a long time; to persevere in any state or business in which one is; endurance, perseverance, fast-adhering, constant; (b.) a friend of one on account of relationship. Cf. kama, to bind or tie up, as a bundle; to adopt, adoption; kamauea, to hold on for the present just to live; mau, to continue; to endure; to persevere.

Marquesan—tamau, to attach, to fasten together; to make solid; to confine: Tanaoa tamau ae Atea hee anatu; Tangaroa was confined while Atea soared onwards. (b.) To hang up; (c.) a kind of song.

Mangarevan—tamau, to keep hold of anything; (b.) a mantle; a woman's shawl.

Paumotan—tamau, constant; a fixed, constant desire.

Moriori—cf. kamau, constant; pumau, constant.

TAMAURIURI (myth.), a supernatural personage who was the servant of Matuku, the goblin who had destroyed the father of Rata. By the advice of Tamauriuri, Rata was enabled to slay Matuku and revenge his father's death— Wohl., Trans., vii. 22; A. H. M., iii. 4.

TAMAURU, the South-west wind. Cf. uru, west hauauru, the west wind, &c.

– 460 –

TAMAWHIRO (myth.), a chief of Hawaiki; a son of Haumanu. He taught the common people the lore of the priesthood, and had to flee for life. This was the cause of many battles in Hawaiki—A. H. M., ii. 47.

TAME, TAMETAME to smack the lips. 2. To eat. Cf. kame, to eat. 3. Food. Cf. kame, food.

Paumotan—cf. kamikami, to smack the lips.

TAMENE, to be congregated, assembled. Cf. mene, to be assembled; humene, gathered up into small compass.

Tahitian - cf. tamene, to compress a thing to reduce its bulk;menemene, round, globular.

Hawaiian—cf. mene, to contract, to shrink up, to pucker up.

TAMI (tàmi), to press down with a weight. Cf. tamoe, to press flat; ta, to dash down; tamira, to press. 2. To repress, to keep back, to keep down.

Samoan—cf. taomi, to press down by a weight or force.

TAMINAMINA (myth.), a taniwha, or water-monster, living in a deep water-hole at Waipapa-Hansard, Sept. 27th, 1877.

TAMINGI, the name of a plant (Bot. Epacris pauciflora).

TAMIRA (Moriori,) to press. Cf. tami, to press; tamoe, to press flat.

TAMIRO, twisted. Cf. miro, to spin, to twist; ta, to net. [For comparatives, see Miro.]

TAMOE (tàmoe), to press flat. Cf. tami, to press down with a weight; tamira, to press. 2. To smother, to repress, as one's feelings. 3. To leave a long time in the process of cooking. Cf. moe, to sleep. 4. Kumara (sweet potatoes) used in the tamaahu ceremony.

TAMOMI, to be engulfed. Cf. momi, to suck up.

TAMU, pudendum muliebre.

TAMUIMUI (tàmuimui), to swarm round, to crowd round. Cf. mui, to swarm round, to infest; karamuimui, to swarm upon; tamumu, to hum.

Tahitian—tamui, to twist or bind leaves together (for fishing) with a band, used to drive fish into the net. [For full comparatives, see Mui.]

TAMUMU, to hum: Ka tamumu te ngaro —A. H. M., v. 63. Cf. hamumu, to mumble, to mutter; mumu, to murmur; kohumuhumu, to murmur; amuamu, to grumble; mui, to swarm upon.

Hawaiian—kamumu, and kamumumumu, a rumbling indistinct sound of something doing; (b.) the noise and action of a person eating meat baked to a crisp, or cartilaginous meat; (c.) rumbling, as of waggons; (d.) the sound of many footsteps; (e.) the roar of a great rain at a distance; (f.) the rustling of wings. Cf. mumu, to hum, &c.

Tahitian—tamumu, a din, a noise; to make a din; (b.) to congregate; (c.) tokens of puberty. Cf. mùmù, to make a confused noise, as of a number of persons talking together.

Paumotan—tamumu, to rustle, to rattle; (b.) a dull hollow noise. [For full comparatives, see Mu.]

TAMUMU-KI-TE-RANGI (myth.), “He who buzzes in the sky.” A spirit in the shape of a fly, sent by the parents of Hatupatu to find out their son's abode. The spirit found Hatupatu's corpse; he had been murdered by his brothers Hanui and Haroa. Tamumu brought the boy back to life—P. M., 116. [See Hatupatu.]

TAMURE (tàmure), the name of a fish, the Snapper (Ich. Pagrus unicolor): He wha tawhara ki uta, he kiko tamure ki tai—Col., Trans., xii. 117.

TAMURE (myth.), a celebrated wizard of Kawhia. He vanquished Kiki, the Waikato sorcerer, by means of more powerful incantations—P. M., 170.

TANA (tàna), (plural Ana,) his; hers; its: Katahi ka utu te tangata ra i tana taha — P. M., 92. Cf. tona, his; nana, his, belonging to him, &c.

Samoan—lana, (also sana,) his; her: E fai i ai lana tala; He gives in his report. Cf. lau thy (Maori = tau); lona, his; her.

Tahitian—tana, his; hers; its: E tai tona paruru, e te moana tana patu; The sea is its rampart, and the ocean its wall. Cf. tona, his; hers; its.

Hawaiian—kana, his; hors; its (seldom used in the neuter); Huai oia i kana umu iho; He uncovered his own oven.

Aniwan—tshana, his.

Paumotan—tana, his; hers; its. Cf. tona, his.

TANE, a husband: Kaore ia i whakaae kia wehea raua, te wahine i te tane—P. M., 8. 2.

A male: E whanau ta taua tamaiti he tane, maku e horoi—P. M., 50.

Whaka-TANE, to become a man; virile: Ka pepeha te hakui, ‘Ko Whakatau, potiki ahau, e whakatane i a ia’—Wohl., Trans., vii. 49.

Samoan—tane (tàne), a man; (b.) male: Ua to le fafine o le tama tane; The woman has conceived a male child; (c.) a husband: Ona tulai lea o lana tane, ua alu atu ia te ia; Her husband arose and went after her. Tanea, to be full of handsome men; (b.) to have known a man carnally (of a woman); tanetanea, to be full grown, said of the ‘ava plant; fa‘atane, to be masculine, said of a woman. Cf. tamatane, a boy.

Hawaiian—kane, the male of the human species: He kane ia kanaka mua loa; The first inhabitant (homo) was a man (vir). (b.) A husband; to be or act the part of a husband: I hoi noho i ke kane; Dwelling in marriage with her husband. Hookane, to make a special friend of a man, applied only to a woman; (b.) to keep a lodging - house. Cf. kanemake, a widow.

Tahitian —tane, the male of mankind: Mai te vahine hoi no roto i te tane ra na te vahine atoa te tane; As the woman is of the man, so the man is of the woman. (b.) A husband: E noho mai tau tane ia‘u i teie nei; Now will my husband dwell with me.

Tongan—taane, the marriage of a chief; to celebrate the marriage feast; faka-taane, to sit with the legs folded under the body, the sitting posture of the Tongan men. Cf. mahagataane, twins, both boys; moataane, a cock.

Rarotongan—tane, a male: E anau mai ainei oki te tane? Shall a man be with child. (b.) A husband: Ki taku tane ariki, ki Tinirau; To my royal husband Tinirau.

– 461 –

Aniwan—cf. tatane, a male.

Marquesan—cf. tuakane, a woman's brother. [See Tungane.]

Ext. Poly.: Fiji —cf. tagane, a male.

New Britain — of tane, to betroth.

TANE (myth.), one of the greatest divinities of Polynesia. He was known and worshipped in almost every island of the Pacific, either as the male principle in Nature, or as the god of Light.

New Zealand. — Tane was the son of Rangi (Heaven) and Papa (Earth). His brothers were Rehua (A. H. M., i. 29), Tu, Rongo, Tangaroa, Tawhiri-matea, and others. Tane, as Tane-mahuta, is the Lord of Forests, and it was he who, after consulting with his brothers, succeeded in tearing his parents apart, and allowing the daylight to brighten the world. Tawhiri-matea, the god of Storms, was the only one to the brothers who had not agreed to the “rending apart,” and his wrath was turned against those who had accomplished the divorce of his parents, so his fierce tempests swept and ravaged the forests of Tane-mahuta. Tane-mahuta was lord of all birds and insects, his forest children; and of all things fashioned from wood — P. M., 7, et seq. Tane was also the god ruling the minor woodland deities, viz., Haereawaawa, Pahiko, Parauri, Takapotiri, Winiwini, Huhu, Pepe, Rakatauri, Wheke, and others—A. H. M., i App. Tane appears to have been a mighty celestial deity, when, as a god of goodness and light, he drove Tu and Rongo, the leaders of the rebellious spirits, down from heaven to the nether darkness of Kaihewa; he having defeated them in the battles of Awarua and Te Ururangi —A. H. M., i. 38. Tane spread the stars upon the breast of his father, the Sky (A. H. M., i. 44); he also spread out the ocean; and prepared the Living Water [see Wai-ora-a-tane] in which the moon renews herself every month. Tane is the creator of man [sometimes the actual creation is attributed to Tiki; see Tiki] (A. H. M., i. 158 and 165), first making a woman, known as Hine-hau-one, or Hineahuone. It was through the wickedness of men in not believing in the creative deity of Tane that the Deluge was sent upon the world— A. H. M., i. 166. Many wives are given to Tane, to account for the different lines of progeny by which men traced their genealogies up to a divine source. Among these wives are Maunga, Tohika, Tukoriahuru, Putarakau, and Hineatauira—A. H. M., i. 145. [See also Hine-nui-te-po—S. R., 23.] There were other Tane born to Rangi after he had been wounded by the spear of Tangaroa, viz., Tane-tuturi, Tane-pepeke, Tane-ua-tika,Tane-ua-ha, &c. These were deformed or imperfect divinities. [See also Trans., vii. 33 for Tane-kupapaeo, Tane-mimiwhare, &c.] Tane followed his wife (daughter) Hine-nui-te-po down to Hades (Po) in the hope of inducing her to return; but when Tupuranga opened the door of Darkness, Tane became affrighted and returned to the Upper-world. Mangaia.—The worship of Tane, Rongo, and Tangaroa, the elder gods of Polynesia, here became overlaid by newer systems of theology. Vatea (Daylight) in Mangaia, as in the Marquesas, appears to have usurped the functions of Tane as the Lightgod; but Tane is spoken of by name in the ancient songs as father of all. In the song by Kirikovi (M. & S., 217) appears the line: ‘O Tane metua i Avaiki e,’ “Great parent Tane in the Shades”; but generally he is alluded to under the name of one of his manifestations. The chief of these is Tane-papa-kai (the piler-up of food). Then follow, Tane-ngakiau (striving for power), Tane-kio (the Chirper), Tane-i-te-ata (of the shadow), Tane-i-te-kea (the consecrator of kings), Tane-tukia-rangi (the heaven-striker), Tane-i-te-io (the inspirer of bravery), Tane-ere-tue (the storm-wave), Tane-vaerua (the Spirit) &c. Tane-mataariki (of the royal face) was worshipped under the form of a triple stone-axe. Marquesas.—Here Atea (Daylight) takes the place of Tane; but Tane is mentioned in the genealogies as the twin brother of Atea, and as one of the twelve sons of Toho, the progenitor of the Polynesian nation. [See Atea, and Take.] The Triad [see Hawaiian] is chanted of, as,—

“The Son, equal with the Father and with Rongo,

Dwelling in the same place;

Joined are they three in the same power,

The Father, Rongo, and the Son.”

—Forn., P. R., 218.

Tahiti.—Here Tane was one of the intermediate gods, i.e. deified men; but the tenth or highest heaven (which was in perfect darkness) was that of Tane, and was called Te Rai haamama no Tane. In another of the Society Islands (Huahine), Tane was the tutelary deity, and was believed to exist and one of the uncreated gods. Hawaii.—The cult of Tane worship reached its culminating glory in Hawaii. He became the Light-giver, the principal person in their ancient Trinity of Kane, (Light), Ku (Stability), and Lono (Sound) (Tane, Tu, and Rongo). Tane is distinctly called “Heaven-father” (Lani-makua; or M.L. = Rangi-matua) in the fragment of their ancient liturgy which has been preserved: Kane-Po-Lani, O Lani-makua, me Ku-ka-Pao i Kikilani, me Lono-nui maka-oaka, &c.; Tane-Po-Rangi, O Heavenly Father, with Tu, the Builder, in the blazing heavens, with great Rongo, of the flashing eyes, &c. He is identified with the Creator in a very ancient chant,—

“Tane, Lord of Night, Lord the father,

Tu-ta-pako in the hot heavens,

Great Rongo with the flashing eyes.

Lightning-like lights hath the Lord

Established in truth, O Tane, Master-worker

The Lord-creator of mankind.”

When, after the Flood (Kai-a-kahinalii), the Hawaiian Noah, who is called Nuu, left his vessel, he offered up sacrifice to the moon, saying, “You are doubtless a transformation of Tane.” Tane was angry with this worship of a material object, but on Nuu expressing contrition, the rainbow was left as a pledge of forgiveness. Apart from this creative aspect of Tane, the deity seems to have been especially connected with Light. He is identified with the sun in its name of Kaulana-a-Kane (the resting-place of Tane), and also, Kane-nee-nee (the moving, departing Sun). The East was called He ala nui hele a Kane (the great highway of Tane), and Ke ala ula a Kane (the bright road of Tane); and the West was He ala nui o ka make (the great road of death), and Ke ala nui maaweula a Kanaloa (the much-travelled highway of Tangaroa). Anciently, Hawaiian houses faced

– 462 –

the east in honour of Tane. One of the seas over which the Polynesians sailed in their Migration was called “The many-coloured ocean of Tane.” Paliuli, or Paradise, is “the hidden land of Tane,” or “The land on the heart of Tane,” &c. [See Waiora.] There were many minor dieties into whose name Tane enters as a compound, viz.: Kane-i-kapua-lena (Tane of the yellow flower); Kaneapua, a younger brother of the great Tane; Kane-i-kapu-a-lena, a class of gods, as Kanekii, Kanehakia, &c., thirteen in all; Kanepuaa, the god of husbandry; Kanepaina, a fish-god; Kane-hekili (Tane the thunderer), a son of Pele, the goddess of volcanoes, and brother to Ke-o-ahi-kama-kaua (the fire-thrusting son of war); and Lakakane, the god of dances. Kane-nui-akea (the great wide-spreading Tane (eight or ten minor Tane were grouped under this name), and Kane - lulu - honua (earthshaking Tane), idols at Luapua, were probably images of the great Tane. Kane-makua, the god of fishermen, might have been the first person of the Triad above-mentioned. Mangareva.—Kane is “warmth of sun, fire,” &c. Ext. Poly.: Totong—cf. kane, lighting. 2. The name of the canoe in which Kohu discovered the Chatham Islands. [See Kohu.]

TANE (tàne), to deride, to slap in sport. Cf. ta, to strike. [For comparatives, see Ta.]

TANEA, to be choked, throttled.

TANEKAHA, the name of a tree, a “Celery-topped Pine” (Bot. Phyllocladus trichomanoides).

TANE-MAHUTA (myth.). [See Tane.]

TANEROROA (myth.), a daughter of Turi, born in Hawaiki—P. M., 127. [See Turi.]

TANEWHA, to lie.

TANIKO (tàniko), the ornamental border of a mat: Ma te iwi he kakahu pai, hei nga weruweru taniko—A. H. M., i. 11. [Syn. Kahutaniko.]

TANIKONIKO (tànikoniko), a vein in timber.

TANIWHA, a water - monster. The word was sometimes used for monsters of any kind; for mighty chiefs or persons having supernatural power of any kind: Ki te Taniwha nui o te moana—P. M., 29. 2. To turn oneself into a sea-god or supernatural being: I taniwhatia tenei tangata, haere ana i raro i te whenua— G.-8, 29. 3. A species of shark. For accounts of taniwha, see Araiteuru, Taminamina, Pekehaua, Hotupuku, Kataore, Hinehuarau, Hinengutu, &c.

Samoan—tanifa, a large species of shark.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. daniva, one kind of shark.

Java—cf. danawa, a goblin (probably Sanscrit).

TANOE, to be sprained. Cf. tanoni, to be sprained.

TANOIA, to hitch on, as with a rope.

TANONI, to be sprained. Cf. tanoe, to be sprained; takoki, sprained.

TANU, to bury: Ko nga tupapaku i tanumia ki te rua—P. M., 153: Ka tata ki te kainga ka patua, ka tanumia—P. M., 47. 2. To plant. 3. To fill up: E tanu ana te hau i te rua o te marama—G.-8,18.

Samoan—tanu (plural tatanu), to bury: E tanumia o le oti ni ona e totoe; The remainder shall be buried in death. Cf. tanuma‘i, to cover up with; to cover up closely, as a person in a shivering fit; to bury in oblivion; to conceal.

Tahitian—tanu, to plant herbs, trees, &c.: E tanu vau ia ratou; I will plant them. (b.) to bury a man or anything else: E ore ratou e otohia, e ore hoi e tanuhia; They shall not be lamented, neither shall they be buried. Tatanu, a cultivator of the ground; (b.) to plant trees. Cf. tanuai, a cultivator; a gardener; tanuna, to cover or overtop.

Hawaiian— kanu, to bury, as a corpse; a burial; to cover up in the earth: Hele kanu kupapau; Gone to bury the dead. (b.) To plant, as seed; to plant out, as a vegetable; a planting; to transplant: Alaila, e kanu aku i ka laau; There plant the tree: Ka mana ahai kanu awa e; The bird clipping the twig of a tree and planting it. (c.) To hide in the earth; a putting out of sight in the earth. Cf. pakanu, a garden; a place where things are planted.

Tongan— tanu, to bury, to hide, to conceal; Tuku keu alu o tanu eku tamai; Let me go and bury my father. Tanutanu, to bury, to cover over with earth; tatanu, cloggy, soft, as soil after rain; yielding. Cf. tanuma, to bury the dead by numbers; fetanuaki, to fill up from all sides; tano, a burying place of the dead; tanubobo, to fill full and pressed; tanumaki, to earth up any plant or tree; to cover; to cover in the mind; tonumaga, anything buried for a time, as yams for setting.

Mangaian—tanu, to plant: Tanumia te ara i te atua Koro, è ! The pandanus was planted by the divine Koro.

Mauke—tanu, to bury: Ka aere to tanu aitu; Let us go and bury the poor body.

Mangarevan— tanu, to plant, to sow: E tanu ana ratou ki te taro; They are planting the taro. (b.) To bury, to inhume; tanuga, burial.

Paumotan—tanu, to cultivate (tanu-katiga); tanumaga, a planter, a cultivator; a colonist; to cultivate.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. tanam, to bury, to inter; to plant, to sow.

BasaKrama—cf. tanam, to bury; to plant.

TANUKU, to crumble down. Cf. nuku, to move; tanu, to bury, to conceal. 2. To swallow saliva. 3. To feel internal pain.

Tahitian—tanuu, to slide or go to one side. Cf. nuu, to slide along, to glide.

Moriori— cf. hoko-tanukunuku, confused.

Hawaiian— cf. nuu, to rise or swell up; hoo-nuu, to have a swollen stomach; to devour food greedily.

TANUMI, to disappear behind an object. Cf. nunumi, to disappear behind; tanu, to bury.

TANUMI (tànumi), to fold double.

Samoan—tanumi, to cover up with; (b.) to cover up closely, as a person in a shivering fit; (c.) to bury in oblivion; to conceal. [For full comparatives, see Nunumi.]

TANGA (tànga), to be assembled; congregated; a crowd; a shoal of fish; a haul of fish: Waiho kia tae au ki te kawe atu i te hau o tenei tanga ika—P. M., 24. Cf. whaka-taka, to assemble. 2. [See under Ta.]

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. taga (tangga), used of warriors coming, or ready to come.

TANGA, TATANGA, TANGATANGA, quick, soon. Cf. kautangatanga, in brisk motion.

TANGAE, TANGAENGAE, to bolt food, to swallow greedily: He kuku tangaengae nui; he parera apu paru—Prov.

– 463 –

TANGAENGAE (tàngaengae), the navel-string. In severing the umbilical cord of a chief's son, important ceremonies take place.

Hawaiian—cf. kanaenae, a sacrifice, an offering to the gods; to observe; to watch; to pray to the gods; kanae, hard breathing; nae, to pant; naenae, difficult breathing; a sacrifice to the gods to appease their anger; the place whence the wind comes.

Mangaian—cf. tangaengae, breathing, or life. (Myth.) Tangaengae is a spirit standing at almost the lowest point of Creation (the lowest of all being Te-aka-ia-Roe, “the Root of all existence”), and helping to sustain the Universe. Tangaengae is the middle part of the root Aka.

Paumotan— cf. tagaegae, a sacrifice; to sacrifice.

TANGAHANGAHA (tàngahangaha), the name of a fish.

TANGAI, the bark, the rind. Cf. takai, a wrapper, a covering. 2. The cervical vertebræ.

Tahitian—cf. taai, to tie or bind a thing.

Tongan—cf. tagai, a narrow bag, a sack.

Bowditch Island—cf. takai, a waist-mat.

Paumotan—cf. takai, to re-tie. Ext. Poly.:

Malay—cf. tangkai, the stalk or stem of a plant.

TANGAIKA, spoil taken in war.

TANGA-KAKARIKI (myth.), a valuable dog offered up to the marine deities by the crew of the Ririno canoe at Rangitahua, between Hawaiki and New Zealand—P. M., 133. [See Porua.]

TANGANEI, but now; but as for this.

TANGANGA (tàngàngà), loose, not tight. Cf. tangara, loose; tangoro, loose; tangengangenga, loose, as a tooth. 2. Stragglers; campfollowers.

TANGATANGA, loose, not tight: Te toki ekore e tangatanga i te ra—Prov. 2. Easy, free from pain.

TANGANGAO, to subside.

Mangarevan—tagao, to drawl, to dawdle, to drag along; tagaogao, gentleness of action.

TANGARA, loose. Cf. tangoro, loose; tangatanga, loose.

TANGARE (tàngare), angry. Cf. takare, eager; strenuous; ngangare, a quarrel; ta, to strike.

Whaka-TANGARENGARE, to grow angry.

Paumotan— tagaregare, rapacious, voracious, ravenous.

TANGAROA (myth.), (alos Takaroa,) one of the great deities of Polynesia, the Lord of Ocean. Tangaroa was a son of Rangi (Heaven) and Papa (the Earth). Because he took part with his brothers Rongo, Tu, Haumia, and Tane in the “rending apart” of their parents, he was attacked by his brother Tawhiri-matea, the god of Tempests, and forced to hide himself in the sea. Tangaroa's son, Punga, had two children, Ika-tere, the father of fish, and Tu-tewehiwehi (or Tu-te-wanawana), the father of reptiles. Dismayed by the assault of Tawhirimatea, the fish took shelter in the sea, and the reptiles in the forest. Tangaroa was ever after in enmity with Tane-mahuta, the Lord of Forests, for having sheltered his runaway children—P. M., 4. Other versions of the parentage, &c., of Tangaroa, or Takaroa, are given. One of these states that Tangaroa was the son of Te-more-tu, and that Papa, or Papatu -a-nuku, was his wife. Papa committed adultery with Rangi, and a combat ansued in which Rangi was piereed through both thighs by Tangaroa's spear, and the woman was allowed to become the wife of

Rangi—A.H.M., i. 22 and 23. Tangaroa had one son, Tinirau, and nine daughters, viz.: Rua-te-pupuke, Rua-to-hihiko, Rau-to-mahara, &c. One legend states that Tangaroa was a son of Rangi-potiki, the Prop of Heaven [see Toko], by his second wife, Papa-tu-a-nuku; he committed adultery with Rangl's third wife, Papa, and in the fight with Rangi, Tangaroa was victor and Rangi was badly wounded. Tangaroa married Te Anu-matao (chilling cold) and with her he begat the gods of the fish class, viz.: Te Whata-uira-a-Tangawa, To Whatukura, Poutini, and Te Pounamu—S. R., 17. In the South Island, Tangaroa was little known, but he was sometimes seen in the misty spray of the sea when the sun shone on it.

Samoa.—The first of the uncreated gods having human form. He was the son of “Cloudless heavens” and “Spread-out heavens.” [See Genealogies, App.] Tagaloa existed in space and made the heavens to dwell in; then he made the Lalolagi (under the heavens) or the Earth. He threw down one stone from heaven and it became Savaii, antoher and it became Upolu, but some legends say that he drew these up with a fish-hook. [See Maui.] Tagaloa sent down his daughter in the form of the bird Turi (Snipe, Orn. Charadrius fulvus). She flew hither and thither but could find no resting-place and returned to the skies. Again and again she was sent until at last, amidst the breaking waves, she saw the dry land appear. Having reported this to Tagaloa, he sent her down with a creeping plant. Soon after, the first man, Ariari, made from stones and fire, and the first woman, as a mate for him, appeared. Tagaloa had a son called Tagaloa of the Heavens, and his son had also a son named Moa (after whom Samoa was named), and a daughter, Lu. “Tagaloa” is interpreted, the “Unrestricted” or “Unconditioned.” He is worshipped under several names or manifestations, as Tagaloa-lagi-tuavalu (Tangaroa of the Eighth Heaven), Tagaloa-fa‘a-tupu-nuu (Tangaroa, the Creator of Lands), Tagaloa-asiasi-nuu (Tangaroa, the Visitor of Lands), &c. He was supposed to be seen in the moon, and was worshipped at the time answering to our month of May. Residents during this season were not allowed to leave their homes, nor could strangers pass about the country. Only men were permitted to touch the offerings of food: they were tapu to women and children. Tagaloa was worshipped in one village as a bowl; in another as a hollow stone; but his most revered abode was a grove of sacred trees, whither the high chiefs went on solemn occasions to consult the deity. Tagaloa was married to a goddess named Sinaleana, the daughter of Sina, the wife of the King of Manu'a. Sinaleana bore Tagaloa a son, named Pili. Tagaloa was a title sometimes conferred on a chief. Manihiki.—In this island, Tangaroa takes the place of the Fire-goddess Mahuika. Maui

– 464 –

went to him to procure fire for men, and was advised to take the common (noa) path, but disdainfully chose the “path of death,” and thus aroused the ire of Tangaroa, who attempted to kick him to death. Maui prevented this, and insisted on receiving the gift of fire, which was granted to him; but by craft he slew his benefactor. On his parents expressing their horror at the deed. Maui by his incantations brought the old deity back to life. Mangaia.—Tangaroa was a child of Vatea (Daylight) and Papa (Foundation); a younger twin brother of Rongo. He instructed Rongo in agriculture, and shared the divinity of food, trees, fish, &c., with him; but to Tangaroa's share only fell that which was red (the red taro, red fish, &c.) All fair-haired children were his; and a golden-haired child is called “the fair progeny of Tangaroa” (the god himself also being yellow-haired). Europeans, when they first discovered Mangaia, were supposed to be Tangaroa's children: Anau keu a Tangaroa, kua piri paa i te ao; The fair-haired children of Tangaroa, doubtless sprung from dazzling light —M. & S., 13. Bowditch. Island.—The principal deity was Tui Tokelau, whose title was Tagaloa-ilaya-i-te-layi. Tonga.—Tagaloa is a great deity residing in the sky. It is he who sends forth thunder and lightning. He is the god of carpenters, of arts and inventions, and of foreigners. Tagaloa and Maui were never represented by images; they were too sacred. Tagaloa went forth to fish in the great ocean, and his line caught in some huge obstruction. He hauled on it with divine power, and pulled the Tonga Islands up to the light of day. Had not the line broken at a critical moment, doubtless a great continent would have appeared. Tagaloa had two sons, Tubo and Vaka-akau-uli. Of these, it is represented that the former was the ancestor of the Tongans, and the latter the progenitor of the Europeans. Tahiti.—Taaroa dwelt in the immensity of Space; “there was no sea, no earth, no heaven, no mankind.” He created the land of Hawaiki, the great and sacred land. He is essentially the Demiurge, Father of gods and men. “Taaroa is the Root; He is the Rock; Taaroa is the Light, Taaroa is within”—thus taking the place of Tane, who is represented as his son. [See Tane.] Marquesas.—In opposition to the Tahitian view, the legend called Te Vanana ua Tanaoa records that in the night of Chaos or Hades sat the great powers of Night, Tanaoa (Darkness) and Mutuhei (Silence): hence the line, speaking of the primeval Chaos, “Tanaoa filled and dwelt in the whole heavens” (Tanaoa hakapi a nonoho i na ani otoa). Atea (Light) evolved himself from Darkness; from Light sprang Ono (Rongo), “Sound,” and these two made victorious war upon Darkness and Silence. Light wedded the Dawn born in the struggle, and created the minor deities and men. Hawaii.—The Marquesan notion that Tangaroa is an evil being also obtains credence in the Hawaiian islands. Kanaloa is the ruler of the Infernal world (Po), and he is called Akua ino, kupu ino, “the Evil Spirit.” When the Triad (Tane, Tu, and Rongo) were engaged in making the first man, Kanaloa also made an image, but could not imbue it with the life-gift. Kanaloa then grew angry, and said to Kane, “I will take your man, he shall die,” and this was the origin of death. Kanaloa was the leader of the revolted disobedient spirits, and was punished by Tane, as Tu was punished by Tane in the New Zealand legend. [See Tane.] These spirits had rebelled because they had been denied the awa (kava) of sacrifice, and they were thrust down to the lowest depths of Darkness (i lalo loa i ka Po). The West was called Ke ala nui maaweula a Kanaloa (the much-travelled highway of Tangaroa, equivalent to the pathway of Death). 2. A personage of prediluvian days. He was a just and learned teacher—A. H. M. i. 172.

TANGAROA-KIOKIO, the twenty-fifth day of the moon's age.

TANGAROA-MIHI (myth.), a chief who was the owner of the monster Kataore—G. P., App. xci.; Col., Trans., xi. 95; A. M., 52.

TANGAROA-MUA, the twenty-third day of the moon's age.

TANGAROA-ROTO, the twenty-fourth day of the moon's age.

TANGATA, a man, a human being (homo): Kotahi ano te tupuna o te tangata maori—P. M., 7: Ko te tinana (of Hine-nui-te-Po) he tangata ano —P. M., 30. Cf. ngata, a man.

Whaka - TANGATA, to become a man; to take human form: Anana! kua whakatangata taua manu—P. M., 19.

Samoan—tagata, a man: Auà e le se tagata o ia e pei o a'u; He is not a man as I am. (b.) Mankind; (c.) a servant; tagata (tagatà), full of people; fa'a-tagata,an image; a sculpture; (b.) a picture; (c.) to dress out, to adorn. Cf. aitutagata, a murderer; tagatanoa, a person of no account; tagatànu'u, a common man; àutagata, without people, desolate, as a village or country; tagatàfanua, residents; fa'a-tagatamatua, to act like a full-grown man; to be strong; to be thoughtful.

Tahitian—taata, a man; a human person, male or female: Eaha outou i na reira ‘i i te faarue i te reira taata? Why have you left the man? Plural Taata (taàta): Aita tai, aita taata; There was no sea, no mankind. Cf. taatae, a stranger; ihotaata, the person himself, with regard to something sacred; patutaata, a class or rank of men; taatahia, peopled; made full of people; taataata, the human jaw-bone, over which certain prayers were said in the marae (sacred place); taatanoi, an athletic man; a skilful person; taatarimarima, a thief; taatatapu, a human sacrifice; taatatupu, a neighbour, an acquaintance.

Hawaiian — kanaka, a man, one of the human species; the general name of men, women, and children of all classes: Hookikina aku no lakou i na kanaka; They urged on the men. (b.) A common man, in distinction from a chief; (c.) people generally; persons, mankind; to be or dwell as men: Hookani aku la na kanaka penei; The people exclaimed thus. (d.) Self; person; own; (e.) manly; firm, stable; (f.) the end of the outrigger of a canoe; hoo-kanaka, to act the man; to act courageously or firmly; to observe rectitude of conduct; to act faithfully or firmly; (b.) a title of Kane (the god Tane) as Creator. Cf. kanakamakua, the state of mature age; a man

– 465 –

of bodily strength; the master of a household; kanakano, fine! manly! well done!

Moriori—rangata, a man: Ka kai ko moe i ka rangata a ka wenua a ka pau—G.-8., 30. Cf. karangata, men.

Tongan — tagata, a man: Bea ke fai o galigali tagata; Shew yourself a man. Faka-tagata, manly, to act the man. Cf. agafakatagata, manliness: manly; faahi-tagata, relatives and friends of the bridegroom; talatagata, to challenge.

Rarotongan—tangata, a man: Ka akaoki atu i te vaine a taua tangata nei; Restore the man his wife. (b.) Mankind: Ka akanooia'i te tangata ki runga i te enua nei; Since man was first placed on the earth.

Mangarevan —tagata, man: Akamou atu koe eki mea kai ki a tagata ara e; Give that man a little food. Aka-tagata, to make a present; (b.) to make a friend. Cf. tagatamotua, a grown-up person; aka-tagatamotua, to become adult.

Marquesan — enata, a man: He enata imua, he enata i mui; A man before and a man behind.

Aniwan — tagata, human beings. Tagatakomate, men that were dead.

Paumotan — tagata, a man, a person.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. tauna, a man; tau, a man.

Aneityum—cf. intakata, a woman (in = nom. prefix).

Fiji —cf. tamata, a man.

Sulu—cf. tau, a man.

Malay—cf. orang, a man [see Moriori].

Sikayana—cf. tanata, men.

Vanikoro — cf. ranaka, a man. Solomon Islands—cf. kaniga, a man.

Formosa—cf. aulong, a man [see Malay].

Bougainville—cf. tamata, a man. Lord Howe's Island — cf. kanaka, a man.

Menado—cf. taumata, a man.

Saparua—cf. tumata, a man.

TANGATA-KIMORI (tangata-kimòri), small, insignificant.

TANGATA-ROA, a giant. There are many legends in which giants are mentioned as having lived in New Zealand; some of these relating to historical or semi-historical persons, and others being pure myth. Tama-te-kapua was nine feet high; and he was vanquished in single combat by Ruaeo, who was eleven feet high. Tuhourangi was nine feet in height, and was six feet up to the armpits. The bones of Tuhourangi were used for a long time in priestly ceremonies, being brought out and set up in the high places at the time of the kumara being planted. They were taken away by the Ngapuhi tribe when they stormed the island of Mokoia, in Lake Rotorua—P. M., 93. Kawharu was another giant, of twenty-four feet in length, and he was used by his friends as a scaling-ladder in the attack on the pa at Moturimu, in the Kaipara—G.-8, 30. Raukawa, the ancestor of the Ngati-Raukawa tribe, was thirty feet high, and leapt across the Waikato River at the point where the town of Cambridge now stands. The South Island was inhabited by a race of giant ogres named Kahui-Tipua. They could stride from ridge to ridge of the hills, and hunted with two-headed dogs. They could also swallow rivers, and transform themselves into any shape they chose—A. H. M., iii. 189. Te Rapuwai was caught by one of these ogres, but escaped. Mangaia.—Mokè, the son of Tavare, was sixty feet high. Two marks in sandstone rock are still shown as his footsteps; they measure about two feet eight inches in length. He had as his opponent a Rarotongan giant, Teuaopokere, but he was only thirty feet high, and declined combat. Te Manavaroa was a most enormous giant. His grave covers nearly the whole island. His right arm lies beneath a range two miles in length, and his right leg beneath another three miles long, Hawaii.—Many giants are recorded as having lived in the Hawaiian Islands. The most remarkable of these was Kana. His ordinary height was four hundred fathoms (2,400 feet), but he had the original faculty of being able to lengthen his limbs like the tubes of a telescope, so that he could walk with his head above water through the deepest part of the ocean. Kiha, Liloa, Umi, and Lono were all giants of some eight or nine feet in stature, and were Hawaiian Kings. Maukaleoleo, the friend of Umi, could, when standing on the ground, pick cocoanuts from the highest trees. Samoa.—There was a giant race in Samoa. The chief of these was Tafai. [See Tawhaki.] He was very tall, and could throw a cocoanut-tree as a spear. He plucked up a great Malili-tree eighty feet high, and could toss it in the air and catch it again. If he stepped on a rock, his weight was so great that the rock took the impression of his footprint as though made in soft sand. He was a giant well-disposed and kindly.

TANGATA-TAWHITO, the name of a bird, the Water-hen (Orn. Porphyrio melanotus).

TANGEAO, TANGEO, the name of a tree (Bot. Tetranthera calicaris). Syn. Mangeao.

TANGENGANGENGA, loose, as a tooth, &c. Cf. tanganga, loose, not tight.

TANGEO, bitter in taste; acrid, sharp.

TANGERE, the keel of a canoe. [See Takere.]

TANGI, to cry; to sound; to coo; to roar; a cry, a sound: Ka tangi te piopio—G. P., 432: Ka tangi te whatitiri—G. P., 332. 2. To weep, to lament; to wail; a lamentation, a dirge: Kia tangihia tetahi tangi mo to teina—M. M., 184: Ko wai tou tangata hei tangi i a koe?—P. M., 42. Cf. takitaki, to recite a song. 3. To cry as a token of affection: Ka tangi raua ki to raua whaea—P. M., 48. 4. To salute: Ka haeremai a Rehua ki a tangi—P. M., 35.

TATANGI, to rattle, to jingle: Ka tatangi nga iwi o Hema i runga i te whare—P. M., 48.

Whaka-TANGI, to cause to sound: Whakatangi ai i tona koauau—P. M., 78.

Samoan—tagi, to chirp; to bellow, to roar; a chirp; a roaring: E toe tagi ai foi alise; Again the cricket will chirp: O le taalili o lona tagi; By the resounding of his roaring. (b.) To wail, to lament: E tagi outou ma taufaitagiaue; Ye shall weep and lament: Ua tagi a'e le fafine i lalo i le vanu loa; The woman was crying from below in the deep chasm.(c.) To beg for food; (d.) to chant a poem; (e.) to complain, to lodge a complaint; a complaint; tatagi, to tinkle, to ring; (b.) to sound, as a wooden drum; tagitagi, to cry often; (b.) a young parroquet; fa'a-tagi, to cause to weep (applied to kings when rebelled against); fa'atagitagi, to jingle, to ring, as a bell; tagisia, to cry for; (b.) to be becried, to be benighted. Cf. tagitau, to call for one; tagiaue, to lament; tagivale, to be fretful; tagialise, to be dusk

– 466 –

(lit. “the cricket's crying”); tagitu'i, to cry and beat the body; tagifale, to weep with closed houses; lagilaulao, to cry all along, family after family, as on receiving news of many persons being killed in a battle; tagitàtùtùvae, to cry and stamp the feet; tagitautala, a mournful dirge at a funeral, telling the misdeeds of the family which caused the death of the person.

Tahitian—tai, to sound, as an instrument; (b.) to weep, to cry, to grieve; weeping; sorrow; a cry, wailing; to be sorrowful; taia, grief, sorrow, heaviness; to be grieving, sorrowing; tatai, to rehearse or recapitulate the particulars of an argument; faatai, to make one grieve or weep; faa-taia, to discourage; to cause heaviness or grief; to yield to discouragement. Cf. hautai, weeping or lamentation for the dead; taiaru (M. L. = tangi-ngaru), a noisy talker, whose voice resembles the roaring of the sea; taiaia, to weep for lost land, food, &c.; to be extirpated, as in war; consumed or cleared off entirely; taihaa, condolence; taihitoa, a startling voice; taioeoe, the noise made by young children.

Hawaiian—kani, to make a sound more or less musical; to hum, as a tune; a singing or ringing sound: Kani halale ka leo o ka manu; Sounding exultingly is the voice of the bird: Alaila e kani aku ai na laau o ka nahele; Then shall the trees of the forest sing. (b.) To sound as a trumpet: A i kani loihi ka pu; When the trumpet sounds a long time. (c.) To make a report, as a gun; to crack, as a whip; to rumble, as thunder; to squeak, as shoes; to crow, as a cock; sounding squeaking, making a noise; kanikani, to tinkle, as a small bell; the sound of any tinkling instrument; (b.) to sound, as any sharp noise; to cry out with a shout; hoo-kani, to sing; to praise; to play on an instrument of music: Ua akamai i ka hookani; Clever in playing instruments. (b.) To cry out, as a multitude; (c.) to be unpleasantly affected, as the ears at hearing bad news; hoo-kanikani, to play the ukeke (an ancient pulsatile instrument of the Hawaiians, a kind of harp); to strike on anything to make a sound; (b.) to sing often. Cf. kaniai, the windpipe, the throat; kaniuhu, to mourn, to sigh; to coo like a dove; kanikau, to compose a dirge; kaniaau, a mourning for the loss of a wife or husband; kaniahia, to weep immoderately for one who is absent, as a man for a beloved wife; kaniuli, to put out the lip; kuolokani, an ancient Hawaiian musical instrument; pahukani, a drum; any musical instrument of a pulsatile kind.

Tongan —tagi, to cry, as a bird; a cry; to call out: Bea oku ikai koe le'o o nautolu oku tagi i he fakavaivai'i; It is not the voice of them that cry for being overcome. Tagitagi, the sound of the war-cry; (b.) stretched to the utmost; tatagi, to ring, to tinkle; faka-tagi, to cause to cry; to cry for; faka-tagitagi, to retain anger; to brood over evil. Cf. fetagiaki, to cry from place to place; fetagihi, to cry or weep together; kavatagi, the kava drank immediately on the death of a person; matatagi, fretful; taagi, to chant the excellencies or defects of others; tataki, to stretch out.

Mangaian—tangi, to sound, to cry, to sing, as a bird: E manu tangi reka te Ioi; The Ioi is a bird that sings delightfully. (b.) To wail, to weep, to lament: Kua rai te po, e tangi è; The night is at hand, weep (for me). (c.) To feel sympathy with: Kua akakoro oki ratou ravarai e aere mai e tangi iaia; They had made an appointment together to come and mourn with him.

Marquesan—tani, (also taki,) to sound: Te puaa te vavena e tani huina; The animals between, making a great noise. (b.) To sing; (c.) to bark, as a dog.

Mangarevan—tagi, to mourn, to wail; weeping: E tagi kuhane, e heko ano; The kuhane bird wails and laments. (b.) To sing; a song; to cry; to make a noise; (c.) the sound of a bell or a trumpet; tagitagi, a chant, a chorus, generally of an amorous nature; aka-tagi, to sound, to ring, to re-echo. Cf. togi, sonorous.

Paumotan—tagi, mourning, grief; to weep; tatagi, to bewail, to mourn, to lament.

Ext. Poly.: Motu— cf. tai, to cry; to howl (of dogs); taimomo, fretful.

Aneityum—cf. taig, to cry, to weep; ataigataig, to sing, as a kettle before boiling.

Malagasy — cf. tany, a cry, a lamentation.

Malay—cf. tangis, to weep.

Kayan—cf. nangi, to weep.

Siwa—cf. tangi, to weep.

Ilocan—cf. sangit, to cry, to weep floods of tears.

Java—cf. nangis, to weep.

New Britain— cf. tagi, to cry.

Nguna—cf. tagi, to weep.

Fiji—cf. tagi, to cry, to weep aloud, to lament; to crow, as a cock; to sing, as birds; taqiri (tanggiri), sounding or ringing. Redscar Bay—cf. tai, to cry.

Lepers Island— cf. tangi, to weep.

Iai—cf. than, thunder.

Fate—cf. tagi, to weep.

Baki—cf. tegi, to weep.

Tagal—cf. taghoy, to weep, to lament.

TANGIAITUA (myth.), a deity dwelling in the surf. Only its voice is heard, its form is unseen.

TANGITA, to lie, to repose.

Whaka-TANGITANGI, the name of a plant (Bot. Metrosideros sp.)

TANGIWAI, a kind of stone, the Noble Serpentine.

TANGIWHETO, peevish; a “cry - baby.” Cf. tangi, to cry; wheto, small. [For comparatives, see Tangi.]

TANGO, to take up; to handle: Ka tango ki te pu wiwi—P. M., 16, Katahi ia ka tango i tana patu—P. M., 21. Cf. tangotango, pitchdark. [See Tongan.] 2. To remove, to displace; to take away: Ka mea atu ia ‘Tangohia!’—P. M., 20.

TATANGO, to snatch one from another.

TANGOTANGO, to keep on taking a thing; to meddle with. 2. To use, to handle. 3. Unsteady. 4. One who selects, one who chooses. 5. The rail of a fence.

TANGOHANGA, the circumstance, &c., of taking. 2. Betrothal. 3. Marriage. 4. The feast given at betrothal or marriage.

Samoan—ta?o, to touch: O le mea lea ua ou le tuuina atu ai ia te oe e tago atu ia te ia; Therefore I did not let you touch her. (b.) To take hold of; (c.) to feel; ta?ota?o, to take hold lightly; ta?ota?o (tàgotago), to grope the way; tata?o, to shampoo; (b.) to feel in a hole frequented by fish. Cf. tagole, to ransack, to pull about and pry into the property of another thievishly; tagolima, to have plenty; tagogàtaua, a seeking of troops.

Hawaiian —kano, the bones of the arms, the bones of the lower arm (the radius and the ulna); (b.)

– 467 –

to grasp in one's arms, an in wrestling; (c.) the handle of an axe, shovel, &c.; (d.) a cubit, in measure; (e.) the body of a tree, in distinction from its branches; (f.) a running vine, as of melon, &c.; (g.) a notch made in a tree, &c., where birds may alight, in order to catch them; (h.) to be proud, to be haughty; pride.

Tongan—ta?o, to visit in the night; to go to a female in the dark; the visiting of females under cover of night; ta?ota?o, to find out the way in the night; tata?o, to seize, to attack suddenly. Cf. fetagoaki, to go to each other in the dark.

Mangarevan— ta?o, to seek anything among the coral of the reef; (b.) a piece of wood for sustaining the roof or beams.

Paumotan—tago, to catch, to seize; (b.) to take by surprise; ta?ohia, surprise.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. tangan, the hand; the arm; tatang, to carry on the open hand; tangkab, to catch, to lay hold of.

Malagasy—cf. tanana, the hand; tana, held, grappled, grasped; tango, a handle, a helve.

Ilocan—cf. tacquiag, the arm.

Magindano —cf. tago, to keep.

Matabello— cf. tagatagan, a finger.

Teor—cf. limatagin, a finger.

Java—cf. tangan, a hand.

Baju—cf. tangan, a hand.

Bicol—cf. taquiag, the arm. Murray Island—cf. tag, the hand.

Macassar—cf. teteng, to take; tangga, to carry.

TANGONGO (tàngòngò), mellow, thoroughly ripe, soft. 2. Cooked, well-cooked. Cf. tangoungou, thoroughly ripe; tangorungoru, cooked; soft; thoroughly ripe.

TANGORO, loose. Cf. tanganga, loose; tangara, loose; korokoro, loose, slack. 2. Not filled out, not full. 3. Having the skin loose; blistered.

Tahitian—cf taoro, to string together a number of things; a sort of streamer or ornament; a row or chain of islands.

TANGORUNGORU (tàngorungoru), thoroughly ripe and soft; well-cooked. Cf. tangongo, ripe; well-cooked; tangoungou, thoroughly ripe; ngoungou, thoroughly ripe; well-cooked; soft.

TANGOTANGO, intensely dark, pitch-dark. Cf. potangotango, very dark; tango, to take hold of, to touch. 2. [See under Tango].

Samoan—cf. tago, to feel.

Tahitian— taotao, great, extreme, applied to darkness.

Hawaiian—cf. kano, pride, to be proud; kanokano, high, proud, great.

Tongan— ta?o to visit in the night; to go to a female in the dark; the visiting of females under cover of night; ta?ota?o, to find out the way in the night; tata?o, to seize, to attack suddenly. Cf. fetagoaki, to go to each other in the dark.

Marquesan—takotako, and tanotano, very dark, very sombre; to obscure: He tanotano keke po; A black, dark night. Cf. tagotago, ignorant.

Mangarevan—cf. tago, to seek anything among the coral of the reef.

Paumotan—cf. tago, to catch, to seize; to take by surprise.

TANGOTANGO (myth.), the celestial maiden who visited Tawhaki in his sleep, and afterwards became his wife. They quarrelled over the little baby-girl that was born to them, and Tangotango took the child away with her to heaven. Tawhaki mourned very greatly for the loss of his wife and at last set out, together with his brother Karihi, in search of her, They were directed on their way by the blind goddess, Matakerepo, and Tawhaki ascended the “vine hanging from heaven,” and reached the celestial regions, where he found Tangotango and his little girl, Arahuta. After that time Tawhaki assumed his divinity and remained in the skies—P. M., 41. [See Tawhaki.] another version of the legend states that tawhaki wedded parekoritawa, and they went to heaven together; but as parekoritawa, the daughter of the god tane and Hinetauira, had a sister named po-tangotango (very dark night), it is possible there is a confusion of legend. po-tangotango was born after Hinetauira had gone to the shades (Po), and had changed her name to hine-nui-te-po. Tawhaki and Parekoritawa left a black moth behind them as an emblem of the mortal body —S. R., 23. Tangotango is sometimes called Hapai—P. M., 41.

In Mangaia there is a deity named Tango, a brother of Tu-metua and Tinirau, his home was in Enuakura at Avaiki (the spiritual Hawaiki in the Shades). Potangotango is the wife of Rangi. in. Hawaii, the quarrel which resulted in the estrangement of Tawhaki and Tangotango is, as to its cause, repeated in the story of Hina. [See Hina. See also, comparatives of Tangotango, Very dark.]

TANGOUNGOU, thoroughly ripe. Cf. tangorungoru, thoroughly ripe; tangongo, ripe; ngoungou, thoroughly ripe.

TANGURU, deep-toned, gruff. Cf. nguru, to grunt; to sigh; to rumble; ngoro, to snore.

Samoan—ta?ulu, to emit a hollow sound, as by a blow on a hollow tree, or distant thunder; ta?ulu (tàgulu), to snore. Cf. gulu, to sleep (a jocular term); gu, to growl; to make a murmuring noise, as of voices at a distance.

Tahitian—cf. uuru, to groan, as in pain; to grunt.

Hawaiian—kanulu, (and kanunu,) heavy, as a sound; oppressively heavy, as a deep heavy voice or sound; Cf. nunu, a moaning, grunting, groaning.

Tongan —ta?ulu, to snore; a snoring, a rattling in the throat. Cf. gulu, a grunting, a murmuring noise, a grunter; gugulu, to groan or roar.

Mangarevan—ta?uru, the sound of heavy rain. Cf. guguru, a far-off noise; a heavy noise as of many voices.

Rarotongan —cf. ngunguru, to grunt; crying out; wailing.

Paumotan—ta?uru, to snore. Cf. guruguru, to moan, to gasp; tagoro, to snore.

TANGURU, a species of dark-green beetle. Cf. tanguru, gruff, deep-toned; nguru, to rumble, moan.

TAO, a spear: Kua tu i te tao o Hatupatu— P. M., 96. 2. Descending mists. 3. Blessings. cf. taonga, treasure; property.

Samoan— tao, a spear: Ua ia ‘ata foi i le apoapo o le tao; He laughs at the shaking of the spear. Tatao (tàtao), to cut spears; (b.) to ward off spears; stick to strike down spears with Cf. taogasea, speared by accident; taoleoleo, a lance, a spear not to be thrown; taosala, a spear piercing the body and cut out; mataotao, spear-pointed.

Tahitian—tao, a spear used in war; (b.) a stick carried on the shoulders, with a bundle at each end; (c.) a cleft in a rock or tree;

– 468 –

tatao, the highest central part of a cocoanut tree. Cf. autao, anything on the point of which a cocoanut is grated; omuatao, the pointed part towards the end of a spear; taoau, a stick or seat with which to grate cocoanuts; tiatao, the name of a long spear.

Hawaiian—kao, a spear, a javelin; to throw or cast, as a spear; kaokao, to be prominent, to project; (b.) to be red; (c.) to be hard to the touch. Cf. kaolele, a dart, a javelin.

Tongan—tao, a spear: Tuku keo velo'i leva ia aki ae tao ki he kelekele; Let me strike the spear through him into the ground. Taotao, logs or sticks used for keeping gatu (native cloth) on the earth when spread out. Cf. totao, long, sharp, pointed.

Mangarevan —tao, a lance. Cf. kohurutao, the shaft of a lance; taoakatara, a lance with barbed points; taoerei, a cocoanut-wood lance; taohara, a lance of pandanus wood; taoko, a spear with out fishbones or ornaments; taopukào, an iron spear.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. Tahoa, to throw a spear: tahotaho, said of children playing with light spears.

Sikayana—cf. tao, a spear.

Yap—cf. tau, or tao, an axe.

TAO, to bake or cook in a native oven (properly to “steam,” to boil with steam): He koromiko te wahie i taona ai te moa—Prov.: Ka taona ma te tohunga, ma Kae—P. M., 38. Cf. tahu, to cook; taopuku, to cook anything wrapped in leaves, 2. To hold food which is being cooked: E tao tahanga matatea te umu—MSS.

TATAO, to remain a long while in process of being cooked. 2. To lie flat and close. 3. To be deep. 4. To droop, to bend downwards. 5. To bleed at the nose. Cf. toto, blood. 6. The second person slain in a battle: Kei ahau te tatao—S. T., 249: Katahi ka reia e Tetiwai a i aia te tatao—A. H. M., iv. 95.

Samoan — tao, to bake: Ona tao ai lea e fafine e toa sefulu a outou mea ‘e ai i le ogaumu tasi; Ten women shall cook your food in one oven. Tatao, to put under a weight, to press, to squeeze; (b.) to lie in ambush; taotao, to press down by weights; (b.) certain beams of a house. Cf. tao'atoa, a breadfruit baked whole; taofono, to cook food the day before it is wanted; taotaouli, to bake with the skin on, as taro, &c.; tao'ofu, “that which presses down the clothes”: hence, a shawl, &c.; tàòfi, a holding on to; to restrain; to hold to, as an opinion; taomi, to press down by a weight or by force.

Tahitian—tao, baked; boiled; cooked. Cf. ahitao, an oven fire; fire, as a signal; taoahi, to bake hastily in the native oven; taouu, to bake the breadfruit whole with the skin on; taovavahi, to bake breadfruit, having first split it; tahu, to kindle a fire.

Hawaiian—cf. kaomi, to press down, as with a lever; to hear down upon a thing; to crush; to humble one; kahu, to bake in the ground; to cook food.

Tongan—tao, to cook food in an oven; to bake; to be baked; tatao, to press, to squeeze, to put under a weight; (b.) to lie in wait; a party lying in ambush; taotao, to bear upon, to press upon; to cover with something heavy; (b.) logs used in pressing native cloth flat upon the ground; fakataotao, to cover or conceal with other things. Cf. fetao, to roast human bodies for food; fetaoaki, to make haste in cooking food; fetataoaki, to press, to squeeze one another; taotoka, to keep down by a weight; to sit upon the outrigger to keep it down; taomi, to crush; to lie upon; to squeeze.

Marquesan— tao, to bake in a native oven.

Mangarevan— tao, to cook in an oven; taotao, to keep cooking in an oven. Cf. taoumu, to cook in an oven.

Mangaian—tao, to cook in an oven: Tera tu te umu e tao iaau; This is the oven in which you will be cooked. Ext. Poly,:

Motu —cf. taotao, to hold down, to press down.

Malagasy—cf. tatao, the rice, milk, and honey cooked at the annual feast.

TAOKETE, the brother-in-law of a man; the sister-in-law of a women: A ka haere Maui raua ko tana taokete—P. M., 27. 2. The relationship of one wife to another when one man has several wives; Kia ata tu i ou taokete—Wohl., Trans., vii. 50.

Tongan—taokete, an elder brother or sister.

Rarotongan—taokete, the brother-in-law of a man; the sister-in-law of a woman.

Marquesan—tokete, a brother-in law or sister-in law.

Mangarevan—tokete, a brother-in-law or sister-in-law.

Paumotan—taokete, a brother-in-law. Taokete-morire, a sister-in-law.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. zaobavy, a sister-in-law; zaodahy, a brother-in-law; zaotra, relationship contracted by marriage.

TAONGA, property, treasure: Karakia mo nga kai, karakia mo nga taonga—P. M., 11. Cf. tahu, opulent, possessing property (letter change, as tahu, to cook=tao, to cook?); taunga, a bond of connection between families. 2. A possession or influence, sometimes mental: Tenei taonga o te tangata Maori, te makutu—MSS.

Samoan—cf. toga, native property, consisting of fine mats and siapo (cloth made from bark of the paper mulberry); foreign goods; property; riches; all things not of native manufacture.

Tahitian—taoa, property, goods of any sort: Ua i te taoa haru; Full of stolen goods. Tataoa, to give property; faa-taoa, to compensate; to give property. Cf. taohaa, property, goods; tauhaa, property.

Tongan—cf. tooga, fine mats; waiting men and maidens; too, to take, to carry in the hand.

Mangarevan—cf. hutogatoga, a very grand dress of native cloth; toga, cloth made of papyrus.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. tàgatauna, a rich man (tauna, a man).

Malagasy—cf, taona, gathered, collected.

TAOPUKU, to cook food wrapped up in leaves; the leaf-wrappers. Cf. tao, to cook; puku, secretly. [For comparatives, see Tao.]

TAORU (tàoru), TAORUORU, soft, yielding; Cf. oru, boggy. [For comparatives, see Oru.]

TAOTAO, a fence or outer coating of sticks to protect the thatch of a native hut. Cf. tao, a spear.

Tongan—taotao, logs or sticks used for keeping gatu (native cloth) on the earth when spread out. [For full comparatives, see Tao.]

TAOTU (taotù), a wounded man. Cf. tu, to be wounded; tao, a spear.

TAOWAHIE, pudendum muliebre (meatus urinarius).

TAPA, the margin, the edge, the brim of a vessel. Cf. tapatai, the sea-shore; tapawha, four-sided; square.

– 469 –

Samoan—tapa, one of the white borders of a siapo (garment of native cloth).

Tahitian —cf. tape, fragment of cloth; tapemoana, the edge of the deep water; tapepe, to repair a thing.

Hawaiian—kapa, a bank; a shore; Naholo mai la lakou ma keia kapa; They ran along on this side (of the stream), (b.) A name given to the labium of a female; both together are called kapakapa; kakapa, a small strip of land adjoining another's large land. Cf. kapawa, the border or edge of a garment; kapalaau, the place of sunsetting.

Tongan —taba, the border of the native cloth; (b.) the border or edge of anything; (c.) a reserve in war; faka-taba, to make the border of the gatu (native cloth). Cf. tabakau, the coarse mats for flooring; tabataba, to glitter, to shine; tabaji, to Strike the hands together; tabale, to strike from every side.

Mangarevan—tapa, native cloth; (b.) tho border of cloth. Cf. tabakahu, a morsel of cloth.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. tapi, the edge, the border.

TAPA, to call, to name: Koia i tapa ai e ia te ingoa o tana tamaiti ko Wahieroa—P. M., 47: Tapaia ana o ratou nohoanga ko Pouretua. 2. To command. Cf. tautapa, to give the word for action.

TAPATAPA, to call by the name of anyone; a kind of curse.

TAPAPAPA, to call: Ka tapapapa e koe ‘kia kotahi ki a Aonui ’—A. H. M., ii. 10.

Samoan—tapa, to call out the name of the chief's cup of ‘ava; (b.) to beckon with the palm of the hand inclining towards the body, signifying to come; (c.) to demand; tapatapa, to oil the body to excess; (b.) to have leu-corrhea. Cf. tautapa, to shout the praises of a chief on occasion of getting a wife; tapatele, to ask for what one has no right to; to ask for what is difficult to grant, and to which one has no claim.

Tahitian—cf. taparau, to converse or talk together; tapàu, a plaited piece of cocoanut leaf used by the priests to direct their prayers, like the rosary of the Roman Catholics.

Hawaiian—kapa, to call, to name, to give a name to: A o ka lau o ua kalo la, ua kapaia kona inoa o laukapalili; The leaf of that taro is called rautapariri. (b.) To designate; (c.) to stigmatise; kapakapa, to call by an assumed or fictitious name; assumed, fictitious.

Mangarevan—tapa, to give a nickname; aka-tapa, to demand food and drink.

Marquesan—tatapa, to assume the name of anyone; (b.) spirits sent by the gods.

Tongan—faka-taba, to salute or command suddenly: to speak rapidly. Cf.fetaba, salutation, greeting; to salute; tautaba, the calling of one in imminent danger; to beg, to call upon one when in trouble; tabafuaia, to call upon one by name.

Ext. Poly.: Macassar—cf. taba, order, arrangement; tappoe, to name (kana, to curse, also means to name).

TAPA (tàpa), a split or cut. Cf. tapahi, to cut. 2. Chapped. 3. Pudendum muliebre: He tapa tihoihoi—S. T., 175.

Samoan—cf. tapei, to crack, to break up, as a bamboo; tapau, to cut to the exact length.

Tahitian—cf. tapahi, to split or divide breadfruit, taro, &c.; tapahipu, to cleave in the midst.

Hawaiian— kapakapa, labia pudenda; (b.) the crotch of men.

Ext. Poly.: Macassar—cf. tabang, to fell.

TAPA (tàpà), to pulverize soil. Cf. tapahi, to chop; ta, to strike; pa, to be struck; tapakuri, a basket.

Samoan— cf. tapasu, to strike a heavy blow; tapale, to break up firewood with quick repeated blows; to strike on every side; tapati, to clap the hands when about to divide the ‘ava (an intoxicating drink); tapei, to crack, to break up, as a cocoanut or bamboo; tapoto, to strike cleverly with the club.

Tahitian— cf. tapahi, to split; a cleaver; taparahi, to beat, to strike; to kill, to murder; tapotu, a blow given with a club.

Tongan—cf. tababa, to beat a drum; tabaji, to strike the hands together; tabale, to break up; tubaba, to beat with a quick stroke.

Hawaiian—kapa, the bloth beaten from the bark of the wauki or paper mulberry (Morus papyrifera), also from the bark of other trees; (b.); cloth of any kind; clothes generally: Ua peleuia ke kapa o ke alii; The dress of the chief has been defiled. (c.) a rustling, a rattling, as of large drops of rain.

Marquesan—tapa, native cloth; (c.) the leaf of a book (modern). Cf. tapakau, a canoe-sail; cocoanut-leaves braided by the priest; tapake, leaves of cocoanut plaited and bound round a drum to make it firm.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. tampar, to slap; tapak, to tap with the hand; dadap, a club, a mace; tabah, to beat, to beat out; tabuh, a drum; to beat. Java — cf. tabuk, to slap; tapih, a petticoat.

Malagasy—cf. dabodaboka, beating, thumping, drubbing.

Bicol—cf. tampal, to slap.

Formosa—cf. tabba, a native chopper.

Macassar—cf. tabang, to fell; tatta, to fell; tappere, a mat; tamba, to clothe.

Lampong—cf. tapis, the garment (only one; corresponding to the Malay sarong).

Kisa —cf. tapi, cloth.

TAPAE (tàpae), to stack, to lay one upon another, as firewood piled up. Cf. pae, to lie across. 2. To place before a person, to present: Ka whakatika a Hua ki te tapae kai ma te ope— A. H. M., ii. 16. 3. To lie in a slanting position.

Hawaiian—kapae. to pervert, to turn aside; the act of turning aside. Cf. paepae, any substance upon which another lies in order to keep it from the ground.

Rarotongan— tapaepae, to turn aside, to go to one side: Auraka e tapaepae ki te pae katau e te pae kaui; Turn not to the right hand or to the left.

Marquesan—tapae, to set apart; on one side. [For full comparatives, see Pae.]

TAPAHI, to cut, to chop: Ka tikina atu ka tapahia mai tetahi taha o taua ika nei—P. M., 38: Ka tapahia tona upoko, a ka tanumia te tinana—A. H. M., i. 28. Niho tapahi, a front tooth. Cf. tapa, a split, a cut; ta, to strike.

TAPATAPAHI, to cut to pieces, to mince; Ka tapatapahia nga paru o te whare—P. M., 49.

Tahitian—tapahi, to cut, to divide breadfruit, taro, &c.; (b.) a cleaver with which to split firewood; (c.) diarrhœa; a flux; tapatapahi, a bloody flux; (b.) the menses of women; faa-tapahi, to use a cleaver; tapahipahi, to split or cleave repeatedly; (b.) the menses.

Hawaiian—cf. ka, to strike; to dash; pahi, a knife, a cutting instrument of any kind; kapakapa, labia pudenda.

TAPA-HURU-KIWI (myth.), one of the primitive Life-powers antecedent to man. He was son

– 470 –

of Ngana-mawaki, and father of Tapahurumanu —S. R., 13.

TAPA-HURU-MANU (myth.), the father of Tiki, who was father of Tiki-te-pou-mua, the first man—S. R., 13.

TAPAI (tàpai), the part of a net first put into the water. Cf. ta, to net.

TAPAIRU, the first-born female of a chief-family; a female ariki, or chief priestess (modern, Her Majesty the Queen). 2. A nephew or niece. 3. Any girl or woman, as a complimentary phrase: Me homai, hei whakatupu mo nei—G. P., 78. 4. Any very sacred ancestral spirit: Kei o Ariki, kei o Tapairu, kei o Pukenga—S. R., 109. 5. The Cattle-fish or Octopus as food tapu to the Ariki. It was reserved for his sole use, except when, as an honour, he chose to share it with a guest; as in Hawaii it was sacred to the king and highest nobles.

Tahitian —tapairu, a young woman that lives delicately; (b.) a young woman who is an attendant on a chief woman.

Mangarevan —teipeiru, a queen, a princess; (b.) a a lady; a young lady.

Paumotan —cf. Maehoi-tapairu, the Holy Spirit. Manihiki. —(Myth.) Tapairu was the sister of Iku, a great fisherman who first discovered Manihiki as a huge stone set in the bottom of the sea. Maui went and hauled it up [See Maui] and Tapairu then, with her husband, Toa, lived on the island and became ancestors of all natives of Manihiki and Rakaanga. Mangaia.—(Myth.) The tapairu were beautiful fairies, the four daughters of Miru the goddess of Hades (Po). There were also celestial tapairu, and these lived in the sky. They were lovers of dancing, and at all feasts in honour of the god Tane a place was kept clear and carpeted with fresh leaves for the dainty feet of the fair visitors. These divine creatures taught the hero Ngaru the game of ball-playing dances, and he taught the game to mortals. Ina (Hina), the bright Moon-goddess, was the most proficient at this game of all the celestial tapairu. In Eastern Polynesia, tapairu is a favourite name for girls as “fairest fair.” The Eke-tapairu is the great Octopus. Eke (Maori = wheke) is a divinity in several islands, and a tutelary deity of the reigning family in Rarotonga.

TAPAKI (tàpaki), the mats or leaves on which food is laid in a native oven; to place mats or leaves thus: Ka too te hangi tapu, ka hukea, ka kohia ki te tapaki nga kai—P. M., 169.

Samoan—cf. tapa'au, cocoanut-leaf mats.

Tongan—cf. tabakau, the coarse mats for flooring.

TAPAKI, to catch lice. Cf. hapaki, to catch lice; harapaki, to crack fleas, &c.

TAPAKURI, a basket. Cf. tapau, a basket.

TAPAKUHA (tàpàkùhà), TAPAKUWHA, a present given by a bridegroom to the bride's relatives: Kia nui noa atu te tapakuha me te hakari—Ken., xxiv. 12. 2. Women introduced into a family by marriage.

TAPANIHI to go stealthily; to skirt; to avoid observation: Toia te waka ki runga hi tapanihi e tupa—A. H. M.,ii. 15. Cf. ninihi, to steal away, to avoid observation; konihi, stealthy.

Tahitian—cf. tapanihi, sluggish, careless; slight, as a woman; scanty, as knowledge; tapanehi, to slide; to go on all fours, as a child; oblique, sloping; gone aside. [For fall comparatives, see Ninihi.]

TAPAPA (tàpapa), to stoop. Cf. ta, to decline from the perpendicular; takapapa, to double up; kupapa, to stoop. 2. To lie flat: A ta-papa iho ana ki te whenua i tona aroaro—Ken., xliv. 14. Cf. papa, flat; toropapa, to lie flat; kurapapa, flat-roofed. 3. To brood, to sit. 4. To sit doubled up. 5. Deformed: Me nga uri tapapa a Tane raua ko Hinetitama—A. H. M., i. 25.

Samoan—Cf. papa, flat, level; tapapa, to cover or shut in with planks.

Tahitian—cf. tapapa, to pile up, as stones or boards; to fetch or send for a person; tipapa, to lie down on the face and belly; papa, a flat stone.

Hawaiian—kapapa, to sprawl about, as one having fallen down in the dark feels about. Cf. papa, flat and smooth.

Rarotongan — tapapa, to wait, to linger: Kia po itu koe i tapapa anga mai iaka; You shall wait seven days till I come to you. (b.) To ambush, to lie in wait: Tatou e tapapa i te tangata kia mate; Let us lay in wait to slay men.

Marquesan — tapapa, to put one thing upon another.

TAPARARO (tàpàraro), the North - wind. Cf. raro, the north.

TAPARENGA, to muzzle.

TAPARU (tàparu), to join, to add. Cf. tapiri, to join; tapatahi single (tahi, one); rua, two. 2. To eat gluttonously; voracious.

TAPARURU, slow. Cf. ruruwai, foolish; rurutake, shivering; tapataparuru, of quick growth.

Mangarevan — cf. taparuru, trembling.

Hawaiian—cf. kapalulu, to tremble.

TAPATAHI, single, not doubled. Cf. tahi, one; taparu, doubled (rua, two); tapawha, four-Sided. 2. Having one aspect.

Hawaiian—kapakahi, one-sided; uneven, crooked; partial to one party to the injury of another; (b.) to put out of square; to turn aside. [For full comparatives, see Tahi)

TAPATAI (tapàtai), the sea-shore. Ki tapatai o Hawaiki, ki te ahunga i tai—G. P., 329. Cf. tapa, a margin; tai, the sea; tahatai, the seashore.

Hawaiian — kapakai, the sea-shore. Cf. kai, the sea; kapa, a bank, a shore. [For full comparatives, see Tai, and Tapa].

TAPATAI (myth.), the father of Whiro-te-tupua. [See Whiro, and Genealogy in Appendix.]

TAPATAPA (myth.), a certain supernatural being to whom incantations were addressed in times of plague and epidemic sickness. The incantation to Tapatapa followed that to Mihimihitea—A. H. M., i. 40.

TAPATAPA-HUKARERE (myth.), one of the canoes in which Whakatau's expedition sailed to burn the Uru-o-manono temple—P. M., 62. [See Whakatau.]

TAPATAPARURU, of quick growth. Cf taparuru, slow.

– 471 –

TAPATU (tàpatu), to thatch, to cover in a roof. Cf. patu, a wall-screen; ta, to strike; patu, to strike. 2. (Moriori) The roof.

Hawaiian—cf. papai (M.L.=papaki), to strike; to thatch a house or building with grass. [Note.—In the act of thatching, Hawaiian, in drawing the string tightly around a handful of grass, give it a blow with the left hand.]

TAPATU to reach the bottom. Cf. tapotu, to reach the bottom of a hill.

TAPATUPATU (Moriori.) marshy, boggy.

TAPAU (tàpau), a mat to lie on: Ka oti ka rangahia te tapau mo roto—G.-8, 29.

Samoan—cf. cf. tapa'au, cocoanut-leaf mats. Tongan-cf. tapakau, coarse mats for flooring. [For comparatives, see Takapau, and Tapa, to pulverise soil.]

TAPAWAHA (tàpawaha), tattooing on the cheeks. Cf. ta, to tattoo.

TAPAWHA, having four sides; square. Cf. tapa, a margin; wha, four.

TAPEHA. peel, rind, bark. Cf. peha, bark, peelings, &c.

TAPEHA, false. Cf. tapeka, false; peha, to boast; to talk affectedly and vainly.

Whaka-TAPEHA, to falsify. 2. To give the lie to; to deny flatly.

TAPEKA, false: He waewae tapeka ki te ara ripeka—G. P., 179. Cf. peka, a branch; to turn aside; tapeha, false. 2. To turn aside. 3. To entwine. 4. To turn up the garments to allow free use of the limbs on a journey; Kua tirohia iho ki nga weweru he mea tapeka— P. M., 144. Cf. taweka, an encumbrance, a hindrance.

Tahitian—tapea, to tie or bind; any band or tying; a ring, a buckle.

Hawaiian—kapea, to accuse falsely; to lay hold of, to seize, as a criminal; kapeapea, to watch closely; to seek occasion to entangle one.

Rarotongan—tapeka, to fold the hands. [For full comparatives, See Peka.]

TAPEKE, to be gone or come without exception: A, ka tapeke katoa te iwi te whiti—Hoh., iv. 11. Cf. peke, to be all utterly gone or come without exception; taweke, to be all gone or come without exception.

TAPENA (tàpena), to pass food over a tapu person and thus irritate the unseen powers.

Tahitian—tapena, a thing devoted to the gods, such as a pig when a piece of sinnet was tied in the ear.

Mangarevan—cf. tapena, a present given in honour of anyone; to conciliate by presents.

Samoan—cf. tapena, to carry off load by load.

TAPEPA, to totter, to falter; to miss one's footing. Cf. tapepe, to slip, to stumble; tapapa, to double up; to lie flat. 2. A slip of the tongue. 3. An evil omen; a faltering or mistake in repeating an incantation.

TAPEPE to slip, to stumble. Cf. tapapa, to falter; to miss one's footing. 2. To make a mistake in repeating an incantation. Cf. tapapa, the bad omen shown by “slipping” in reciting a charm. 3. To mumble, to stammer, to speak inarticulately.

Samoan—tapepe. to be rapid in speaking, so as to be indistinct; to be rapid in paddling, so as to get out of stroke. Cf. pepe, to flutter about.

Tahitian—tapepe, to roll on after another, as the waves of the sea (b.) to rapair a thing to join or add articles of property together; (c) to be soliciting repeatedly for a thing. Cf. pepee, flirty, unsteady; pepe, a butterfly.

TAPERE (He whare tapere,) a house in which the hapu (sub-tribe) hold meetings: Mo te haerenga atu ki nga whare tapere—G. P., 58.

TAPERU (tàperu), to pout. Cf. peru, fulness about the eyes and lips when a person is angry.

TAPI (tapì), TAPIPI (tàpìpì). a native oven. Cf hapì, a native oven; hopì, a native oven; topìpì, a small native oven; pìpì, to bathe with water.

Ext. Poly.: Macassar—cf. tapisi, to filter through.

TAPI, to patch or mend. Cf. tapiri, to join or add.

TAPITAPI, to re-assemble, to re-organise a defeated or scattered war-party. Cf. tapiki, to bind into a sheaf or bundle; to come to the rescue. 2. To grumble at, to utter complaints; sullen discontent.

Tahitian—cf. tape, a fragment, as of cloth; a detached part of an army placed to cover the retreat of the women and children; tapepe, to patch; tapi, to try, to endeavour; to press after an object; tapipi, to serve oneself in the first place; a person that looks out for his own share.

Hawaiian—kapi, to apply to, to put to, as one thing to another. Cf. kapili, to join or unite together; kapii, to apply to, to put to, as one thing to another. Marquesan—cf. tapi, to adorn, to ornament.

Mangarevan—cf. tapigau, trellis, network, grating.

Paumotan—cf. tapitapi, to be concerned, troubled, perplexed.

TAPIHAPIHA (tàpihapiha), the gills of a fish. Cf. piha, gills of fish; ta, to breathe.

TAPIKI, to bind into a sheaf or bundle; a sheaf or bundle. 2. To lay hold of. 3. To be entangled. Cf. piki, frizzled, closely curling; tarapiki, to lie across; rakapikipiki, to lie across one another. 4. To bend the leg, as in stepping over anything. Cf. piki, to climb. 5. To pull up, as a line: Katahi ka tapikitia e ia tana aho—P. M., 24. 6. Overlapping, crowding one over another, as irregular teeth: Ka ki atu ia ‘He niho tapaki’—P. M., 89.

Tahitian—cf. tapii, the halo round the moon; to cling over or upon a thing; tapiipii, to put up the end of a rope.

Hawaiian —cf. kapii, to apply to, to put to, as one thing to another; pii, causing to mount, to ascend.

TAPIKO (tàpiko), to set a trap. Cf. piko, to bend, to stoop; curved; ta, to net.

Hawaiian—kapio, to be arched. Cf. pio, to bend, to curve round; to curve, as an elastic substance; the arc of a circle; curved. [For full comparatives, see Piko.]

TAPIPI. [See under Tapi]

TAPIRI (tàpiri), to join, to add: ka tapiritia mai e Ihowa tetahi atu tamaiti maku—Ken., xxx. 24. Cf. piri, to come close; to stick close; taupiri, to walk embraced with another;

– 472 –

ta, to net. 2. A strong scion or sucker growing beside the parent plant. 3. An assistant, a helper.

Samoan—cf. pilipili, to be near; to approach; tàpili, to fan the fire; a fan for blowing the fire with.

Tahitian—tapiri, to join or unite things together. Cf. piri, narrow, confined; to adhere; adhesive, glutinous; tapiripapanoa, to join two flat edges together; tapirihuahua, to join together many fragments.

Hawaiian—kapili, to Join or unite together in various ways; to fit different substances together; (b.) to repair or mend what is broken; (c.) to plaster, to besmear; kapilipili, to unite, to join together; (b.) to fix blame on another so as to excuse oneself. Cf. pili, to cleave to, to adhere; kapilimanu, the art of catching birds with bird-lime.

Tongan—cf. tabili, a fan; a bellows.

Marquesan — tapii, to paste, to glue. Cf. tapiti, to join, to unite; to make alike.

Mangarevan— tapiri, to unite with, to come together without object; aka-tapiri, to go in company with.

Paumotan— tapiri, to paste, to glue, to adhere; (b.) to seal; to make fast; to ratify; tapiripiri, starch. Cf. piripiri, to stick to.

TAPO (myth.), one of the crew of the Aotea canoe at the time of the Migration to New Zealand. He was very insolent, and Turi, the commander of the vessel, threw him overboard. Tapo calmly swam around the vessel and made jokes; so, seeing that he was under the influence and protection of the god Maru, the crew took him aboard again—P. M., 133.

TAPOA (tàpoa), an abscess: Ko nga pirau o te tapoa o Uenuku—P. M., 65.

TAPOI (tàpoi), to be travelled round. Cf. poi, a ball; rapoi, to hang in a cluster.

TAPOKERE (tàpòkere), to crowd with workmen.

TAPONA, a bundle of herbs. Cf. pona, a knot, to tie in a knot. [For comparatives, see Pona.]

TAPOKO, to go in, to enter: Ka tapoko taua maia ki roto ki te rua—P. M., 95. Cf. pokorua, the ant. 2. To sink in the mire: A e tapoko ua ano te taunga o nga waewae o Hotumauea— A. H. M., v. 20. Cf. pokopoko, to sink in the mire.

TAPOKOPOKO (tàpokopoko), soft, boggy.

Tahitian—cf. poopoo, sunk, as a hole; sunken, depressed.

Hawaiian—kapoo, to enter into, as a spirit; (b.) to sink into water; (c.) to sink, as the sun; to set; (d.) to sink, as the foot into soft mud; (e.) sunken in; (f.) the arm-pit; kapoopoo, to descend, to go down. Cf. poopoo, to be lower down; to be sunken in; hoo-poo, to dig deep down; napoo, the setting or going down of the sun.

Tongan—cf. boko, an opening, an aperture.

Mangarevan—cf. poko, to dig, to excavate.

Marquesan—cf. pokopoko, pudendum muliebre.

Paumotan—cf. poko, hollow.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tabogo, hidden from sight.

TAPORA (tàpora), to gather the small fish named inanga into baskets ready for cooking: Kei te tapora i te mataitai—P. M., 101. 2. Small baskets in which inanga are cooked: Ka tae ki te tapora paruparu—P. M., 186: Ko te tapora whakairia hei raupaka—Wohl, Trans., vii 47. cf. pora, a kind of mat; ta, to net.

Samoan—of. pola, a plaited cocoanut leaf, used to enclose the sides of a house; polani, a kind of cocoanut-leaf mat, used as a wrapper.

Tahitian—cf. haa-pora, a kind of long basket.

Hawaiian—kapola, to bind up in a wrapper. Cf. pola, the edge of a garment; kipola, the wrapper fastened round any substance for carrying to market.

Tongan—cf. tabo, to fish with a certain kind of net; bola, the cocoanut-leaf plaited for thatch and other purposes; bolai, to encase fish in the plaited cocoanut-leaf for roasting.

Marquesan— cf. poa, cocoanut - leaves.

Mangarevan— tapora, an envelope; a mat; (b.) a flat surface for laying anything on; (c.) the altar for the dead. Cf. pora, a general name for mats.

Paumotan — cf. kaporapora, a mat.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. bola, the leaf of the cocoanut plaited into a sort of narrow mat for thatching; a basket.

TAPORE, to bend in the middle, to sag, as a rope. 2. To feel as if about to swoon, to become faint.

TAPOTO (tàpoto), a variety of flax (Bot. Phormium tenax). Syn. Tihore, and Takiri-kau.

TAPOTU, to reach the bottom of a hill; to roach to the ground; to be brought down to the water. Cf. tapatu, to reach the bottom.

TAPOU, dejected, downcast.

TAPU, under restriction; prohibited. Used in two senses: 1. Sacred, holy; hedged with religious sanctity: Ka tapu hoki te kainga i a Tawhaki—P. M., 54: A ko aua tamariki tapu anake i kai i roto i taua whare—A. H. M., i. 6.: Te Ahurewa, te wahi tino tapu—1 Ken., vi. 16. Wairua Tapu, the Holy Spirit. 2. To be defiled, as a common person who touches some chief, or tapued property; entering a prohibited dwelling; handling a corpse or human bones; cooking food at a sacred fire; a warrior breaking chastity, or one who touches a woman at the time of her monthly period, &c.: Kaua koe e haere atu ki reira, ka tapu koe i te nohoanga o Tangotango — P. M., 53. 3. Beyond one's power.

Whaka-TAPU, to consecrate: Ka whakatapua ano hoki e ahau—Mika, iv. 13. 2. To respect. 3. To make a thing sacred so that a common person would be under restriction (or the unclean tapu) if touching or disturbing it: No reira ka whakatapua te wai me ona karakia—MSS.

Samoan—tapu, sacred; to make sacred; to be under restriction; fa'a-tapu. to take good things to a woman to engage her affections; (b.) to save up good things for one beloved. Cf. tapua'i, to abstain from all work, games, &c., and to sit waiting for success in war or in sickness; to give something to bring success; tapua'iga, certain villages which did not engage in war, but served as a refuge to those who fled in defeat; tapui, to prohibit from picking fruit by hanging the tapui to a tree; something hung up to denote that the fruit must not be picked; taputapugagana, to forbid to speak (a game of children).

Tahitian— tapu, a restriction (obsolete); (b.) sacred; devoted (nearly obsolete); (c.) an oath; a solemn engagement: I te feia i tapu i te tapuraa; Those who have sworn oaths. (d.) A sacrifice to the god Oro, commonly a man killed for

– 473 –

the purpose; (this, however, was generally called ia, fish); taputapu, a human sacrifice to Oro. Cf. tahitapu, a term relating to human sacrifices: tapù, to chop or cut down; tapuahi, a spot where food is usually cooked; tapufaaite, a human sacrifice publicly presented to the god Oro; to take leave of the gods in departing from the marae (sacred place); taputehu, to consecrate a place; tapurui, property given to the gods on account of a person's illness; tapuata, the name of a sacred house for the use of priests; tapurehu, a feast, prayers, &c., to the gods; taputapuatea, the name of public and principal heiva (an assembly for dancing) where the human sacrifices were offered to Oro; taputea, the rainbow.

Hawaiian—kapu, a general name for the system of religion that existed formerly on the Hawaiian Islands, and which was grounded upon numerous restrictions or prohibitions, keeping the common people in obedience to the chiefs and priests; but many of the kapu extended to the chiefs themselves. The word signifies (a.) sacred, devoted to certain purposes; to set apart, to make sacred or holy: Motu i ka ohe kapu a Kanaloa; Severed by the sacred knife of Tangaroa: E pani i ka puka o ka pea kapu; To shut the door of the sacred house. (b.) A consecration, a separation: Eha na po kapu ma ka malama hookahi; There were four tapu nights (days) in a month. These days were Kapuku, Kapuhua, Kapukaloa, Kupukane [see App. Days of Months.] (c.) Prohibited, forbidden; to prohibit from use: O ke kapu ia e nonolo i ka lani; It is forbidden to snore in the presence of a chief. (d.) A place of fire. Kapukapu, honour; praise; dignity; separation from what is common; hoo-kapu, to devote to a special purpose: Hookapu ae la ka puaa, ame ka’ niulelo; Pork and niulelo (a kind of cocoanut) were strictly forbidden (to women). (b.) To put on airs of distance or separation from others; airs of self-importance; hoo-kapukapu, to ape dignity. Cf. kapuahi, a fireplace; a censer for sacrifice; one who attends to an oven; an oven; kapuamoe, the name of a kapu when everybody was required to prostrate themselves if the chief passed; kapuanoho, a kapu requiring the people all to sit when the king's calabash was carried by; kapukapulani, to frown, or repel one by sour looks; kapukawai, to be noble.

Tongan—tabu, forbidden; prohibition, embargo; (b.) consecrated, sacred: Bea e fakauli'i a ho nau gaahi botu tabu; This sacred place shall be defiled. Faka-tabu, to prohibit; (b.) to make sacred; consecration, dedication. Cf. tabui, to prohibit; tabuaki, to bless; to intercede for; a blessing; the act of blessing; tabuha, to be sacred; tabuni, to shut, to embar; tabutano, an article from a burying-ground, used as a sign of prohibition; fuatabu, the first fruit; tabutabui, to prohibit; tobui, to prohibit; to make sacred.

Rarotongan —tapu, under restriction; (b.) holy: Tona ra nooanga tapu ra; His sacred residence.

Marquesan— tapu, holy, sacred: O te Hakaiki nui, o te Una tapu; Oh the great Prince, oh the sacred Superior. (b.) Interdicted; forbidden: Te keika tapu no Atea; The forbidden apples of Atea, Hakatapu, to sanctify.

Mangarevan — tapu, holy, sacred; (b.) prohibited; aka-tapu, to render sacred; (b.) to throw; to make a defence. Cf. kiritapu, a sacred skin, not to be touched nor approached; tapukehekehe, very sacred; entirely, extraordinarily holy; pure; virgin from birth to death; taputapuatea, to be very jealous over one's things, to be annoyed if they are touched.

Paumotan— tapu, an oath; to swear; faka-tapu, to give sanction to: to give reputation,

Fotuna— tapu, sacred.

Aniwan—tapu, sacred, hallowed. [Note.—In Malay Archipelago the custom of pomali in many respects resembles tapu.]

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. intap, a sacred place (in = nom. prefix); itap, sacred, holy, forbidden; nitap, the state of sacredness.

Fiji—cf. tabu, unlawful; sacred; used also of something superlatively good.

Malagasy—cf. tabaka, profaned, polluted.

Sesake —cf. kapu, fire.

Fate—cf. kabu, fire [see Hawaiian]. Kingsmill Islands —The principal deity is Tabu-eriki.

Bugis —cf. tapa, ascetic; devotion (Sanscrit ?).

New Britain—cf. tabu, sacred; prohibited.

TAPUAE, a season of the year, about our December. 2. For Tapuwae, a footstep: Ka kitea ki nga tapuae o nga wae rakau o Tama— P. M., 66. [See Tapuwae.]

TAPUHI, to nurse; to dandle; to carry in the arms, as a child. 2. To tend in sickness or disaster. Cf. tapui, an intimate companion; puhi, a betrothed woman.

Whaka-TAPUHI, to carry in the arms; to nurse.

Hawaiian — kapuhi, the master of an animal; the nurse of a child; a provider; to take care of; hoo-kapuhi, to take care, as the kahu or nurse of a chief's child; a nurse of a king's or a chief's child; (b.) the owner of an animal.

Marquesan — cf. tapui, to take care of.

TAPUI (tàpui), an intimate companion. Cf takatapui, an intimate companion of the same sex; takapui, going about in company; tapuhi, to tend in sickness or disaster; puhi, a betrothed woman. 2. A betrothed woman; to betroth; to bind sexually: Ki te wahine i tapuia ai e ona ona tuakana—A. H. M., i. 46. Cf. tapu, under restriction; sacred. 3. To lay in a heap. Cf. pu, a heap; puhipuhi, tied up in a bunch. 4. To overlap: He niho tapui; One tooth overlapping another. 5. A familiar spirit: Piki atu he maunga, waiho iho ona tapui i reira, he Patupaearehe—P. M., 81.

Whaka-TAPUI, to cause to be betrothed, as a woman: Otira kihai hoki taua wahine i pai atu ki nga tane i whakatapuitia hei tane mona —A. H. M., i. 46.

Samoan—tapui, something hung up to denote trees from which the fruit is not to be picked; to prohibit by hanging up a tapui. Cf. tapu, to make sacred, to put under restriction; fa'a-tapu, to take good things to a woman to engage her affections.

Tahitian —cf. tapu, a restriction.

Hawaiian—cf. kapu, prohibited; sacred; set apart.

Marquesan—tapui, to take care of. Cf. tapu, sacred; prohibited.

Tongan—cf. tobui, to prohibit; to make sacred; tapu, forbidden; prohibited; sacred.

TAPUKE, to cover with earth, as a native oven; to be heaped up or over: Ka tapuketia nga kai i te umu—A. H. M., ii. 10. Cf. puke, a

– 474 –

hill; kopuke, to make the soil up into small hills, for planting purposes. 2. To bury, as a corpse: Ka mate tona matua, ka tapuketia ki te tara o te whare, taepatia—Wohl., Trans., vii. 32.

Samoan—tapu'e, to heap up earth round a yam plant; (b.) to catch. Cf. pu'e, the mound of earth in which a yam or taro is planted.

Marquesan—tapuke, to heap up: E ua paha oia i na vai i tapuketia, he tai; The heaped-up waters he called ocean. Cf. puke, a hill. [For full comparatives, see Puke.].

TAPUKORAKO (tapukòrako), the name of a bird: Ano te kiri ! me he tapukorako— P. M., 132.

TAPUNI (tàpuni), to close up the faulty places in a net. Cf. ta, to net; puni, stopped up; tapi, to patch, to mend.

Samoan—tapuni, to shut. Cf. puni, a place enclosed to catch fish; punipuni, to shut in, to close, as many apertures.

Tahitian—tapuni, to hide or conceal oneself. Cf. puni, to be enclosed; ta, to make the meshes of a net.

Hawaiian—kapuni, the circumference of a thing; a circuit; overspreading; widely diffused. Cf. puni, to surround, as water does an island; to enclose, to be hemmed in, as a people by multitudes; the name of fish-nets with small meshes.

Tongan—tabuni, to shut, to enclose; to stop up; a lid. Cf. buni, closed, met together, shut; tabu, prohibition, embargo.

TAPURA, grass or leaves on which food is laid in a native oven: Na te takiritanga o nga tapura ka tae te kakara—A. H. M., ii. 10.

TAPUTAPU, goods, property: Tona ingoa tuturu he taputapu—A. H. M., iv. 18. Cf. tapu, restriction; prohibited; that which makes a thing sacred or prohibited, except to certain persons. 2. Appliances, means employed for a particular purpose.

TAPUTAPU, the foot of a pig. Cf. kapukapu, the sole of the foot; tapuwae, a footstep, a footprint.

Samoan—cf. tapuvae, the ankle; tapulima, the wrist.

Hawaiian—cf. kapuwai, the sole of the foot.

Marquesan— cf. taputapu, a gluttonous way of eating, as of a pig; tapuvae, footmarks.

Mangarevan—cf. taputapu, an extremity.

Paumotan—cf. tapuae, footsteps.

Ext. Poly.: Mindanao—cf. tabuey, a pig. Ansus of Jobi—cf. tapui, a pig. Solomon Islands—cf. tatabua, the leg.

Malay—cf. tapak, the sole of the foot.

TAPUTAPUATEA (myth.), the reef on which the canoe Ririno was wrecked—P. M., 134. [See Ririno, under Arawa.]

Tahitian—cf. Taputapuatea, the name of a public and principal dancing assembly (heiva,) wherein the human sacrifices were offered to the god Oro.

TAPUWAE (also Tapuae), a footmark: Ko to roa o tana tapuwae, ko Tapuwaeroa tena— G.-8, 27. Cf. taputapu, a pig's foot; kapukapu, the sole of the foot. 2. A footstep, the tread: He tapuwae paruru te hekenga i Titipou— G. P., 264. 3. To recite a charm for making a person trip and fall: Katahi ka karangatia ki tana wahine ki a Rongotiki hei hoa i ona tapuwae, na ka tahi ka hoaina e tana wahine ona tapuwae—P. M., 118.

Samoan—tapuvae, the ankle. Cf. vae, the leg of an animal, tapuvaefanua, to walk quickly, being accustomed to the road; tapuvaetasi, roads meeting in one.

Tahitian— tapuae, a footstep. Cf. tapuaehii, the foot that steps from its proper track to produce mischief.

Hawaiian—kapuwai, and kapuai, the sole or bottom of the foot: He peheu ke kapuai o ke koloa; The duck's foot is webbed. (b.) The track of one's foot; a footprint; a footstep.

Tongan— tobuvae, shoes, sandals; (b.) a footstep; faka-tobuvae, to shoe, to cover the foot. Cf. vae, the foot.

Marquesan—tapuvae, footmarks; (b.) the feet: Tamau moeana iao te tapuvae no Atea; Confined, lying beneath the feet of Atea.

Paumotan—tapuae, footsteps.

TAPUWAE-KOTUKU, The name of a plant (Bot. Gleichenia sp.). Cf. tapuwae, a footmark; kotuku, the heron.

TAPUWAE-PAKURA, a kind of ornamental work in a native building. Cf. tapuwae, a footmark; pakura, the water-hen.

TARA, a point, as a spear-point: Te whakangungu nei ki nga tara a whai o Araiteuru— Prov. Cf. taramea, spear-grass; tarakini, to hold by the point: Tara-o-te-whai; The sting of the sting-ray. 2. Spines in the dorsal fin of a fish. 3. To throw out rays, as the sun just before rising; rays appearing before sun-rise. 4. Papillæ on the skin, “gooseflesh”: He makariri ka tutu ou tara—S. T., App. 5. The horns of the crescent moon: I makere iho ai te tara o te marama—Col., Trans., xii. 87. 6. Courage; mettle. Cf. taraweti, hostile; tarakaka, bold in robbing. 7. Membrum virile. Cf. taraha, the male of animals. 8. Pudendum muliebre (properly clitoris): Ka wheraina atu tona tara. Ka mea atu tera, a Kaitangata, ‘E—’. Ka whakarihariha atu, ka haere ki waho—Wohl., Trans., vii. 41: No te mea ia Ruataiepa te tara, ia Whatai te kiko—A.H.M. i., 134. 9. The name of a bird, the Whitefronted Tern (Orn. Sterna frontalis); also, the Black-fronted Tern (Orn. Sterna antarctica): Rangai kau ana taku kahui tara—M. M., 173. 10. The side-wall of a house: Ka tapuketia ki te tara o te whare—Wohl., Trans., vii. 52. Cf. tarawhariki, the part of a house carpeted with mats. 11. An ear-ornament of jade: Katahi ka wetekina te hei, te tara, te mako—P. M., 177. 12. An incantation; to utter the words of a charm; to influence by charms: E kore a Whare e tara, he ua haeremai i roto i Keteriki —S. T., 78. 13. Full, said of the tide; high-tide.

TATAR, a rough mat made of the leaves of the kiekie (Freycinetia.) Cf. tarahau, a rough mat; tataramoa, the bramble. 2. A shell used as a trumpet (Pu-tatara.) 3. The name of a shrub.

TARATARA, a spine, a spike. 2. A part of a trap. 3. Prickly, rough: A ka kakahuria e ia tona hope ki te kakahu taratara—Ken., xxxvii. 34. Cf. taretare, shaggy; ragged.

Whaka-TARA, to challenge; to defy; to dare; to put on one's mettle. Cf. kotaratara, a dance of triumph. 2. To stimulate by entreaty. 3. Spiral lines of tattooing on the upper part of the nose

Whaka-TARATARA, to make rough, to notch.

– 475 –

TARAHANGA, the fork of a tree: I ringa nga tarahanga—S. T., 175. 2. An indentation; a notch. 3. A trap for hawks.

TARANGA, a nettle.

Samoan—tala, a thorn: ‘O le tala o le la'au; The thorn of the tree, (b.) The barb of a spear; (c.) the round end of a native house: Se'i ui a'e i le tala lela; Go to that end of the house. (d.) The spur of a cock); (e.) the name of a sea-bird; talaia, to be pricked, as by a thorn: talatala (tàlatala), prickly; rough; (b.) a disease of the head; fa'a-talatala (fa'a-tàlatàla), to make rough. Cf. talamoli, a thorn of the orange-tree; talau, to sprout after a drought, as taro; matala, to be split open: tela, and telatela, the clitoris; talàmuli, the back end of a long house; talasamusamu, one kind of sea-bird; talavalu, one kind of war-club; ‘aufa‘atala, one of the tattooing instruments.

Tahitian—tara, the horn of any beast; (b.) a thorn or sharp point; (c.) a cook's spurs; (d.) the corner or end of a house; (e.) the name of an instrument used for catching eels; (f.) the name of a disorder; (g.) a certain mode of enchantment; taratara, prickly, thorny, ragged: Te fifi haere noa ra ratou, mai te raau taratara ra; They are entangled together like thorny plants. Faa-tara, to arm, or to be prepared for defence; faataratara, to boast, as of one's country or ancestors. Cf. tarania, the fin on the back of a fish; fautarafare, the bend of the round part of a native house; autara, to sharpen the edge of a bamboo - splinter for cutting with; hotaratara, to be affected with fear so that the hair stands erect; moataratua, a cock with a long spur; (fig.) a bold warrior; putaratara, prickly; rough; anything with many points, as the sea-egg, &c.; taratane, a married woman; taravahine, a married man; tara-taramoa, the spurs of a cock; tataramoa, the name of a prickly shrub having some resemblanoe to a thorn.

Hawaiian—kala, the ends of a house in distinction from the sides; (b.) the name of a bird; (c.) the name of a fish; hoo-kala, to sharpen, to whet; to grind on a grindstone or bone; (b.) to protrude the tongue; to sharpen the tongue, i.e. to speak against anyone; kakala, anything sharppointed; rough with sharp points; (b.) small and sharp, like a needle; (c.) the spur of a cock; (d.) the breaking of the surf: Ka nalu kakala o Maihiwa; The tumbling surf of Maihiwa. Kalakala, rough, sharp, as a rasp, as saw-teeth; (b.) roughly, harshly; (c.) craggy; (d.) thorny. Cf. kalakua, the fin on the back of a fish; kakalaio, to stand erect, as the hair of one frightened; to be rough, as the skin affected with cold; moakakala, a cock with sharp spurs; okakala, a shivering; the name of a rough kind of cloth; hoakalakala, a bracelet made of hogs, teeth; kikakala, to spur, to strike with the spurs, as fightingcooks; kalamania, the smooth end of a house; a steep smooth hill or precipice; kalahale, like the end of a house, i.e. perpendicular; ilikala, shark-skin; puakala, the name of a shrub of the thorn kind (Bot. Argemone mexicana); kakalaioa, a kind of thorny vine.

Tongan—tala, a thorn; thorny, prickly; (b.) the prickly dorsal-fin of some fishes; (c.) the name of a bird; tatala, to tear off; to open; to separate that which adheres; talatala, thorny, prickiy; (b.) to extricate, to disentangle; faka-tala, and faka- talatala, to barb; taiaia, to be pricked with thorns; (c.) to race along a reef. Cf. talafili, to act in a restless haughty manner, as a conquerad bat proud enemy; talaloa, to rip open, to out open anything long; talaveka, the name of a bird.

Marquecan—taa, a thorn, a spike, a point; to prick; (b.) a fish-spear,

Mangarevan— tara, a horn; (b.) a spine; (c.) the crest of a a bird; (d.) fish-bone; (e.) peaks of mountains; (f.) shoots of plants; (g.) a chip, a shaving of wood; (h.) the name of a bird; (i.) to walk about; coming and going; tara (tàra), an altar; (b.) a kind of banana; tara?a, a shaving, a splinter of wood; (b.) a spine, a thorn; (c.) walking about; (d.) writing (taraga-te-igoa, a list of names); taratara, spiny, rough, prickl; (b.) one by one; (c.) open, distinct, plain; aka-tara, to put in rank, to put in line; (b.) to indent, to notch, to jag; aka-taratara, to put in a passion; (b.) to make rugged, anequal. Cf. tarahoa, a branch of coral above water; tarahui, to steal a prohibited thing; tarai, to walk on the crest of a mountain; tarakoa, spines, thorns; tarakore, without drawback or infirmity, said of men only; tarakura, “red-pointed,” a cock's comb; tarara, a sharp voice; tararoa, to go farther, to continue one's journey; tira, strength, hardihood; to go straight on one's path; a mast; tora, agitation; erection of the penis; turaha, the rays of the rising sun; titara, dishevelled (of the hair); aka-titara, prickly, rough; kurutara, breadfruit with rough Skin: ohotitara, rough bushy hair; putatara, rough, spiny; urutara, spiny, prickly; to keep off; to rebut.

Paumotan —taratara,a ray,a beam; faka-tara, to boast; (b.) to charge, to enjoin; faka-taratara, to praise. Cf. putaratara, notched, jagged.

Moriori—hoko-tara, to sharpen, to point. Cf. taramu, prickly.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. cadra (thadra), to rise, to ascend, as of the sun and moon. [Note.—Here the th probably = t; as in the word cagi (thangi), the wind, found in the Polynesian compound as matangi, the wind; also the dr = r only, as Fijian drau, a leaf = Polynesian rau, a leaf; dratou, theirs = ratou, &c.; so thadra = tara.] Gudang (Australia)—cf. chàra, the Tern.

Macassar—cf. tarre, the Seamew.

Motu—cf. talaia, to sting (of the hornet); talakia, to be wounded by an arrow; talabili, the bulwarks of a native vessel (lakatoi). Solomon Islands—cf. tala, a fight.

Kawi—cf. tara, a star [? = Maori “to throw out rays.” But the Kawi is perhaps related to Pali dara, a star; Sanscrit, tara, a star.]

Malay—cf. chalah, a crack, a cleft, a fissure; charah, to dawn, to grow luminous. Tagal, and

Pampang—cf. tala, the morning star.

Formosa—cf. tarra, a thornback fish.

TARA (Korero-tara), a fable; to repeat a fable Ko te torero tara tenei mo Rona—M. M., 167. Cf. tutara, gossip; small talk. 2. To repeat a charm; a spell; an invocation: E kore e Whare e tara i rangi—A. H. M., v. 50. 3. A report; news: He tara wai nuku, he tara wai rangi—A. H. M., v. 9. Cf. kara, to call; karanga, to call. [See Hawaiian.] 4. To make a noise like a grasshopper or cricket: He kihikihi tara ki te waru—S. T., App. Cf.

– 476 –

tarakihi, a locust or cicada; tararau, to make a loud confused noise.?

Whaka-TARA, to challenge; to defy; to rouse. 2. To stimulate by entreaty.

Samoan — tala, a tale or narration; to tell, to relate: E fai i ai lana tala; He repeats his tale. (b.) News; tatala, to explain; talatala, to converse; (b.) to relate; fa'a - talatala, to engage in conversation; tala?a, the relating; narration. Cf. talau, to make a noise as of a lot of people talking together; talausui, to exaggerate; talagafa, to recite a pedigree (in order to show the base origin of a parson); talafa'aoti, to tell all; talafa'atupua traditionary tales; talafili, to talk against, to murmur against; talagutu, to be a roport of the mouth only; talamonotui, false tales causing grief of heart; talanoa, to chat; to talk nonsense; talapepelo, a lie; talatalaò, to cackle, as a hen; to scold; talatù, to boast of power; talaveveto, to make vain boasts; talatauali'i, bad news concerning a chief; talasua, to tell jeeringly; tautala, to talk; faitala, to give news; to be a tale - bearer.

Tahitian —tara (tarà), to be saying a prayer while the covering of a god was being untied; fa'a-tara, to take another's name; fa'a-taratara, to boast, as of one's country or ancestors. Cf. ta, to repeat or tell a tale; tataraio, to be under the influence of sorcery; taru, speech, address; to speak; tarutaru, to converse; tarumau, a true saying.

Hawaiian —kala, to proclaim, as a public person the will of his sovereign; E kala aku mamua ona, ‘Pela e hanaia'i ke kanaka’; Proclaim before him, “Thus shall it be done unto the man.” (b.) To cry as a public crier; a person whose business it was to summon people and chiefs together, in time of war, in a great assembly with lights and torches, &c.; (c.) to publish, to make known; (d.) not lately, some time since; hoo-kala, to cause to be proclaimed; kakalana, to cry out, to call out. Cf. kalaau, to call; to call aloud: kalalau, to call, as one person to another; kukala, to proclaim publicly.

Tongan —tala, to tell, to speak of: Bea te nau tala ia ki he kakai oe fonua ni; They will tell it to the inhabitants of this country. (b.) To reply; an answer; talatala, to tell of; tala?a, to converse over. Cf. talauhuaki, to speak incitingly; to induce by constant talk; to speak out of order; to speak interferingly; talabau, to speak or tell de-cidedly; talafakahaha, to speak insinuatingly or indirectly; talahua, jocose, waggish; tala-talaaki, to accuse; talanoa, to converse; agatala, to imitate, to copy; fetautalaaki, to inform one after another; to report to many; tautala, to inform another of one's designs in order to know his mind; talai, to instruct, to admonish children; to smooth off rough edges [see Tarai]; talatagata, to challenge; to boast.

Mangaian—tara, speech; to tell, to say: Aore e kite i te tara, è —; Where the gift of speech is not known.

Marquesan —taa, to send forth cries; taa taa, the noise of the sea.

Mangarevan — cf. kakautàra, confusion, babel; cries of mourning, &c.; tara, to go about, coming and going; writing; taratutu, to speak in a high voice; tarau, order, commandment; pure, essential, said of virgins, sacred persons, &c.; to call; to give orders.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji —cf. talanoa, idle chat; talatala, to bid farewell to a messenger; talà, to send.

Malagasy —cf. tantara, a history, a legend; a fabulous narration.

Sikayana — cf. taratara, to speak.

Macassar — cf, toela, a legend; tara, to pray.

Magindano — cf. magotala (mag = Maori whaka), conversation.

Malay —cf. talah, to prophecy; past; some timo ago; berbechara, to speak, to say (Sanscrit bechara ?).

Java — cf. chara, speech, language.

TARA (myth.), a chief who killed the monster saurian Hinehuarau at Wairarapa. His name was given to the lake To Rato-a-Tara, at Te Aute —Col., Trans., xi. 85.

TATARA, loose, untied. Cf. kotara, loosened, untied; matara, untied, untwisted. 2. Distant, far-off. Cf. matara. distant.

Samoan —tala, to unloose, to cast loose: Ua tala le pa; He unloosed the hook. Talatala, to unloose, to untie; (b.) to increase beyond the bounds, as a town; tatala, to untie, to unloose: Na te tatalaina le noanoaga a tupu; He unbinds the bonds of kings. (b.) To release from a contract; (c.) to explain; talaia, to be relieved; to bo free from sickness; tala?a, teo untying, the undoing, as of a rope, &c. Cf. talatò, to unloose and let go, as the sheet of a sail, &c.; tàlàloa, long and loose, as a flowing garment, or a sheet opened up; matala, split open.

Tahitian —tara, to untie: E tatara na ia oe i te taamu i nia i to a'i na; Unloose the fastening from your neck. Tatara, to untie, to set loose from entanglement; taratara, to untie, to disentangle; tara (tarà), to be saying a prayer while the garment of a god was being untied; (b.) a remedy; some expedient used for deliverance when in difficulty; (c.) to be recovered; to be in good condition, as the country in time of peace. Cf. taraehara, an atonement for sin; tarapape, thin, diluted with water; matara, to be untied, disentangled; otaratara, a wriggler; to be always moving and uneasy; to stand aloof from danger; tatarahiro, to unravel, to untie.

Hawaiian —kala, to loosen, to untie, as a string or rope; to let loose an animal: E kala ae olua, a e alakai mai; Loose him and bring him hither. (b.) To unloose; to put off, as clothes from a person, to undress; (c.) to open half-way, as a door or book; (d.) to absolve from a contract; (e.) to forgive, as a sin or debt; to spare, to save from punishment. Cf. kalahala, to pardon sin; kalahua, the ceremony of chief women being allowed to eat fish after a kapu (tapu).

Tongan —tatala, to tear off; to open; to rend, to separate that which adheres; talatala, to extricate, to disentangle. Cf. talaa, to turn over in one's mind; to feel dissatisfied with a decision; unsettled, undetermined; faka-talatalai, to separate from, to disentangle, to twist off; talafua, to let go the rope that holds the sail of a canoe; fetalala-aki, to open; to unfasten each others' dresses.

Marquesan —taataa, not united, separated, loosened.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy —cf. zara, a lot, a share; zaraina, being divided; fizarana, a division.

TARAHA, the male (of brutes). Cf. tara, courage, mettle; membrum virile,

TARAHANGA. [See under Tara.]

– 477 –

TARAHARAHA (tàraharaha), a Snare for catching hawks. Cf. ta, to net; raha, open, extended.

TARAHAU, a kind of rough mat. Cf. taratara, prickly, rough; tatara, a kind of rough mat.

TARAHEKE, the name of a plant (Bot. Muhlenbeckia complexa): Ka rangi ki te taraheke ka oti — P. M., 151.

TARAHI (tarahì), diarrhoea; looseness of the bowels. Cf. tatara, loose; hi, to hiss; to be affected with diarrhoea; torohihi, to gush, to spurt.

TARAHO, the name of a bird: He tikaokao, he taraho, he parera —S. T., 165.

TARAHONO, to heap, to pile up. Cf. tara, the peak of a mountain; hono, to join, to add; tuhono, to join. [For comparatives, see Tara, and Hono.]

TARAHU, a native oven; to heat a native oven. Cf. ngarahu, charcoal; tahu, to cook; tarehu, to covor with earth.

TARAI (tàrai), (also Tarei,) to chop or smooth, as with an adze: Ka taraia he kaheru, ka ranga he kete —P. M. 11: Ka taraia te waka ra ka oti — G.-8, 18. Cf. korera-tara, to relate a fable [see Tongan]; whaka —rei, carved work on bow and stern of a canoe [see Hawaiian]. 2. To dress the hair; to adorn the hair by sticking in feathers. 3. A basket of feru-root.

Samoan —talai, to adze; (b.) to hew smooth, whether timber, stone, or any mate-rial: E pei o le fua o maa talai; According to the measures of hewn stones. Talatalai, to adze lightly. Cf. ta, to strike with a weapon.

Tahitian —tarai, to chop or adze a piece of timber. Cf. putaraia, made smooth and round, like a shall.

Hawaiian —kalai, to hew, to cut; hewn, cut: Kalai iho la ia ame na lli i na waa peleleu he nui loa; He and the chiefs hewed out a great many large war-canoes. (b.) To pare, to grave, to carve: Kalaia ka ipu i he kai aleale; Fashioned was the bowl for the billowy sea. Cf. kalaipohaku, a stone-cutter; kalaiino, to concoct wickedness; ka-hunakalai, one who hews out canoes; a carpenter generally.

Tongan —talai, to in-struct, to admonish children; (b.) to report, to make known; (c.) to smooth off rough edges. Cf. talaihagamai, to say so-and-so, because the person spoken of is present; tala, to tell, to speak of.

Marquesan —taiai, to smooth with an axe or tool.

Mangaian — tarai, to adze, to hew: Taraia ra e te io tupu, na Motoro; Adzed away by the god Motoro.

Mangarevan —tarai, to rough-hew, to trim wood or stones; (b.) to carve; sculpture; (c.) to walk on the crest of a mountain. Cf. tara, a splinter of wood, a shaving; a thorn; the crest of a hill.

Paumotan —tarai, to cut, to hew; (b.) to carve.

Ext. Poly.: Motu — cf. talai, to chop.

Malay —cf. charai, to part, separate; separated.

TARAI RE, the name of a tree (Bot. Beischmiedia tarairi).

TARAITI, the name of a bird, the Little White Tern (Orn. Sterna nereis). Cf. tara, the Tern (Orn. Sterna frontalis, and S. antarctica).

TARAIWHENUAKURA (myth.), a battle fought in Hawaiki. In this fight, Ngatoro-i-rangi defeated Manaia a second time. The mataika (first man killed) fell to the weapon of Rangitu, the second to that of Tongaroa, the third to that of Tama-te-kupua —P. M., 110; see also G. P., 153; A. H. M., I. 8.

TARAKA (myth.),(for Taran?a.) the mother of Maui. [See Taranga.]

TARAKAKA. bold in robbing; rapacious, thieving. Cf. tara, courageous.

TARAKAKAO (myth.), an evil deity, incarnated in a night-bird —A. H. M., ii. 17. [See Kakao, page 121.]

TARAKA-PIRIPIRI (myth.), a large taniwha, or water-monster, dwelling near Pakerau. He carried off a woman to be his wife, but she cscaped, and led the avengers to his den — Ika, 159.

TARAKE (tàrake), to clear of, to sweep away. 2. A basket in which small fish are caught.

TARAKIHI, the name of a fish (lch. Chilodactylus macropteros). 2. A locust or cicada (also Ta-tarakihi): He mano te patupaiarehe kei te tarakihi —P. M., 177. Cf. tara, to chirp like a grasshopper; kihi, to hiss; sibilant.

Mangarevan —tarakihi, a species of fish, taken with the hook.

Marquesan —taakihi, a species of fish.

TARAKINI, held by the point. Cf. tara, a point; the point of a spear; kini, to nip, to pinch. [For comparatives, see Tara, and Kini.]

TARAKOI, a kind of grass. Cf. tara, a point; koi, sharp; taramea, spear-grass.

TARAKUPENGA, the name of a plant, a lycopodium. Cf. kupenga, a net.

TARAKURA, a cutaneous disease. Cf. tara, papillæ on the skin; kura, red.

Samoan —cf.talatala, a disease of the head.

Tahitian —cf.tara, the name of a disorder.

TARAMAINUKU (myth.), the son of Tuhoro, who was the son of Tama-te-kapua —S. R., 53.

TARAMARO (taramàro), a kind of grass. Cf. tarakoi, a kind of grass; taramea, a kind of grass.

Hawaiian —cf. kalamalo, a kind of grass with a furzed top.

TARAMEA, spear-grass (Bot. Aciphylla colensoi). Cf. tara, a point; a spear-point; mea, a thing; tarakoi, a kind of grass; taramaro, a kind of grass.

TARAMENGEMENGE, crisped, curled. Cf. menge, shrivelled, wrinkled; mangemange, a climbing fern (the many stems resembling a long mat or net of crisped wires); mingomingo, crisped, frizzled.

TARAMORE, lean, shrunk, shrivelled: Nga mea taramore, nga mea kikokore —Ken., xli. 23. Cf. moremore, to make bald or bare.

TARANUI, the name of a bird, the Caspian Tern. Cf. tara, the name of a tern; taraiti, the name of a tern. 2. Sandstone used for grinding and polishing greenstone (jade). Cf. tara, a point.

Hawaiian —cf. hoo-kala, to whet or grind on a grindstone or hone.

TARANGA. [See under Tara, a point.]

TARANGA (myth.), the mother of the celebrated hero Maui. Taranga wrapped up her child (an undeveloped birth) in a knot (tikitiki) of

– 478 –

her hair, and then threw him into the sea, where he was nourished by the marine deities. Hence Maui's full name is Maui-tikitiki-a-Taranga (“Maui formed in the top - knot of Taranga”)— P. M., 11; A. H. M., ii. 91. [See Maui.] Taranga is called a man, the son of Muri-ranga-whenua. He married Ira-whaki, and begat the Maui brothers—A. H. M., ii. 63.

Taranga, or Taraka, Maui's father, married Hine-muri-raka-whenua—A. H. M., ii. 81.

Mangareva. — Ataraga was the father of Maui, and Uaega the mother. Tonga.— Maui, the great Earth - supporter, had two sons; one ia called Maui Atalaga, and the other Kijikiji (Tikitiki). The latter procured fire for men. Mangaia.—Ru is the father and Buataranga the mother of Maui. Rarotongna.—Manuahifare and his wife Tongoifare were the parents of Maui. [Note.—There seems to be little doubt as to the connection of the name with Maui; but it is possible that a mythological value has been given to the name of a place. In one of the ancient Hawaiian hymns, the cradle-land of the Polynesians is stated to have been in Kahiki-ku (M.L.= Tawhiti-tu), the large continent to the east of Kalana-i-Hau-ola (M.L. = Taranga-i-hau-ora).

Kaulu - a - Kalana (M.L.=Te - uru - a - Taranga) was a famous voyager; and the name seems to associate itself with the head or top-knot of Taranga. Perhaps this is a name of Maui. In Hawaiian,kalana (M.L. = taranga) means buoyant (Ola, ola, o kalana ola! Life! life! oh buoyant life!), as Malay kalana means “to travel, to roam, to wander”; and Kaulu-a-Kalana may have some reference to the voyaging or migrating ot Kaulu. Taranga is also mentioned as a place-name in New Zealand legend, the god Tane having distributed the productions of the earth “to Aotea-roa, to Taranga, and to Wairoamairehe.”

TARANGARANGA, a kind of toetoe (arundo) grass.

TARAPAPA, the bud or flower of the kiekie creeper.

TARAPI (tarapì), very small and fine. Cf. pi, the young of birds.

Whaka-TARAPI, fastidious; delicate: He tangata whakatarapi i roto i a koe, he mea whakaahu noa iho—Tiu., xxviii. 54. 2. Wearisome.

TARAPIKI, athwart; to lie across. Cf. rakapikipiki, to lie across one another; tapiki, to be entangled.

TARAPO (tarapò), the name of a bird, the Owl-Parrot; the Ground - Parrot of the Colonists (Orn. Stringops habroptilus). Syn. Kakapo.

TARAPUNGA, the name of a bird, the Black-billed Gull (Orn. Larus bulleri). 2. The Red-billed Gull (Orn. Larus scopulinus). 3. The Brown-billed Gull (Orn. Larus novæ-hollandiæ).

TARAPUREMU, the tail-part of an eel.

TARARAU, a noisy indistinct murmur; to make a loud confused noise: Me te tararau te ngahiri—P. M., 186. Cf. rara, to roar; rau, a hundred; to gather; rarau, in captivity; kara to call. (See Hawaiian.]

Samoan—talau, to make a noise, as a number of people talking together. Cf. tàlau, ten score, in counting cocoanuts; tala, to tell, to relate; lalau, to speak, to make a speech.

Hawaiian—kalalau, to call, as one person to another. Cf. kala, to proclaim, to publish, to make known; lalau, to wander about as a gossip; lau, to be numerous.

Tongan—cf. talauhuaki, to speak incitingly; talauhui, disrespectful; lau, familiar discourse; number; talkative; laulau, an address, an harangue at a native dance; tala, to speak of, to tell.

Mangarevan—tarau, order, commandment; to give orders; (b.) to call; (c.) pure, said of virgins, sacred persons, &c. Cf. tarara, a sharp voice.

TARARI (tararì), a whirligig.

TARARO (tàraro), a mess of mashed food.

TARARUA, having two points or peaks Cf. tara, the peak of a mountain; rua, two. 2. Cleft, split: Nga kararehe e tararua ana te matimati—Rew., xi. 3. [For comparatives, see Tara, and Rua.]

TARATA, the name of a tree (Bot. Pittosporum eugenioides).

TARATI, to shoot out, spirt out; spurting: Tarati ana te toto—Wohl., Trans., vii. 39.

TARATIMOHO the name of a bird, the New Zealand Dabchick (Orn. Podiceps rufipectus).

TARAU (tàrau), to paddle sideways. 2. A condiment, a relish.

TARAUA, beaten or pounded with a pestle.

TARAUHO, the heart of a tree. Cf. uho, the heart of a tree.

TARAUMA, the chest, the thorax: E rahi ana te tarauma o te poho—A. H. M., iii. 11. Cf. uma, the chest, the bosom; u, the breast; kouma, a breast-plate.

TARAURI (myth.), a great taniwha or monster dwelling at Whanganui. It was killed by falling over a cliff, and its putrid body destroyed all the fish in the river.

TARAWA (tàrawa), to hang upon a line or rail; the line or rail upon which a thing hangs. Cf. tarewa, hanging; tare, to hang.

Tahitian—tarava, to lie horizontally; to lie across a thing; athwart; transverse; (b.) a streak, a stripe; (c.) a chasm in a rock; faa-tarava, to lay a thing horizontally. Cf. faa-tirava, to lay beams horizontally; faatitarava, to place things horizontally side by side; Huitarava, the stars called Orion's Belt.

Mangaian—tarava, the cross-beams of a house: E moe, e te tarava noou o te are; Oh, cross-beams of the house, sleep on! (part of a charm). Cf. Iva-nui-tarava, the Belt of Orion.

Paumotan— tarava, transverse, across; faka-tarava, to put across.

TARAWAHI (tarawàhi), the side or bank of a river, valley, &c.: He iramatu tu ke mai i tarawahi o te awa— Prov. Cf. wahi, part, portion; place; rawahi, the other side (of a river, &c.)

TARAWAI, unevenness of the horizon-line at sea. Cf. tara, a point; the peak of a hill; taratara, rough, prickly; wai, water.

TARAWERA, the name of a plant. 2. A shrimp.

TARAWETI, hostile. Cf. tara, courage; whakatara, to challenge.

Whaka-TARAWETI, to be hostile, to treat as a foe.

– 479 –

TARAWHARIKI, that portion of a house which is carpeted with mats: Upoko rikiriki, hei tarawhariki ! —A. H. M., iii. 5. Cf. whariki, anything used as a mat.

TARAWHITI, a hoop. Cf. whiti, a hoop; mowhiti, a hoop, a ring; korowhiti, bent like a hoop.

TARE, to hang. Cf. tarewa, hanging; tarawa, to hang on a line or rail; tari, a noose; a mode of plaiting; tarekupenga, a noose for catching fish. 2. To gasp for breath. Cf. tarewa, aghast; huatare, to pant, to gasp for breath; mare, a cough; to cough. [See Samoan.] 3. To have desire, inclination, affection: Ka tare te wahine ki a Tawhaki —Wohl., Trans., vii. 44. Cf. tarengataka, admiration; desire.

TARETARE, shaggy; ragged, in tatters. Cf. taratara, prickly, rough. 2. Moving about, as a thing from one side to the other: Ata! ina te kaki ka taretare noa—Prov.

Whaka-TATARE, Whaka-TARETARE, to stoop or lean forward, in order to look at anything.

Whaka-TARENGA, anything used as a place on which to hang articles: A ko nga ringaringa o nga tupapaku ka mahia hei whakatarenga mo nga kai—A. H. M., i. 36.

Samoan—tale, a cough; to cough.

Tahitian — tare, phlegm.

Hawaiian—cf. kalea, a choking, a coughing; to go into the windpipe, as water or other liquid when it goes the wrong way.

Tongan—tale, to cough; a cough; faka-tale, to cause a cough. Cf. talimahaga, the noose in large ropes.

Paumotan —taretare, to overhang.

Ext. Poly.: Yap—cf. tal, a rope.

TAREHA (tàreha), ochre.

Mangarevan—tarea, clear brown; chesnut. coloured; a dark-brown man.

TAREHU (tàrehu), to bury, to cover with earth. Cf. tarahu, a native oven; ngarahu, and ngarehu, charcoal; pungarehu, ashes.

Mangarevan— tarehu, to burn the wood for a native oven. [For full comparatives, see Rehu.]

TAREHU (tàrehu), at unawares.

TAREI (tàrei), (also Tarai,) to adze: Ma matou e tarei te waka—P. M., 58. [See Tarai.]

TAREKA (tàreka), eager; eagerly pressing or urgent; strenuous.

TAREKE (tàreke), the name of a small edge-tool. Cf. ta, to strike with a stick; to tattoo; reke, to thrust with a stick.

TAREKUPENGA, a snare for catching the upokororo fish. It is made by bending the tapering end of a stalk of toetoe grass into a running noose. Cf. tare, to hang; tari, a noose; kupenga, a net.

TARENGA (tàrenga), to cover up.

TARENGATAKA, admiration; desire. Cf. tare, to desire, to feel affection for: No reira i nui tonu ai tona tarengataka kia Hine-nui-te-kawa —A. H. M., i. 46.

TAREPAREPA (tàreparepa), to flap in the wind; to flutter. Cf. taretare, ragged, shaggy; reparepa, a kind of mat; tarerarera, to be torn; rewa, to float.

Samoan—cf. lepa, to lie to, as a vessel.

Tahitian—tarepa, to shake or flap, as a loose sail in the wind; tareparepa, to shake repeatedly, as a sail; (b.) to use a paddle or oar in a slight manner. Cf. repa, the thin edges of a flat fish; reparepa, the skirts or edgings of a garment; revareva, to be flying, as many flags.

Hawaiian—kalepa, peddling, hawking; to peddle, to sell merchandise from place to place. [Note. — Hawaiians hoist a flag (lepa) as a sign that they have something to sell.] Kalepalepa, to flap, as the sails of a ship; to flap in the wind, as a flag or ensign. Cf. lepa, a border, hem, or fringe of a garment; an ensign; lepalepa, a torn rag or kapa (tapa, or native cloth) used as a flag; kilepalepa, to flap or flutter in the wind.

Tongan—cf. leba, to heave to, to put the head of the canoe up into the wind; lebeleba, to sail close on the wind; faka-lebelebe, to bring and keep the vessel into the eye of the wind.

Paumotan —tareparepa, to shake, to shiver, to tremble.

TAREPO (tarepò), the name of a bird, the Owl-Parrot; the Ground - Parrot of the Colonists (Orn. Stringops habroptilus).

TAREPO, the name of a bird, probably now extinct (Orn. Cnemiornis calcitrans).

TARERARERA (tàrerarera), to be torn. Cf. taretare, ragged; tareparepa, to flap in the wind.

TAREWA (tàrewa), raised up: E hara! tarewa ana i runga te ika a Maui— P. M., 24. Cf. rewa, to be elevated, high up; pourewa, an elevated platform in a stockade; marewa, raised up. 2. Afloat. Cf. rewa, to float; karewa, a buoy; taurewa, having no settled habitation; morewa, afloat; korewa, adrift; tareparepa, to flutter. 3. Hanging, drooping; trailing: Kihai taku manawa i piri mai ki a au, i tarewa tonu atu—G. P., 62. Cf. tarawa, to hang on a line or rail; tare, to hang. 4. To hang oneself, to commit suicide; to be strangled: Ka mate taua tangata i te whakama; ka tarewa i a ia— MSS. 5. Declining. 6. Aghast. Cf. tare, to gasp for breath; porewarewa, giddy, stupified. 7. Unsettled; not paid for. Cf. taurewa, not paid for.

Tahitian—tarereva, the hollow of an over-hanging rock.

Hawaiian—kalewa, to float, to be floating, as any substance in the air; flying, as clouds; (b.) to sail here and there on the water; lying off and on, as a ship; (c.) to carry a weight suspended on a pole between two persons; swinging as a weight on a pole; (d.) to be unsettled; to move often from place to place; (e.) a swing, a pendulous machine for swinging. Cf. lewa, to float in the air; the air, the atmosphere; clouds, &c.; to float in the water. [For full comparatives, see Rewa.]

TAREWHA (tàrewha), a foreigner, an European. Cf. rewharewha, an epidemic (supposed to have been brought by Europeans).

TARI, to carry: Ka hereherea nga ika, ka taria mai ki te whata—A. H. M., ii. 31. Cf. hari, to carry; apatari, to carry; to bring.

TARINGA, the circumstance, &c., of carrying.

Tahitian—tari, to carry or convey property; taritari, to remove or carry goods repeatedly. Cf. taripaoo, to take away everything within reach; taritoa, family or personal gods; a certain amulet to protect a person from witchcraft, &c.; tarihau, the lower rank of the people; tutaritaripo, to conduct away in the

– 480 –

night,

Tongan — tatali, to make a perfect riddance; to clear out a place; to take every thing away; faka-tali, to hold out, to extend. as the hand to receive.

Marquesan—tai, to carry. Cf. hai, to carry.

Mangarevan — tari, to carry, to transport; aka-tari, to conduct, to lead; (b.) a company.

Paumotan — tari, to carry; taritari, to convey, to carry, to transport.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. tarikia, dragged, drawn along; taridaoa, the act of drawing repeatedly along.

TARI, a mode of plaiting with eight strands. Cf. tarikarakia, a method of plaiting. 2. A noose for catching birds. Cf. tare, to hang; tare- kupenga, a noose for catching fish; tarikupenga, the plant mangemange.

Tahitian —cf. tarì, to hang or suspend.

Hawaiian—cf. kali, to gird, to tie, to fasten on.

Tongan—cf. talimahaga, the noose in large ropes.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. talia, to plait.

Malagasy—cf. tady, a rope, a cord; mitady, twisted.

Macassar — cf. dari, a landing-net.

Kayan — cf. tali, a thread.

Malay—cf. tali, a cord, a line, a rope; talitali, the name of a plant (Bot. Ipomæa quamoclit).

Lampong—cf. tali-gala, a necklace of gold or silver thread.

TARI (myth.), a personage of prediluvian times. He first discovered the art of making wooden fish-hooks—A. H. M., i. 170.

TATARI, to wait, to tarry: Ka tatari ano nga motu ki tana ture—Ika, xlii. 4. Cf. tarioi, to loiter.

TARIA (also Tarie,) to be waited for. 2. Byand-bye, after a time.

TARINGA (tàringa), the circumstance, &c., of being waited for.

Samoan—tali, to wait for; (b.) to answer; an answer: Ua faapea foi ona tali mai o ia ia te au; He answered me thus. (c.) To receive; a reception; (d.) to take food, to eat; food given to visitors; tatali, to wait for; talitali, a shelf on which sleeping-mats are placed; fa'a-tali, to wait for; fa'a-talitali, to wait for: O le mea lea matou te fa'atalitali ai ia te oe; Therefore we are waiting for you. Cf. talialaina, to lie in wait for; taliaga, to lie on the back; taliuta, those who wait for the landing of a canoe; talifiti, to wait for presents of food; talitalinoa, to wait uselessly; talitalitù, to wait for; talitane, a harlot.

Tahitian—tatari, to wait, to delay; to expect. Cf. autari, a follower of another; tataripo, to be waiting, as on the point of death; tatariavea, to wait, as in watching the surf, in order to land safely; to delay, to lag behind.

Hawaiian—kali, to wait, to tarry, to stay: Aole i hiki ia lakou ke kali; They were not able to tarry. (b.) To sojourn with anyone; (c.) to lie in wait; (d.) disease, i.e. a waiting for death; (e.) to hesitate in speaking; slowness, hesitancy of speech; (f.) to expect, to look for; hoo-kali,to waste away with disease; kakali, to wait for somé person or thing to come or be done; to expect; waitingly, in a waiting posture; (b.) to be detained: Kakali na kanaka i kahi a lakou i pee ai; The people stayed in the place where they hid. Kalikali, to be a little behind; not quite up even with something else; (b.) to be not quite full; to lack something. Cf. ukali, to follow after; to follow, as people in the train of a chief; to accompany one, to go with; to be sent after, as a package; the younger, smaller; following, accompanying; the name of the planet Mercury, from its following close after the sun; after, behind.

Tongan—tali, to wait for; (b.) to prepare food for visitors; food prepared for visitors; tatali, to wait, to tarry; waiting; faka-tali, to hold in readiness; to be in waiting. Cf. talifaki, to wait for; talitalinoa, to wait without reason or cause; fetalifaki, to wait and watch for in every direction; taliaonomui, to wait until the thing or person is brought.

Rarotongan — tatari, to wait: Kare oki ratou e akama tei tatari iaku nei; They shall not be ashamed that wait for me.

Marquesan—tetai, to wait for, to stay for; (b.) to hope for. Cf. taitai, a long time, a great while; tatai, to hope for; to hope.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—Cf. nari, to wait for; tari- tari, permanence, continuity.

Malagasy— cf. tady, to seek, to search; dary, dull, slow in motion (of animals only).

Malay—cf. tadi, a little while ago, lately.

Macassar— cf. kali, slow, loitering (cf. Hawaiian).

TARIA, passive of Tatari. [See Tatari.]

TARIE, to be waited for: E tarie, e koe, e tukua, kia maoka te oumu—Wohl., Trans., vii. 40. [See under Tatari.]

TARIHAHOHAHO, to rumple, to disarrange.

TARIKARAKIA, a method of plaiting: Ka kitea i reira te whiri tuamaka, te tarikarakia—P. M., 21. Cf. tari, a noose.

TARIKUPENGA, the climbing fern, otherwise called Man?eman?e (Bot. Lygodium articu- latum). Its stems are like masses of crimped wire hanging in a mat or net from forest trees. Cf. tari, a noose; kupenga, a net; tarekupenga, a snare for catching fish.

TARINGA, the ear: Te matamata o te taringa matau—Eko., xxix. 20. 2. Deaf; obstinate; inattentive: A, taringa noa iho ki te ngare a te hunga o rahaki—P. M., 25. [Note.—Perhaps for taringa-kore, not having ears to hear: E tama taringakore, te rongo mai ai—G. P., 154.]

Samoan—tali?a, the ear: Ua lagona ai foi o'u taliga nai mea itiiti; My ear heard a little of it. Cf. taligatuli, to be deaf; Iautaliga, the lobe of the ear; taliga'imoa, a species of fungus (lit. “rat's-ear”).

Tahitian—taria, the ear: Ta matou iho hoi i ite i to matou taria; According to all that we have heard with our ears. Cf. tariamaeo, an itching ear; tariamaopi, a shrivelled ear; opaetaria, a person who turns aside his ear, especially to the female sex; to turn aside to listen, so as not to attend to his proper business; putaria, the centre of the ear; rahutaria, the ceremony of presenting the ear of a pig in offering to the gods; tariaturi, a deaf ear; tariavava, an ear that hears indistinctly; tariaiore, a fungus like a mushroom (lit. “rat's-ear”).

Tongan—teli?a, the ear: Bea ne ogo e nau tagi i hoku teliga i he leo lahi; Though they cry in my ear with a loud voice.

Rarotongan—tarin?a, the ear: Kia piri ake te taringa; Let the ear be closed.

Moriori—tiri?a, the ear.

Mangarevan— teri?a, the ear; aka-teri?a, to give attention, to lend one's ears. Cf. terigaakaaka, a large ear; an ear that hears everything; terigakavakavarua, continually pouting and looking sour;

– 481 –

terigaorooro, to be obedient, to obey; to execute given orders; terigapakeke, to be deaf; disobedient.

Aniwan — cf. nontariga, the ear.

Paumotan—tari?a. the ear. Cf. tarigaturi, disobedient (lit. “deaf-eared”); faka-kai-tariga, an earring.

Ext. Poly.: Motu— cf. taia, the ear; taia-kudima. deaf.

Fiji — cf. daliga, the ear; daligavara, deaf. Redscar Bay—cf. taiya, the ear.

Malagasy — cf. tadiny, the foramen of the ear; taia-tadiny, the wax of the ear; taria, conversation, chitchat.

Kayan—cf. naling, to hear.

Sulu— cf. tainga, the ear.

Malay—cf. talinga, and telinga, the ear; the handle of a jar.

Sikayana — cf. kautalina, the ear. Basa

Krama—cf. talingan, the ear.

Bugis—cf. dachuling, the ear.

Tagal—cf. tainga, and tayinga, the ear; calinga, attention. The following words mean “ear”:— Guaham. talanha; Chamori, talanja; Ulea, talenga; Satawal, talinhe; Silong, tengah; North Borneo, linga; Formosa, charrina, and tangira; Java, talingan; New Ireland, plahingia; Matu, lingah; Bouton, talinga; Sula, telinga; Cajeli, telila; Wayapo, teling in; Massaratty, linganani; Liang. terina; Morella, telina; Batumerah, telinawa; Ambrym, ringi; Malikolo, ta-linga; Lariki, terina; Saparua, terena; Awaiya, terina-mo; Camarian, terinam; Baju, telinga; Nikunau, tañin; Duke of York Island, taliga; Eromanga, teligo; Fate, taliga; Sesake, dalina; Api, dalina; Espiritu-Santo, saliga; Vanua Lava, (Pak,) telnegi; Torres Island, (Lo,) dalina; Rotuma, falian; Ulawa, alina; San Cristoval, karina; Malanta, alina; New Georgia, talene, and dalinga; Bou— gainville, dalinga; Natalava, kulinda; Lord Howe's Island, karinga.

TARINGA. [See under Tari, to carry.] 2. [See under Tatari (Tari), to wait.]

TARINGA (tàringa). [See under Tatari, to wait.]

TARINGA-HAKEKE, TARINGA-KURI, the Kidney Fern (Bot. Trichomanes reniforme.

TARINGA-HERE (myth.), a fairy or elf with a face resembling a cat.

TARINGA-PAKURA, stubborn. Cf. taringa, the ear; pakura, the water-hen; tariga, deaf; disobedient.

TARIOI, to loiter, to dawdle. Cf. tatari, to wait, dally.

TARITARI, to provoke a quarrel.

Whaka-TARI, to provoke a quarrel. 2. To in-cite, to stir up. 3. To expose to chastisement.

TARO, the name of a plant with edible root (Bot. Arum esculentum, or Caladium esculentum). It is said to have been brought to New Zealand by Ruaauru in the Matatua canoe—A. H. M., ii. 181.

Samoan—talo, the name of a plant, having many varieties (Bot. Arum esculentum).

Tahitian—taro, the root of Arum esculentum. There are many varieties.

Hawaiian— kalo, the name of a plant (Arum esculentum): A o ka lau o ua kalo la, ua kapaia kona inoa o laukapalili; The leaf of that taro is called by the name of rautapariri. [It is made into food by baking and pounding into a hard paste; after fermenting and slightly souring it is diluted with water, then it is called poi and eaten with the fingers.] (Myth.) The taro was a miscarriage of Papa, the wife of Vatea.

Marquesan—tao, the Arum esculentum.

Tongan—talo, the Arum esclantum.

Mangarevan—taro, the Arum esculentum; E tanu ana ratou ki te taro; They are planting taro.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. talo, the A. esculentum.

Fiji—cf. dalo, the A. esoulentum.

Aneityum—cf. intal, the taro.

TARO, a word denoting the lapse of a short interval of time (taro ake in a little while, &c.; kihai i taro, not long after): A ka taro, ka haere a Ihuwareware ki te korero atu ki a Tinirau—P. M., 33.

Samoan—cf. tatalo, to pray.

Tahitian— cf. tarotaro, a short prayer to the gods; faa-taro, lazy, idle; haa-matarotaro, to accustom repeatedly by degrees.

Hawaiian—cf. kala, spoken of time; used only with the negative, as aole e kala, long ago, long since (“not a short while since” ?).

TAROTARO, to cut one's hair.

Tahitian—cf. tarotaro, a short prayer to the gods.

Hawaiian—cf. kalokalo, to pray to the gods to supplicate favours.

Tongan— cf. talomonu, to solicit by actions the blessings of the gods. [Note.— The cutting of hair among Polynesians was generally accompanied by a solemn and religious ceremony.]

TAROA (tàroa), long and straight fern-root. 2. A variety of flax (Phormium tenax). 3. A selfsown potato.

TAROHE, to paint, to smear: He mea tarohe a waho o taua paka ki te reperepe—A. H. M., i. 154.

TAROI (tàroi), to tie up in a basket. 2. Calm. 3. To slide along, to skim over the surface; E taroi ra i tawhiti ki a Hori—A. H. M., v. 4.

TAROMA, soft; flaccid.

TARONA (tàrona), to strangle: Ka noho ko Pare anake i roto, nana ano aia i tarona—A. H. M., ii. 159. Cf. ta, to net; rona, to bind with cords; tarore, to strangle.

TARORE (tàrore), to strangle; to noose. Cf. tarona, to strangle; rore, to ensnare; ta, to net.

TARORI, to pass away quickly; to disappear. Cf. rori, to change, to alter.

TARU, grass, herbage: Kia pihi ake te taru-hou i te whenua—Ken., i. 11. 2. Disease. Taru tawhiti, influenza, supposed to be of foreign origin.

TARUTARU, grass: I te toetoe ranei, i te tarutaru ranei—A. H. M., i. 5.

Samoan—talutalu, the young trees growing up where there has been a plantation.

Tahitian—cf. utaru, to dig or grub up the ground; to soften the ground by digging, &c.

Hawaiian — kalukalu, a kind of grass or rush; (b.) a general name for all kinds of grass and rushes that grow in the water:

Tongan—cf. talu, a lock or bush of hair.

Marquesan—cf. tau, a garden.

Mangaian—cf. taru, to heap up, to cover with new soil.

Ext. Poly.: Java—cf. taru, a shoot, a sprout.

Malay—cf. taruk, a shoot, a sprout.

TARU, the other (indefinitely).

– 482 –

TARUA (tàrua), to tattoo a second time. Cf. ta, to tattoo; rua, two. 2. By-and-bye; in a little while.

Hawaiian—kalua, double; two-stranded, as a rope. [For full comparatives, see Ta, and Rua.]

TARUHAE, jealous. Cf. hae, jealous; to tear; tuahae, jealous; puhaehae, envious.

TARUHINA, the name of a tree, a kind of giant heath.

TARUKE (tàruke), a trap for cray-fish. 2. Dysen-tery. 3. To hurry, to push forward in haste. 4. To struggle. 5. To lie dead in great numbers,

TARUNA, to be connected by family ties, relationship, &c. Cf. ta, to net; runa, to tie together, to draw together.

Whaka-TARUNA, to serve as a bond of con-nexion; to be connected.

TARUPI (tarupì), second - growth; the fresh growth of young trees on land once cleared. Cf. taru, grass; pi, the young of birds; pihi, to shoot, to grow.

TARURE (tàrure), to become loose or unfixed. 2. To quail, to loose heart. Cf. rure, to shake. 3. To become languid; listless. Cf. takarure, listless.

Tahitian—cf. tarue, tardily, listlessly.

TARURU (tàruru), to beguile. Cf. hautaruru, unwary, heedless 2. To shake or rub together. Cf. ruru, to shake. 3. Close together. Cf. ruru, to draw close together; poruru, close together.

TARURU (tàrùrù), shaking. Cf. ruru, to shake. [For comparatives, see Ruru, and Ruru (rùrù).]

TARUTAWHITI, influenza. (Supposed to have been introduced into New Zealand by Europeans.) Cf. taru, disease; tawhiti, distance.

TARUTU, to jerk violently. Cf. ta, to strike; rutu, to jolt, to jerk. [For comparatives, see Rutu.]

TATA (tàtà,) the stalk of a plant. Cf. takakau, a stalk; kakau, a stalk; tatakau, having stalks only. 2. A fence. Cf. taiepa, a fence; taepa. a fence. 3. [See under Ta.]

TATA, near (of place); imminent (of time): Tenei ra ka piri mai ka tata mai—M. M., 23: Ekore ra e tata atu te tangata, i te nui o tona wera—P. M., 21. Cf. patata, near; taitata, near; tutata, near; rata, tame [see Samoan.] 2. Hastily, suddenly. 3. Without due consideration.

TATATA (tàtata), near.

Samoan—cf. tàitai, near; fa'a-tàitai, to make approaches to (of those who formerly kept aloof); lata, near (as lona, his, for Maori tona), tame, domesticated. Cf. fatata, near, not far off; nearness; haa-fatata, to approach.

Hawaiian—cf. kaka, fruits that grow in clusters; pakaka, narrow, as the door of a house.

Tongan—tata, near, not distant; faka-tata, allegory; to speak figuratively. Cf. tautata, near, not distant; tatajino, near, but only the body.

Rarotongan—cf. vaitata, near; aka-vaitata, to draw near.

Marquesan—tata, near: A too i te pae tata eka me oe; Take the head-dress which is nearest to you. (b.) To approach.

Mangarevan—cf. tutata, to be near to; totata, to be red and perspiring from having been near the fire; gatata, to move, said of a great multitude.

Aniwan — cf. itata, near, at the side of.

Paumotan— cf. haka-fatata, to draw near again.

Ext. Poly.: New Britain—cf. matata, near.

TATAEKO (tàtàeko), the name of a bird: Nga tataeko, nga koriroriro, ia manu, ia manu— P. M., 31.

TATAHAU (tàtàhau), to be fierce, to be violent. Cf. ta, to strike; tàtà, to dash down; hau, to strike, to smite; ngahau, brisk. 2. To be stormy. Cf. hau, wind.

TATAHAU, the leg. (see under Tahau.]

TATAHI (tàtahi), the sea-side: No te haerenga o Apakura ki tatahi—P. M., 59. Cf. tai, the sea; tahatai, the sea-shore; takutai, the seacoast. 2. Wide apart.

Tahitian — tatahi, the shore, the beach.

Tongan—cf. tahi, the sea.

TATAI (tàtai), to measure; to compare; measurement; comparison: Ha mea hoki hei whare tatai mo nga whetu—A. H. M., i. 13. Cf. tatau, to count. 2. To plan, to devise, to propose; a plan, a purpose: Tatai korero i ngaro, tatai korero e rangona—Prov.: Tatai kau ana te whetu o te rangi—G. P., 28. 3. Tatai-rakau, to measure weapons; to fight. 4. To join the component portions of a fishing-net: Kihai i roa kua oti nga kupenga ra te tatai— P. M., 140. Cf. ta, to not; tata, a net for catching cray-fish.

Tahitian— cf. ta, to strike; to make the meshes of a net; to repeat or tell a tale; tatai, to rehearse the particulars of an argument; to expel or cast out a demon; to fasten a line along the rafters of a house; to draw a line; tatamai, to war, to fight; to breed contention; tataiiore, a species of fee (cuttle-fish, Maori wheke), which is said to stretch out its feelers, run along the shore, and by that means to catch rats.

Hawaiian— cf. kakai, a company travelling together; a family; a litter, as of animals; to copulate, as the sexes; hookakai, to look after, to see to; kai, to lead, to guide, to direct; a net for fish.

Marquesan —tatai, to chase, to follow: O Atea vivini ia o te A, a tatai pu ia Tanaoa; Atea (Light) wedded the Day, and drove away Tangaroa (Darkness). (b.) To hope for.

TATAIRONGO, a black-skinned variety of potato.

TATAHANGA. [See under Ta.]

TATAKA, the name of a tree (Bot. Melicope ternata).

TATAKAU (tàtàkau), having stalks or stems only; without fruit. Cf. tata, a stem; kau, only.

TATAKI (tatakì), to arrange snares on a string for catching birds. Cf. ta, to net; tata, a kind of net. 2. Viscous, glairy, as bird-lime. 3. Racy.

TATAKI, the name of a sea-bird.

TATAKI (tàtaki), distributive. [See Taki, giving a distributive force.]

TATAKINO (tàtàkino), to rush along in confusion.

TATAKOTO, the sprit or lower edge of a canoesail. Cf. kotokoto, the sprit of a sail; tokotoko, a small pole.

– 483 –

TATAKA. [see under Taka.]

TATANGA. [see under Tanga.]

TATANGI. [see under Tangi.]

TATANGO. [See under Tango.]

TATAO, the second person killed in a fight. The first person killed was called mataika, or mata— ngohi: Ka hinga nga matàngohi ka hinga nga tatao—A. H. M., V. 61.

TATAO. [See under Tao.]

TATAR A. [See under Tara.]

TATARAHAKE (tàtarahake), bristling, covered with points. Cf. taratara, prickly, rough; tataraheke, a bramble. 2. Having numerous bare branches. 3. The name of a shrub (Bot. Coprosma acerosa).

TATARAHEKE, the name of a plant, a Bramble: He maro toto na Hine i panga atu ai ki runga ki te tataraheke—A. H. M., ii. 58; Wohl., Trans., vii. 36. Cf. taratara, prickly, rough; tatarahake, bristling; tataramoa; a bramble.

TATARAKIHI (tàtarakihi), (also Tarakihi,) the cicada or (so-called) locust. Cf. tara, to chirp like a grasshopper; kihi, to hiss; kihitara, a small red-bodied dragon-fly. 2. A caterpillar: lna, ka whakakìa koe e ahau ki te tangata kei te tatarakihi te rite—Her., li. 14.

TATARAKINA (tàtarakina), hair split at the points. Cf. taratara, rough, prickly; kina, the Sea-urchin, the Sea-egg.

TATARAMOA (tàtaràmoa), the bramble (Bot. Rubus australis). Cf. tara, a point, a thorn; taratara, prickly, rough; tataraheke, a bram— ble; tatarahake, bristling.

Samoan — talatalamoa (talatalàmoa), one. variety of ifi (the chestnut-tree). Cf. tala, a thorn; the barb of a spear; talatala, prickly, rough; talàmoli, a thorn of the orange-tree.

Tahitian—tataramoa, the name of a prickly shrub having some resemblance to a thorntree. Cf. tarataramoa, the spurs of a cock; moa, a domestic fowl; tara, a thorn, a sharp point; a cock's spur.

Hawaiian — cf. kakala, sharp, sharp-pointed; small and sharp, like a needle; the spur of a cock; kakalaioa, a thorny vine with pods very prickly (Bot. Guillandina bonduc); thorny; to be sharppointed; moakakala, a cock with sharp spurs.

Mangarevan— cf. tara, thorns, spines; tara— koho, a thorny plant. Tongan-talatala— amoa, the name of a shrub. Cf. talatala, thorny, prickly; tatala, to rend, to tear open.

TATA RE, the dog-fish, or small shark.

TATAR I (tàtari), a strainer, a sieve; to strain, to sift.

TATARI. [See under Tatariante., p. 480.]

TATARIHUKA, the name of a bird. The natives thought that if this bird was killed it caused snow to fall. Cf. tari, to carry; huka, snow.

TATARIKI (tàtàriki), the name of a small bird. Cf. riki, small.

TATATA (tàtata), a kind of mat. Syn. Repa.

TATAU (for Tatou). [See Tatou.]

TATAU. [See under Tau.]

TATAU (myth.), a name given to Urutonga, the mother of Tawhaki, as doorkeeper for the Ponaturi fairies— P. M., 36. [See Urutonga and Ponaturi.]

TATAU-O-TE-PO (myth.),” The Gates of Death,” a name of the abode of the goddess Miru in Hades. (Po). It was also called Wharekura. Herein sat the gods Rapawheua, Kaitoa, Mokohukuwaru, Tutangatakino, Mutu, Tawheke, Hurukoekoea, Makutu (Witchcraft), Taputapu, the Reptile-gods (Ngarara), and “The Multitude of the Evil Deities” (te Tini o nga atua-kikokiko)—MSS.

TATAWHAINGA (tàtàwhàinga), to vie, to emulate, to compote.

TATEI, the semen of males.

Tahitian—cf. tatea, the semen of animals; tea, white.

TATEMEA, because: Tatemea, kua kitea ake e ia i muri iho o tona kitenga e tona whaea—P. M., 13: Ka mate nga tangata o tera Pa, tatemea he tangata kaha tenei ki te whawhai—G.-8, 30. Cf. no-te-mea, because.

TATERE, moving about, unsettled. Cf. tere, to drift, to float; to move swiftly; teretere, a company of travellers. 2. Loose, unfixed. Cf. kutere, soft, nearly liquid.

Hawaiian— kakele, to slip, to slide, as on a muddy road; (b.) to glide on the surface of the water; (c.) to besmear, as the skin with oil; (d.) to do that which will please one. Cf. kele, to slide, to glide easily; to sail far out to sea; kelekele, grease; mud; anything causing slipperiness. [For full comparatives, see Tere.]

TATO, thoughtless, giddy.

TATONGA (tàtonga), a twist, as in split timber; “out of true.” Cf. ta, to be oblique.

TATOU (tàtou), we, us; the plural including the persons or person addressed: E kaha ana hoki ratou i a tatou— Tau., xiii. 31. Also Tatau (rarely). Cf. matou, we, including person or persons addressed; ratou, they; toru, three.

Samoan— tatou, we, including the speaker and the person spoken to: Auà o i tatou o tagata ananafi ua tatou le iloa; We are but men of yesterday and know nothing.

Tahitian—tatou, we, including the speaker and person addressed: Eita e tia ia tatou ia tii e aro i te reira feia; We are not able to go up against the people.

Hawaiian— Kakou, we, spoken of more than two, including the speaker and the persons addressed: E ike auanei i ko kakou onehanau; We shall soon see our native-born place.

Tongan— cf. tautolu, us; tau, we, us; a kitautolu, us, including the person addressed; a kimautolu, we two, used in speaking to a third person, but not including the person addressed; tolu, three.

Rarotongan—tatou, we, including persons addressed: Kare tatou i to te po, e to te poiri; We are not of the night, nor of darkness.

Marquesan—tatou, we all.

Mangarevan —tatou, we all, including those spoken to, and the speaker. Cf. tatalou, “for us!” “that is for us!”

Paumotan— tatou, we.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji — cf. datou, we, including the person addressed.

Matu— cf. talau, we, ua; three.

TATU, to stumble, to trip; to strike one foot against another: Kua taku kei raro e rere ana —P. M., 18. 2. To stammer, to stutter, Cf. potatu, impatient, distracted.

– 484 –

TATUTATU, tottering, unsteady.

Samoan—tatu (tatù), to stamp with the feet; to paw the ground; tatutu (tàtùtù), to stamp, to kick with impatience.

Tahitian —cf. atatu, the state of being agitated; to be in disorder.

Tongan—tatu, loose, not fixed; to walk about; to be in motion; faka-tatu, to fall from side to side, as in the motion of a vessel. Cf. tatube, to shake, to flop.

Mangarevan —cf. tatu, a sickness lasting for years.

TATU (tatù), to reach the bottom: A ka tatu aia ki raro ka whiua eia tana taiaha—A. H. M., v. 28. Cf. tu, to stand. 2. To be at ease, to be content. 3. To be at lowest ebb (of the tide).

Whaka-TATU, to sound, as with a lead-line.

TATUA (tàtua), a girdle; to put on as a girdle: Maku e whitiki, ki te tatua no Whatitiri— G.P.,181. Cf. atua, a god. [See Hawaiian.]

Tahitian— tatua, a girdle; to gird the loins: E te tatua nei i te tauupu i te taura; He girds their loins with a girdle. Cf. tatuaai, a girdle made of pandanus leaves; tatia, a girdle; tatuaovero, pinching hunger; tatuatua, naked when fighting.

Hawaiian—kakua, to bind or fasten on, as a garment; to put round: Kikomo kahuna i kakua laau; The priests enter to dress the idols. (b.) The worship of the gods, ascribing to them power; worship. Cf. akua, a god.

Tongan—cf. tua, external, exterior, outward.

Rarotongan—tatua, a girdle: Mei te tatua i tatuaia‘i aia kare i tivata ra; For a girdle wherewith he is girded continually.

Mangarevan—tatua, a girdle; to gird, to put anything round the loins.

Paumotan—tatua, a girdle.

Ext. Poly.: Ponape—cf. tua, a native girdle.

TATURI (tàturi), wax in the ear. Cf. turi, deaf.

Tahitian—taturi, the wax of the ear; taturituri,to pretend deafness continually. Hawaiian-kokuli, ear-wax.

Marquesan— tetui, the orifice of the ear.

Mangarevan— teturi, wax in the ear.

Paumotan — cf. katuri, wax in the ear. Ext. Poly:

Fiji—cf. tule, (also dule.) ear-wax.

Malay—cf. chulik, to clear the ears of wax.

Bicol— cf. tuli, ear-wax.

TAU, a year: Ta te tau kai pai hoki—P. M., 82. Cf. tauhouanga, last year. [For first division of the year into twelve months instead of ten, see Whare-patari.] 2. The string of a garment; a loop or thong: Wetea te tau o kahu— G. P., 296: Whakawiria iho te tau o te patu ki te ringa—P. M., 31. Cf. taura, a rope; taukaea, a thread used for fastening a fish-hook to a line; taumau, to be betrothed; taukawe, a loop to serve as a handle; whitau, prepared flax; tauwhiwhi, to be entangled. 3. The ridge of a hill; E horo ranei i a koe te tau o Rongomaitakupe—Prov. Cf. taumata, the brow of a hill; taukaka, the spur of a hill; taukauki, the spur of a hill; tawa, a ridge; taumutu, the abrupt spur of a mountain. 4. A partition. Cf. tautika, a boundary; tauarai, a screen. 5. The war-cry of a tribe. Cf. tautapa, to challenge; taua, a war-party. 6. A song; to sing: Ka tau te tini o te Hakuturi i tana tau—P. M., 57: Ka eke te wahine ra ki runga ki te waka, ka whakahua i te tau—G.-8, 19. Cf. tautapa, to chant a song to keep time in pulling, &c. 7. To bark, as a dog: Katahi ka tau ake taua kuri i roto i te puku o Toi— P. M., 65. 8. A door: Te kapua matotoru, te tau o Rakiriri—A. H. M., i. 41. 9. The carved stern-piece of a canoe. 10. To alight upon; to rest: Tupono atu ko tetahi wai e tauria ana e te manu—MSS. Cf. taupua, to rest, to support oneself. 11. To lie at anchor or moorings. Cf. kau, to swim; taurua, a canoe in which a net is carried. [See Hawaiian.] 12. To be suitable, to become, to look well: Ka titiro ake ki tona matua; katahi ano kua tau— Wohl., Trans., vii. 33, Cf. tauira, a counterpart; a teacher; a model; haratau, suitable to use; convenient. 13. To attack: A whakapaea ana a reira, tauria ana e ia—Hoh., x. 31. Cf. taua, a war-party; taupatupatu, to beat one another; tautauamoa, a quarrel in which few take part. 14. Strange. Cf. tauhou, strange; a stranger; tauiwi, a strange tribe; tauwhenua, a strange land.

TAUNGA, a place of alighting: A e tapoko na ano te taunga o nga waewae o Hotumauea i te kohatu—A. H. M., v. 20. 2. A bond of connection between families. 3. To become at home in a place, to become domesticated. 4. To become familiarized, to become intimate. 5. A resting-place: Hei a Rongomai-tu-aho he taunga mohou—A. H. M., ii. 17. 6. A support; a bond, tie: Te tuatoru o nga pou hei taunga mo te tahuhu o te whare.

TAUANGA, a numbering, a counting.

TATAU, a door; to draw or push a sliding board: Toia ake te tatau kia tuwhera—P. M., 68. 2. To squeeze, to express juice, &c. Cf. u, the teat, the breast. [See Samoan.] 3. To count: Ka tatau ano te ruahine ra ‘Ana, tokowha ano koutou’—P. M., 13. Cf. ta, to tattoo [see Tahitian]; tatai, to measure, to compare; matau, to know. 4. To assault, to storm: Na, ka tatau ia ki a Iharaira—Tau., xxi. 1. 5. To quarrel. 6. To tie. 7. To repeat one by one: Tatau rawa nga ingoa o tenei o tenei—Tau., i. 18.

TAURANGA, a place of anchorage; moorings. [See Tauranga.]

TAUTAU, a string or cluster; to tie in bunches or clusters; to thread on a string: A e hua ana nga tautau—Ken., xl. 10. 2. To hang down, to droop: Tautau ai te ngutu, tangi ai te korotore—A. H. M., ii. 6. 3. A greenstone (jade) ornament, hooked at the end. 4. To howl: Katahi ka whakatika ki te tautau mai —P. M., 153.

Whaka-TAU, to cause to alight; to make to rest: Whakatau noa iho ia ki te noho—P. M., 130. Titiro - whakatau, to look intently. 2. To attempt, to try one's hand at: Ka tahi tona papa ka whakatau, epa ake, ehara! kua pa— P. M., 18. 3. To imitate, to copy, to assume likeness: Ka whakatauina e ia ki te kereru—Wohl., Trans., vii. 37. 4. To illustrate by action, &c. 5. To pretend, to feign, to make believe. 6. To go to meet or visit: Ki te whakatau i a ia i tana hokinga mai—Ken., xiv., 17. 7. To search, to examine: Ka haere ki te whakatau; rapu nei, rapu nei—M. M., 167. 8. To address in a set speech; to make a formal proposal to. 9. To call out to: Katahi ano ia ka whakatau penei na ‘Moi! moi! moi!’—P. M., 29. 10. Adornment, ornament; handsome dress: Na ka mahara tera, a Tane, kahore ano te whakatau mo tenei matua, mo

– 485 –

Papa-tu-a-nuku—Wohl., Trans., vii. 33 Kaore he whakatau i a Raki—A. H. M., i. 42.

Whaka-TATAU, to quarrel: Ka whakatatau raua ko tona hoa wahine—P. M., 180.

Samoan—tau, to count; (b.) to buy, to barter; a price; to iell something; (c.) to hit, to strike against; (d.) to fit in; (e.) to arrive at, to end at; (f.) to be anchored; (g.) to fight; a battle: Ma le aso e tau ai te taua; For the day of battle and war. (h.) Leaves used to cover up a native oven of food; (i.) a year, a season; (j.) the deck of a canoe; (k.) a sign of the plural, applied to birds (‘O le tau manu, the birds); (l.) to be fixed, as colours in cloth; (m.) to pluck fruit with the hand; (n.) to be swollen uniformly, as in confirmed elephantiasis; (o.) that which belongs to, or has respect to, as ‘O tala tau ali'i, reports concerning chiefs; (p.) only (prohibitive); (q.) used to express sympathy with another (used only in the second and third persons); (r.) as a prefix expressing intensity, endeavour, or continued action; tau (tàu), family connections; applied to food brought by relations; (b.) to press out, as juice; (c.) to milk; tau?'a, a fighting; tau?'a (tàuga), a basket of provisions reserved for the next meal; (b.) food taken to a female with proposals of marriage or concubinage; taula?a, an anchorage; (b.) the roost of a bat; tatau tattooing; (b.) a pennant, a flag of a canoe; (c.) right, proper, fit, to be right and proper; (d.) to be alike, equal; (e.) to fight two together; to fight a duel; (f.) to be at full-tide; (g.) to strain out, to wring out; (h.) to milk; tautau, to hang, to hang up; tautaula?a, a hook to hang things on; fa‘a-tau, equally; alike; (b.) to contend for the privilege of being spokesman, or of speaking first in an assembly; fa‘a-tau (fà‘a-tau), to buy, to barter, to sell; to count: Ona fatau lea e ia o tausaga o lana fà‘atau, ma toe avane ai o mea o totoe i le tagata na ia fà‘atau atu ai; Then let him count the years of the sale, and restore the overplus unto the man to whom he sold it. Fa‘a-tautau, to hang up; fa‘a-tautau (fà‘a-tautau), to do slowly and deliberately, as walking about, singing, &c.; fa‘a-tautau (fa‘atàutau), to hang down, as a garment; (b.) to hang over, as the legs over the side of a canoe; (c.) to make to overlap, as thatch; (d.) to hold back, as being unwilling to go. Cf. taulagi, to sing a song adapted to dancing; taulalo, to be conquered; taufeta'i, to fight with clubs or axes; taupò, a night attack; tagitau, a call to war; faitau, to count; to read; to get leaves to cover in the oven; tautagata, to count people in order to apportion food; taufatu, to tie on a stone as a weight to a fish-hook; taufale, the entrails (a chief's word); tauiama, the name of a rope of a sailing-canoe; tau‘iama, to be on the left side of a canoe, as a fish-hook; taula, an anchor; to anchor; taugofie, to be easily purchased, to be low-priced; tàula'i, to anchor with, to anchor to; to hang up with; taulua, a couple growing together, as fruit, or two canoes anchored together; taulima, an armlet; taumau, to hang firmly, as a cocoanut; tàumau, to remain firm; tausaga, a season; a year, of six months only; a twelve-months' year (modern); tausala, a titled lady, a chieftainess; taumuli, the stern; to steer; taupega, a swing; tausi'usi'u, the top branches of a tree; tautai, a seaman; tautà, a long stick for driving fowls, &c., from a house; tautapa, to shout the praises of a chief on the occasion of his getting a wife; tàutasi, to hang one alone, as a single cocoanut; to be an only child, &c.; tautà, to hang water-bottles on to trees in order to catch rain-water; tautù, the stick into which a pigeon's perch is thrust; tautùla, to fasten the string of a plgeen to its perch; tauvale, to marry beneath one's rank; tàutatau, one who sits with the tattooer while at work; taumiloga, the making of twine for nets; taulio, to hang hidden, as fruit in the middle of a tree; tau'ave, to carry about; taui, a reward, a payment; tàuàiga, family connections; tau'au, the shoulder; tauamo, to carry about a dead chief; taufoe, to tie a fishingline to a paddle; màtau, to consider, to mark attentively.

Tahitian—tau, to perch, to alight upon, as a bird; (b.) a season: Oia te rai, ia horoa mai oia i te ua i to fenua i te tau mau ra; The heavens to give rain upon your land in its season; (c.) to invocate, to address in prayer; (d.) an anchor; (e.) a sunken rock under water; (f.) to hang, to hang upon: E tau oe i te amaa toro i Momona; You will hang upon the branch stretching out towards Momona (i.e. upon the great aoa or banyantree of sacrifice at Momona). Tatau, the marks or points on the human skin; tattooing; to mark or point on the skin; (b.) counting, numbering; to count or number; (c.) to ask for, to call out; to challenge; tautau, to hang down; (b.) to catch a certain fish in fresh water; faa-tau, lazy, idle; idleness, to be idle; (b.) to be procrastinating; faa-tautau, to linger, to delay, to remain behind; (b.) to suspend, to hang up a thing; tauraa, alighting, as a bird: I te pouraa mai mai te uupa ra e te tauraa mai; Descending and alighting like a pigeon. Cf. heretau, a rope or sling for suspending things at some height; tauhà, the Southern Gross constellation; ihotatau, reckoning of descent; genealogy; tòtò, to rap a drum with the finger; anotau, a season; tutau, an anchor; hoatau, the office of him that indicated the confirmation of peace or war; taui, a price; a compensation; to exchange property; to buy; taurua, a double canoe; taupiti, a double canoe; tauturu, a prop, a support; tauvaru, eight joined together; tiatau, to anchor; hotutau, a season-bearing tree or plant, such as bears only once a year; tauene, to splice or repair a mat; tauere, to contend, to oppose; to rebut; tauete, a noose or loop fastened to a mast to fix the sail to; tautaumaau, to do some mischief to another; faataua, to make a friend; faa-tauaroha, a keepsake, a souvenir; faa-taufafau, to make efforts to maintain the peace of the country; taua, the old word for war; tauahara, a faithful friend; tauarai, an interposer; taue, a swing suspended to a tree; tauatea, the right side of a canoe, that opposite to the outrigger; tauupu, the loins; tauuaivai, the commotion made in the water by anyone jumping into it; tauvauvau, grass to spread on the floor of a house; taumaha, a portion of food offered to the gods, or spirits of the dead; the Southern Cross constellation; traumata, the Tahitian bonnet of cocoanut leaves; taupe, to bow down, applied to the head; taupiri, the train of the paper-kite; taura, a cord,

– 486 –

twist, rope, twine, or thread; a hard or flock; prophet; tauri, to be intermixed, as a family in a house; taurua, the planet Venus; tautea, to rescue, to deliver; tauhaa, property; tauahani, to fondle, to caress, as different sexes; taufatata, fruit on the nearest branches; tauaitu, a friend of the aitu or god; a priest; màtau, to be accustomed or used to a thing; tauama, a canoe with an outrigger; tauaro, the lower branches; tauaru, a feast observed at certain times, connected with prayers and ceremonies.

Hawaiian — kau, to hang, to hang up; to suspend or hang up, as a criminal or sacrifice; to crucify: A e kau aku oe ia ia maluna o ka laau; If you hang him upon a tree: Kau i ka lela ke kapu o Kahai; The tapu of Tawhaki has been sacrificed on the altar. [Note.—The criminal or victim for sacrifice was spread out in the shape of an × cross, and thus hung up before the gods. E kau pea, to place in the form of a cross; the × cross being placed before the heiau (temple) as a sign of tapu.] (b.) To put in a elevated situation: Tau kiakia manu o Lehua; Reaching up the bird-catching pole on Rehua (the forest). (c.) To tie on, to gird on, as a sword: E kau na kanaka a pau i na pahikaua; Let every man gird on his war-dagger. (d.) To mount upon, as upon a horse; to go on board a canoe: Eia na waa; kau mai a—i; Here are the canoes; get on board. (e.) To overhang, as the heavens over the earth; (f.) to fall upon; to embrace affectionately; (g.) to put upon one, as a heavy burden; (h.) to light down upon, as a bird; as the spirit or divine influence upon one [see Manu]: A i ka manawa i kau iho ai ka uhane maluna o lakou; And the spirit rested on them: Kau pua o Haili; (Birds) lighting on the flowers of Haili: Halialia wale mai no ke aloha, hoanoano wale mai no me he haili la e kau iho ana maluna; Love brought the fond remembrance, it brought solemnity as if a spirit rested on him. (i.) A season: No na kau, a no na la, a me na makahiki; For seasons, for days, and for years. (j.) The summer or warm season, in distinction from hooilo, the winter months; (k.) the period of time when one lives; a specified time: A i ke kau i ke alii, ia Kamehameha; In the lifetime of Kamehameha. (l.) a time for a particular purpose; (m.) time of indefinite length, as kau ai, a fruitful season, kau wi, a time of famine; (n.) midnight; (o.) a canoe; (p.) a place, as kau kanaka, a place where men live; (q.) a setting of the sun; a resting; (r.) a sitting place, as a roost for birds; (s.) to set or fix the boundaries of a land or country; (t.) to dot: hence, to write, to put down words on paper [see Tahitian, Tatau]; (u.) to give publicity to a thing; to promulgate, as a law; (v.) to set before one, as food; (w.) to come down upon one unexpectedly; (x.) to come upon one as a calamity or suffering: Ke kau aheahe make o Kahalaia; There lighted a deadly cough upon Kahalaia. (y.) to fall or lull, as wind: Ka ia ka makani, hiamoe; Fallen has the wind, it is sleeping. Kauna, four; kaulana, to be renowned or famous A kaulana aku i na aina e; To be renowned even to foreign lands. Hoo-kaulana, to publish, to spread abroad as reports; (b.)) to make famous or renowned; kakau, a writing; to write, to make letters; to print or paint on kapa (native cloth of bark, tapa), as in former times; to put down for remembrance [see Maori Tito]; (b.) a writing down the names of those who have to pay tribute; (c.) to describe, to mark out; to divide into parcels, as land: A e kakau oukou i ka aina i ehiku mokuna; You shall divide the land into seven parts. Kaukau, a heap of stones made into a rude altar: E kaukau nou, e Lono; An altar for thee, O Rongo! (b.) A snaro, so placed or fixed as to catch birds; to set or fix, as a snare; the snaring or taking of fish; (c.) what is clear, explicit in expression, without doubt; to explain, to make clear; (d.) to take counsel, to resolve in one's mind: Pehea la hoi ka loihi o ko'u kaukau ana iloko o ko'u uhane? How long shall I take counsel in my spirit? (e.) To chide, to speak reproachfully; (f.) the name of a disease, the piles; hoo-kau, to put up upon; to go up; to put one thing upon another; hoo-kaukau, to put up; to ascend upon; to cause to arise; to lift up a thing, as a child, in putting him on a horse; (b.) to gather, as clouds before rain; the gathering of clouds before rain. Cf. kaua, a war, a battle; kaualii, a chief not of high rank; kaukaualii, a class of chiefs below the king; a prince; kauila, to offer sacrifice at the close of a kapu (tapu); makau, to have in reverence, as one greatly respected; to be ready, prepared for any event; kauo, and kauwo, to draw or drag along, as a load; to conduct, as a prisoner; to pray for a special blessing or favour; kauoha, to make a dying charge; a bequest; kauolani, to express admiration for a chief; kauolupe, to pull this way and that, as a kite pulls (lupe = kite); kauhau, to strike with a stick or whip; to throw a stone at; kauhale, a small cluster of houses; a village; kauhilo, to fasten with a rope the sticks of a building while in the course of erection; kauhola, to open, to expand, as a cloth folded up, as a flower in blooming; kauholo, to wish and try to condemn one; kauhua, to conceive, to become pregnant; kaukahi, a single canoe; kaulua, a double canoe; to yoke together; to put two together; kaukoko, to string or hand on strings; kaukolo, to chase, as a fowl; the small roots of a tree running and spreading every way; kaula, a rope, a strong cord; a tendon; a prophet, one who foretells; kaulaelae, to put up something plainly to be seen; kaulai, to put up in the sun to dry; kaulaluahine, a rope for binding a mat on to a canoe; kaulele, flying; kaulike, to balance, to make even; kaumaha, to be heavy; a sacrifice, an offering; kaumihau, to appoint a kapu (tapu) by the priest (men were separated from their wives for a time, &c.); kaupale, to separate; a partition; a boundary line; kaupili, to unite, as man and wife; kauwa, a servant; to serve, to do the will of another; kakaukaha, to print, paint, or mark, as on the skin; hekau, to tie with a rope; to make fast, as in anchoring a canoe; pohakau, an anchor by which a canoe is fastened by means of a cable; kanikau, to compose a dirge; to lament, to bewail.

Tongan—tau, a year, a season: Bea nae hoko i hono one oe tau; It happened in the sixth year. (b.) A crop; (c.) war; fighting; to fight; a battle: Ka oku ikai ha niihi e alu ki ha tau; None

– 487 –

go forth to the battle. (d.) Becoming; fit, proper; agreeable; to fit; (e.) to arrive; (f.) to hit or strike against; (g.) to squeeze or wring out; tatau, resemblance, likeness, similar; equal; (b.) to wring; to strain; (c.) to criticise, to remark upon; (d.) a kind of screen; tautau, to hang: Naa nau tautau takatakai be e nau gaahi ba i he gaahi a; They hang their shields and helmets up on your walls, (b.) An idolatrous feast; faka-tau, to trade, to barter; cost; bargain; commerce: O ua naa fiefia aia oku fakatau mai, be mamahiaia oku fakatau atu; Let not the buyer be glad, nor the seller be sorry: Ke ke fakatau ia i he ao oe kakai; Buy it in the presence of the inhabitants. (b.) A song; (c.) certain pieces of wood used in the sailing-canoes (d.) to bring up to the mark; (e.) to cause to fight; (f.) to lead, to conduct; (g.) to act as a familiar; to presume upon acquaintance or friendship; faka-tatau, to make alike, to make equal; to compare, to contrast; (b.) according to, like as; faka-tautau, to approach, to bring near; (b.) to act with moderation; tatatau, to tattoo; tattooing; tau?a. a roost of the flying fox; (b.) a row; (c.) cooked food reserved for eating; taula?a, anchorage, a harbour. Cf. fetau, to contend, to quarrel; fetaukabaaki, to hover, as a bird on the wing; fetaulaki, to meet; kauila, to fasten the sail to the yard; kauimaea, to beat or flog with a rope; tauhikuhiku, to hang on the top branches, as fruit; taufau, to tie; tauoko, to fasten the sail-yard standing to the canoe; taube, to hang upon; to bear down; taubo, to grope, to feel the way; taubota, to hoist a signal, taugalau, out of reach; distant; tauhi, a nurse, a protector; taula, a priest; matau, dexterous in throwing; tauki, loquacious; vain; taumau, to remain stationary; tautauamanu, to hang from a rope in the canoe, as a signal that land is in sight; taugatabu, the cocoanuttree upon which the tabu or prohibition was hung; tauhili, to sit or stand upon anything very high, as the masthead; toutouia, to hang up, to suspend from above; taufa, a squall, tauaalo, the song or chant in paddling or in doing any work; tauaki, to dry in the sun; to be alike or equal on both sides; tauama, the rope of a canoe; tauia, to criticise; to wring the juice from anything; taubi, to splash water; taubuga, the stone by which any creature is sunk in the water; taufaoo, to stoop in walking, to bend forward; taufoe, a rope belonging to the steer-oar; taugavaka, the anchorage of canoes; tauhele, a snare; to ensnare, to decoy; tauhihi, to fish with hooks; taukaba, to flap the wings; taukamo, to beckon with the hand; taulama, to watch and keep down the outrigger of a canoe in bad weather; taumafa, the food of great personages; taumama, leaky; taumuli, the stern of a canoe; tautaha, one single, alone; tautake, the lowest nut in a bunch; tautoko, to walk with the help of a stick.

Rarotongan—tau, a season; (b.) to alight, as a bird; (c.) to arrive, as a ship; (d.) to be fitting, proper; tatatatau, to tattoo. Cf. taura, a cord, a line; taunga, a priest; okatau, idle, lazy; tuatau, a season.

Marquesan—tau, a resting place; to alight: Aoe koaa e tau ae mei nei atu; Not found is a place whereon to alight: E tau, Tanaoa, i te oneone; Alight, Tangaroa, on the sands, (b.) To carry on the back; (c.) to arrive by sea; to be landed; Te efa ipuipu ua tau maitai nei; The four bowls are safely landed here, (d.) A rope; Ho, ho, te tau hauhii, Oh, oh, the twisted ropes! (e.) A year of ten months; tatau, to count; (b.) to read; (c.) to relate, to tell; to recite; tautau, to hang up; (b.) to alight; E a a tautau mai; Ah, alight here. Cf. katau, an anchor; atau, an anchor; matatatau, a genealogy; matau, to lament for the dead with songs.

Mangarevan—tau, a year; (b.) the season of breadfruit; (c.) to arrive by sea; (d.) proper, suitable; (e.) to carry on the back; (f.) to mount on the back; (g.) to land, said of a boat or vessel; tatau, to be counted; counting; (b.) arrived, Said of many; aka-tau, to follow after, to run after, to pursue; (b.) to put anything on an elevated place; (c.) to make an assault; (d.) to sing with others; aka-tautau, to make an assault. Cf. tauake, to mount on the back of; taukakea, to arrive in numbers (of fish) in the shallows: tauneka, to tie up a packet strongly and securely; taura, the priest of an idol; tauri, to tie together, to attach; totau, arrived, said of many; toumaha, to offer first-fruits to a god; a prayer before a feast or meal; toupatu, the summit of a building; toura, a cord; tourua, to be suspended two by two from branches. Aniwan-tou, a year. Tou ma tou, years and years; eternal.

Moriori—tau, to calculate; tautau, a bunch, a cluster. Cf. rangataua, a battle; hoko-taupiki, connexion.

Futuna—faka-tau, to barter; to buy and sell.

Paumotan—tau, to warp; to deviate from a course; (b.) a season, a period; (c.) a perch for a bird; tatau, to tattoo; (b.) to describe; faka-tau, indolent; to loiter, to saunter; faka-tautau, to hang up, to suspend; (b.) late, slow. Cf. anotau, a time, a period; tauturu, to sustain, to support; taurai, a mediator; tauarai, to intercede; taumako, hate, spite.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. tau, to know; skilful, intelligent; tawar, to to bid a price; bri-tau, to instruct, to. make known; chachah, to tattoo.

Java—cf. cháchah, to count, to enumerate; tahun, a year. Matu-cf. tawar, to chaffer; ta'au, to know; ta'un, a year.

Ilocan—cf. taoen, an anniversary.

Tagal—cf. taon, a year; tavar, a bargain.

New Britain—cf. taun, a year.

Malagasy—cf. taona, a year; a time, a season; taonito, this year.

Sulu— cf. tahun, a year.

Bugis—cf. taung, a year.

Kisa—cf. tawar, a bargain. Motu-cf. tauadao, to hang up.

Aneityum—cf. inhetitautau, an anchor; natau, a chain; tau, to pierce a stick; to fit on; to correspond, to suit; to answer; tauai, to proclaim; taueitauei, to bind; taupan, to join to; taujai, to reach up; tautau-sjipe, chain-work,

Fiji—cf. tau, the deck or covering at the end of a canoe; a friend; a branch thrown down in a place where one has seen a god (this is done every time one passes the place); to sail or go; to luff (a sea-term); to fall (of the rain); tau-ca, to place a thing down; tauhe, a necklace; tauloto, a burden carried on a stick, half before and half behind; tauoko, a rope in a canoe.

Sikayana—cf. taui, the price, the payment; katawa, ten.

Yap— cf. katau, to tattoo.

Formosa—cf. tattoch, a number; tattuppuk, a number reckoned by the hand; tatoch, a

– 488 –

numbering.

Macassar —cf. towe, to hang up; taoeng, the year; tawara, to haggle, to bargain.

TAU (tàu), (plural Au,) thy: Kei whea koia tou pa, tau tuaahu, tau kupenga? — P. M., 81. Cf. tou, thy; nau, thine, &c.

Samoan—tau, thy; (b.) belonging to. Also sau, thy. Cf. tou, thy.

Hawaiian—kau, thy, thine; of thee, of thine: He aha kau huakai nui? For what purpose is your large travelling party?

Rarotongan—taau, thy, thine: E rekareka taau moe; Thy sleep shall be sweet.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. tau, thy.

TAU (tàu), to turn away, to look in another direction.

TAUA (tàua), we two, including the person addressed. Sometimes used in addressing one's own tribe or party: Kati ra to penei, ka toe kau taua ki Weriweri—Prov. Cf. raua, they two; maua, we two; rua, two.

Samoan—taua, we two, including the person addressed.

Tahitian—cf. taua, a friend, companion; maua, we two, including the person addressed.

Hawaiian—kaua, we two; yon and I: Nonoi aku la ke kahuna, i aku la, i pa ka aina ia kaua; The priest asked a favour, and said, “Let the land be given to us two.”

Tongan —cf. tau, we, us; a kitaua, us two; taua, to build two canoes at the same time; tauua, a pair, a couple (tau-rua).

Mangaian—taua, we two; you and I: Korokoro taua nei, e tangi e! We two have talked together, weep!

Marquesan — taua, we two, including the person spoken to. Cf. ua, two.

Mangarevan —taua, you and I; we two. Cf. tauga, two, in counting pairs.

Aniwan—cf. acitawa, we two, including the speaker addressed.

TAUA, a war-party, a hostile expedition: Ka patua e Apakura nga o mo te taua—P. M., 24. Cf. tau, to attack; tatau, to assault, to storm. 2. War: Waiho ana hei tohu taua—G. P., 277. 3. An exclamation, “Give way!”

Samoan—taua, a war; a fight. Cf. tau, to fight; taua'i, to be wounded slightly; taua‘imisa, to quarrel; taua'ifusu, to box, to fight with the fists; paetau, to be in battle array; tagitau, a call to war.

Tahitian —taua, the old word for war. Cf. aitaua, one that avenges the wrong of his friend or relation; a country that redeems its character by conquering its conquerors; an avenger of murder. &c.

Hawaiian — kaua, a war, a battle; an army drawn up for battle; to fight; to make war upon; to fight for: Kuka iho la lakou no ke kaua ana; They consulted together respecting the war: Pai mai la lakou ma ka olelo kaua; They excited the people by warlike words. Hoo-kaua, to cause to fight; (b.) to serve, as the conquered serves the conqueror. Cf. halekaua, a fort; hakaua, a fort.

Tongan —cf. tau, to fight; war-fighting; to strike or hit against; taui, to fight, to war against; to surpass, to excel; taufaao, a scuffle; taute, to beat roughly.

Mangaian — taua, a war-party; strife: Na tamaroa e tu i te taua; Sons destined for fighting.

Marquesan —toua, war; to be at war: Tupu ae na toua aha oaoa; There sprang up wars fierce and long. (b.) To dispute; totoua. to quarrel.

Mangarevan — toua, preparation for war; (b.) a battle; (c.) a warsong. Cf. mataua, to quarrel; to grimace at; akatau, to make an assault; to pursue.

Moriori —cf. rangataua, a battle. Ext. Poly.:

Lifu —cf. taua, to fight.

Aneityum —cf. ehtauo, to quarrel, to fight.

Macassar —cf. djowa, a soldior.

TAUA, that, that before mentioned: A ora noa ake au i te mahi atawhai a taua tupuna nei— P. M., 14.

Tahitian —taua, that, or which, that was spoken of or understood,

Rarotongan — taua, that before mentioned: Aere atura raua ki runga ki roto i taua oire ra; They went up into the aforesaid town.

TAUA, a woman (South Island dialect): Me nga taua, me nga hakoro—A. H. M., ii. 13.

TAUA (tauà), to wear garments or objects in token of mourning; mourning garments: Ki te whatu i etahi kahu taua mona—A. H. M., iii. 8. He whare tauà, a house for mourning in.

TAUAKINA, to shun.

TAUA-KI-TE-MARANGAI (myth.), a divine an cestress of the god Tane. She supplied him with a part (parahika) necessary for the formation of the first human being at Kurawaka. [See Tiki, and Tane.]

TAUANGA. See under Tau.]

TAUAPO, to hug, to carry, as a child in the arms. Cf. apo, to gather together; to grasp; taiapo, to carry in the arms. [For comparatives, see Apo.]

TAUARAI (tauàrai), a screen, a barrier: Te hiwi ki Omaru he ripa tauarai—G. P., 396. Cf. aria, a veil, a screen; to block up. 2. Hidden from view: Koe pae tauarai, ki te tini o te hoa i au—M. M., 107.

Tahitian—tauarai, to spread out things; to expose to the sun and air; (b.) an interposer.

Paumotan—tauarai, to defend (kopani-tauarai); (b.) to intercede. [For full comparatives, see Tau, and Arai]

TAUARO (tauàhro), one of the lucky takiri or startings during sleep. 2. The front or principal aspect of a building: Ko te tauaro o Wharekura e anga ki te marangai. Cf. aro, the front. 3. A sweetheart, a lover. Cf. tau, a string; a loop; taumaro, betrothed; tauapo, to hug.

TAUHANGA. [See Tauwhanga.]

TAUHARA, the odd one; having no mate or pair. Cf. hara, the excess above a round number; tatau, to count.

Samoan—cf. tàusala, a breadfruit hanging far out on the extremity of a branch; a titled lady.

Mangarevan — tauhara, units in counting after tens.

TAUHENA. [See Tauwhena.]

TAUHI (tàuhi), to sprinkle leaves over; to spread leaves; to cover with leaves and ferns, as a native oven. Cf. ta, to sprinkle by means of a branch or bunch of leaves dipped in water.

TAUHIUHI (tàuhiuhi), to sprinkle; to dip the hand in water and sprinkle something with it, as a woman dipping her hand in water and sprinkling the dust off the atones of the oven

– 489 –

before the uhi (leaves, &c.) are placed in it: Me tauhiuhi atu ano hoki te toto— Eko., xxix. 20.

TAUHIKU, to be behind, in the rear. Cf. hiku, the rear of a war-party; kohiku, the tail.

Whaka-TAUHIKU, to place oneself in the rear.

Tongan —tauhiku, to finish off; to be finishing; tauhikuhiku, to hang on the top branohes, as fruit.

Samoan — tausi‘usi‘u, the top branches of a tree; to hang on the top branches; tausi‘usi‘u?a, the extremity of a land; the end of a speech; the top of a tree, &c. [For full comparatives, see Hiku.]

TAUHINU, the name of a shrub (Bot. Pomaderris ericifolia). 2. (Bot. Podocarpus nivalis).

TAUHINU-KOROKIO, the name of a shrub.

TAUHINU-KOROMIKO, the name of a shrub.

TAUHOKAI (tauhòkai), a stake in a river, to which a net is fastened. Cf. ta, to net; tau, a string, a loop; hokai, a brace, a stay; taurua, a canoe in which a net is carried; tauwhatu, a fishingnet. [For comparatives, see Hokai]

TAUHOU, strange, unacquainted; a stranger: Ko te tohunga tauhou e matakitaki ana—P. M., 187: Ko wai tena tangata? Ana hoki! he tauhou ia—P. M., 131. Cf. tau, to alight; hou, new. 2. The name of a bird, the Silvereye, or Blight-bird (Orn. Zosterops cærulescens). This bird is said to have recently migrated to New Zealand. [For comparatives, see Tau, and Hou.]

TAUHOUANGA, last year. Cf. tau, a year; hou, new. [For comparatives, see Tau, and Hou.]

TAUHUTIHUTI, to pull one another's hair. Cf. tau, to attack; huti, to pull up, to hoist out of the ground.

Samoan—taufuti, to pluck hair or feathers (spec. muliebr. pud.); taufutifuti, to beg continually; (b.) to continue to be troubled some time after an opponent has apologised.

Tongan—taufuii, to pull, to draw towards. [For full comparatives, see Huti.]

TAUI, the ebb of the tide. 2. To be sprained, as the ankle or wrist.

TAUIHU, the figurehead of a canoe; the bow or forepart of a vessel: Ka haere ia ki te tauihu o te waka—Wohl., Trans., vii. 39. Cf. ihu, the nose; the bow of a canoe; tau, the carved work at the stern of a canoe.

TAUIRA, a counterpart: hence, a teacher, a pattern, a model: Kia waiho ai ia hei tauira— P. M., 174. 2. A pupil, a disciple; a person being instructed by a priest or wizard, or by the spirit of an ancestor: Ka puta taua tohu mate ki tetahi tamaiti tauira — A. H. M., i. 6. 3. A copy. 4. A priest of the temple. Wharekura. 5. A heavenly personage or personages spoken of in incantations: Kei o Ariki, kei o Tapairu, kei o Pukenga, kei o Wananga, kei o Tauira—S. R., 109.

Hawaiian—kauila, to offer sacrifice at the close of a kapu (tapu). Cf. kauilahuluhulu, the name of a prayer at the temple; kauwila, to appoint, as a day of consecrating a temple, a day under tapu.

Tongan —tauia, a present, an offering (only used when many make presents together); (b.) to criticise, to remark upon.

Paumotan—tauira, the young people, the rising generation; (b.) adolescent. [See also comparatives of Tau.]

TAUIRA (Moriori myth.), the ancestor thirtieth in generation from Rangi (Heaven), He was the last of the Heavenly Race. [See Appendix Genealogies.]

TAUIRA (Nga- Tauira). [See Ngatauira.]

TAUIWI, a strange tribe; a foreign race: Na enei nga motu e nohoia nei e nga tauiwi e wehe Ken., x. 5. Cf. tau, to alight, to rest; iwi, a tribe; tauhou, strange, new.

TAUKA (tàuka), Stay ! Wait a while ! Cf. uka, to be fixed; to be slow.

TAUKAEA, a thread used to fasten a fish-hook to the line. Cf. tau, a string, a loop; taka, a thread by which a fish-hook is fastened to the line.

TAUKAITUROA (myth.), an ancient chief of Murimotu. He wore the feather of a Moa as an ornament. The name of his dog was Ngaupari.

TAUKAHORE, an interjection of surprise.

TAUKAKA, the spur of a hill. Cf. tau, the ridge of a hill; taumata, the brow of a hill; taukauki, the spur of a hill; kaka, the ridge of a hill.

TAUKAUKI (taukàuki), the spur of a hill. Cf. tau, the ridge of a hill; kauki, the ridge of a hill; taukaka, the spur of a hill; taumata, the brow of a hill; kaka, the ridge of a hill.

TAUKAWE, a loop to serve as a handle. Cf. tau, a loop; kawe, to carry; kawei, straps for carrying a bundle. [For comparatives, See Tau, and Kawe.]

TAUKE (taukè), to lie separate. Cf. tau, to rest upon; tauranga, moorings, anchorage; ke, strange, different. [For comparatives, see Tau, and Ke.]

Whaka-TAUKI (whaka-taukì), a saying, a proverb: Koia hoki nga whakatauki nei, ‘He kukupa pae tahi’— P. M., 17. Cf. ki, to speak; whaikì, to make a formal speech.

Tongan —tauki, loquacious; (b.) vain; (c.) joyous, merry. Cf. faka-taukitua, to talk of that which is not at hand; to pledge what one does not possess. [For full comparatives, see Ki.]

TAUKIRI, an exclamation of surprise: Ai! taukiri e!—P. M., 65.

TAUKORO, a kind of large basket.

TAUKORU, having the folds filled out. Cf. koru, a fold, a wrinkle; takoru, hanging in folds; loose.

TAUKURI (for Taukiri). [See Taukiri.]

TAUMAHA (alsoTaimaha, and Toimaha,) heavy: A ka mea ake nga tamariki ‘Kia taumaha, kia taumaha'—A. H. M., ii. 23. Cf. maha, many. 2. A thank-offering to the gods.

Whaka-TAUMAHA, to offer in sacrifice: I whakataumahatia ai nga kai tukunga ki nga atua— A. H. M., i. 158.

Samoan —cf. tàumafa, abundance, plenty; food, to eat and drink, said of chiefs; mafa, to be disproportionately large in number, as many houses and few people; mamafa, to be heavy; mafamafa, somewhat heavy.

Tahitian— taimaha, and teimaha, heavy, weighty,

– 490 –

ponderous; taumaha, an offering of food to the gods; (b.) the Southern Cross constellation (maha, four). Cf. maha, to be satiated; mahaha, slothful, dilatory; taumi, to press down a thing by weight; toiaha, heavy; taiaha, heavy; tau, to invocate; to address in prayer.

Hawaiian—kaumaha, weight, as of a burden; weariness, heaviness; heavy-loaded, burdensome: Kaumaha, e like me ka ala o kahawai; Heavy, as a smooth stone in a watercourse: Pau ka pali, hala ka luuluu kaumaha; Past the precipice, past the heavy fear. (b.) To be weary with want of sleep; (c.) to suffer oppression from rigorous service; (d.) a sacrifice to a god; to offer in sacrifice, to kill a victim for sacrifice; hoo-kaumaha, to oppress, to afflict. Cf. maha, to rest; easy, quiet, resting; kau, to hang up, as a victim.

Tongan —cf. tamaha, persons descended from the gods.

Rarotongan —cf. taumaa, a curse; to course.

Mangarevan —teimaha, to be heavy; (b.) fatiguing; painful; aka-teimaha, to make heavy, to weigh upon, to press down; toumaha, a prayer offered up before a feast or meal; (b.) to offer first-fruits to a god.

Aniwan —cf. mafa, heavy.

Moriori —cf. hoko-toimaha, ballast.

TAUMAIHI, the facing-boards at the gable-end of a house. Cf. maihi, the facing-boards of a gable; mahihi, the facing-boards on a gable; ihi, the front gable of a house. 2. A small tower or raised platform in a pa (fort): Ka haere ratou ki roto ki te taumaihi o te whare o te atua—Kai., ix. 46.

TAUMANU, the thwart of a canoe: Ko nga taumanu, ko nga kaiwae ko te hoe—M. M., 185. Cf. manumanu, a collar-bone; tau, to alight upon; manu, a bird; tanware, the thwart of a canoe.

Tahitian—cf. manu, a short cross-seat in a canoe.

Mangarevan—cf. aumanu, a skeleton; toumanu, a large band or fillet for catching fish.

TAUMARO (taumàrò), obstinate: Cf. maro, stiff, unyielding, headstrong; pamaro, solid, hard; papamaro, hard. 2. Betrothed, He wahine taumaro is a betrothed woman in reference to her future father-in-law's consent to the marriage; and she was puhi if obtaining the consent of her own father. Cf. taumau, betrothed. 3. Anything carefully watched, as a woman who is not allowed to marry or to go to certain places. [For comparatives, see Maro.]

TAUMARU, TAUMARUMARU, shaded: Ka haere raua ki waho, ki te wahi taumarumaru noho ai—Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. Cf. maru, shaded, sheltered; tumaru, shady; tukumaru, cloudy. [For comparatives, see Maru.]

TAUMATA, the brow of a hill: E whakaangi mai ra i tana manu i runga i te taumata ra—P.M., 61. Cf. tau, the ridge of a hill; mata, the point, extremity; tawa, a ridge; taukaka, the spur of a hill; taumutu, an abrupt spur of a mountain. 2. A temple: Ko te taumata a Rehua, ko Te Takitaki-nui-o-Raki—A. H. M., i. 29. 3. The culminating point of Whitireia, the sun-path. The home of the gods is far above this.

Tahitian —taumata, the Tahitian bonnet of cocoanut-leaves. Cf. taumatateaatuatu, a head-dress of the gods; mata, the face; tau, to invocate, to address in prayer.

Mangarevan —toumata, the raised ends of an instrument for fishing with.

Tokerau—taumata, n curious marine animal found on the reefs. It is used by the natives as a helmet or cap (taumata) because when dried it becomes hard as iron. [See also comparatives of Tau.]

TAUMATUA, the place where the pure ceremony for a kumara (sweet potato) plantation was performed.

TAUMAU, betrothed; to be betrothed: Tenei ranei tetehi tangata kua oti tetahi wahine te taumau mana—Tiu., xx. 7. Cf. tau, a string, a loop; taunga, a bond of connection between families; tamau, to fasten; tumau, fixed, constant; mau, firm, Fixed.

Samoan—taumau (tàumau), to continue, to remain firm, to persist in.

Tongan—taumau, to remain stationary. [For full comparatives, see Tau, and Mau.]

TAUMUTU, an abrupt spur of a mountain. Cf. tau, the ridge of a hill; tawa, a ridge; taukaka, the spur of a hill; taumata, the brow of a hill; mutu, brought to an end abruptly. [For oomparatives, see Tau, and Mutu.]

TAUNAHA, TAUNAHANAHA, to bespeak, to engage for future time: Ka kitea he moana, ko te Roto-iti, taunahatia iho—P. M., 80; Katahi ka ratou ka taunahanaha i ta ratou ika—P. M., 120.

Whaka-TAUNAHA, to forestall in the occupation of land.

TAUNAHA, an obstacle.

TAUNINIHI, [See Mahina (myth.).]

TAUNU, to jeer; taunting, jeering: Ano ka pouri te tumaiti ra ki taua kupu taunu—A. H. M., v. 15. Cf. makitaunu, to tease.

TAUNUIATARA (myth.), a god, ruling over the tides—A. H. M., iii. 49.

TAUNUKE, the stalk of fruit. Cf. tau, a loop, a string.

TAUNGA. [See under TAU.]

TAUNGAPIKI (myth.), one of the inferior deities, a reptile-god—A. H. M., i. App.

TAUNGERI (myth.), a taniwha, or water-monster. Taungeri and Arai-te-uru are the marine deities guarding the Hokianga Bar.

TAU-O-TE-ATE, an endearing expression, “darling of one's heart” (met.) the heart itself: Kapakapa tu ana, te tau o taku ate—M. M., 52: E haruru nui ana te tau o taku ate—M. M., 84: E tama takiri tu i te tau o te ate—G. P., 182. Manawa is also used for ate: Kia hoki mai te tau o toku manawa kapakapa—S. T., 170. Cf. ate, the liver; (met.) the seat of the affections; the heart. [For comparatives, see Ate.]

TAUOHORIHORI (Moriori,) diminished.

TAUPA (taupà), the separating cartilage of the nose. 2. To obstruct, to pervert. Cf. tau, a string, a loop; pa, to block up, to obstruct; taupare to obstruct. 3. Fat covering the intestines, the omentum: Me te taupa o runga ake i te ate—Rew., iii. 4.

– 491 –

TAUPAHI, a temporary dwelling - place. Cf. pahi, a company of travellers; a ship; tau, to rest.

TAUPAKI, an apron, a girdle: Te taupaki o Hini-te-iwaiwa ka makere—A. H. M., ii. 140. Cf. paki, a girdle; tau, a string, a loop.

TAUPARE, to obstruct, to thwart. Cf. taupa, to obstruct, to pervert; pare, to ward off; kaupare, to turn in a different direction; kopare, to veil the eyes; tauwharewharenga, a steep river-bank. [For comparatives, see Pare.]

TAUPATA (also Naupata,) the name of a small tree (Bot. Coprosma baueriana). (Myth) This plant is said to have sprung from the skids and paddles of the Arawa canoe. [See Arawa.]

TAUPATUPATU, to beat one another. Cf. patu, to strike, to beat. 2. To quarrel. [For comparatives, see Patu.]

TAUPE (tàupe), weak, bending; not rigid; to band down. 2. Variable.

Samoan —taupe (tàupe), to swing; (b.) to guess; taupepepepe, flying ornaments of a canoe, bonnet, &c. Cf. pepe, to flutter about; a butterfly.

Tahitian—taupe, to bow down, applied to the head; taupeupe, to bow down repeatedly, or the bowing-down of many persons.

Hawaiian—kaupe, to put down, to put low; to humble, to crush. Cf. pe, broken or flattened down; crushed, depressed.

Tongan—taubo, to hang upon; (b.) to bear down. Cf. tautau, to hang.

Mangarevan —taupe (tàupe), to bend, to bow, to sag; (b.) to waver, to bend about, said of branches. Cf. toupiri, to bend under the weight of fruit, as a branch.

Ext. Poly.: Motu —cf. taupetaupe, a low swing.

TAUPIKO, the name of a carved ornament of greenstone (jade).

TAUPIRIPIRI, to walk along linked together, as arm-in-arm or clasping the waist. Cf. tau, a loop; tatau, to tie; piri, close together; to stick close; to fasten; tauapo, to hug; tauaro, a sweetheart.

Hawaiian—kaupili, to unite, as man and wife: to love one another, as two persons. Cf. pili, to cleave to, to adhere to, to be united.

Tahitian—taupiri, the tail of the paper kite. Cf. taua, a friend, a companion; piri, to stick to a thing, to adhere; taupirimaona, a wrestling match.

Rarotongan—cf. topiri, to be joined together. [For full comparatives, see Tau, and Piri.]

TAUPO (taupà), the loadstone.

TAUPOKI, to cover over; a cover, a lid; Katahi ka taupokina ki runga i a ratou—P. M., 141. Taupokina! Charge! (i.e. cover them up! smother them!) Cf. poki, to cover over; hipoki, to cover over; hapoki, a pit for storing potatoes; kaupoki, to cover over. 2. A concluding feast between any two persons or tribe. [For comparatives, see Poki.]

TAUPOTIKI (myth.), a name of the god Tane or of one of the lesser deities who assisted Tane in propping up the sky—M. S., 98.

TAUPORO, to terminate abruptly, to out short. Cf. poro, a butt end; a block; porokere, to be broken off short; koporo, having the end cut off abruptly; haporo, to cut off. [For comparatives, see Poro.]

TAUPU, a threshold: Kakea ake te taupu o te whare o to tupuna—P, M., 19.

TAUPUA, to rest, to support oneself, Cf, tau, to alight, to rest; tautaawhi, to support, as a reserve. 2. To float on the water, 3, To take breath. [For comparatives, see Tau.]

TAUPUHIPUHI, to lean one on another: Tau puhipuhi atu ra, korua nei ki te hoa—M. M., 25.

TAUPUNGA, to duck in the water.

TAUPURU, overcast, gloomy. Cf. purupuru, to stop the chinks of anything.

TAURA, a rope, a cord: Katahi ratou ka whiri taura—P. M., 21. Cf. tau, a string of a garment; a loop; a handle; tatau, to tie. 2 The Pointers (a and b Centauri) of the Southern Cross constellation. This is, Probably, as the “cable” of “The canoe of Tamarereti” (Te waka a Tamarereti), a native grouping of the stars. 3. A small piece of wood for fastening a window.

Samoan—cf. taula, an anchor; taula'i, to anchor with; taufatu, to tie on a stone, as a weight to a fish-hook; tàula, the priest of an aitu (deity); taulà, a sailing canoe.

Tahitian—taura, a rope, a cord; a twist, a line, a thread: Ia ruuruu ratou iau i te taura api aore à i ravehia ra; If they bind me fast with new unused ropes. (b.) A herd, a flock; (c.) a prophet. Cf. tauru, to fasten or secure a part of the sinnet in lashing a canoe; tiatau, to anchor; arataura, a rope ladder; a rope to climb by; one placed as a guide for a blind person; tiara, a rope or cord; tauhà, the Southern Cross constellation.

Hawaiian— kaula, a rope, a string; a cord or tendon in the animal system: Hahauia kona kua i ke kaula e ka haole; His back was whipped with a rope by a foreigner. (b.) (Kaula-uila) A chain of lightning; (c.) a bow-string; (d.) a a lash, i.e. the wound of a lash, a stripe; (e.) a prophet. Cf. kau, to hang up, to suspend, kaukau, to set or fix, as a rope or snare; kaulaluahine, the name of a rope for binding a mat on to a canoe; pakaula, a set of ropes for the rigging of a vessel.

Tongan—cf. taula, an anchor; a priest; taulaga, an anchorage, a harbour; taulu, to make fast the ropes of a canoe; taube, to hang upon; taumaka, to fasten small stones on the edges of a fishing-net.

Mangaian—taura, a line, a cord: Tena te taura a Maui! Behold the ropes of Maui (i.e. raya of the sun streaming from behind a cloud).

Rarotongan—taura, a line, a cord: E tangata ma te taura aite i tona rima; A man with a measuring-line in his hand.

Marquesan—toua (touà), a thick cord. Cf. tautau, to hang up; tauà, a priest.

Mangarevan—toura, a cord, a thread: Ku hao tana kua mau eki toura hau; He made fast a rope of hibiscus. Tourara, to hang so as to be gathered by the hand, said of fruit. Cf. toro, a band, a fillet; tauraga, a place in the sea used for fishing; taura, a priest.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. injaula, a rope.

Fiji —Cf. tau-ra, to seize, to catch.

TAURAKI, drought; to dry by exposure to the sun. Cf. raki, dry, dried up; rangirangi, to scorch.

Hawaiian—Kaulai, to put up in the sun to dry; to spread out in the sun; (b.) to lay

– 492 –

aside for use; (c.) to hang up. Cf. kau, to hang up; lai, (for lani,) the heavens.

Tahitian—taurai, to spread clothes in the sun to dry, &c.

Marquesan—touaki, to spread out, as cloth. [For full comparatives, see Tau, and Rangi.]

TAURANGA (a derivative of Tau,) moorings; a place of anchorage: Ka tae ki nga tauranga i tau ai nga waka i mua—P. M., 23. 2. A battle. 3. A constant abode.

Samoan—taula?a, an anchorage; (b.) a sacred offering.

Hawaiian—kaulanaaa, a resting place on the road; a title of the sun, as a resting place of the god Tane was called Kaulana a Kane.

Mangarevan—taura?a, a station; a place in the sea where fish are generally caught. [For full comparatives, see Tau.]

TAURANGI, incomplete. 2. Having prospects of completion (ki-taurangi, or kupu-taurangi, a promise, a pledge: I puaki ai hoki to kupu taurangi ki a au—Ken., xxxi. 13).

Samoan—cf. taulagilagi, to remind a speaker of some topic.

TAURAPA, the sternpost of a canoe. Cf. rapa, the sternpost of a canoe; korapa, the carved sternpost of a canoe; tauihu, the figurehead or bow of a canoe. [For comparatives, see Rapa]

TAURAPIRAPI, to claw one another, to scratch. Cf. rapi, to clutch; to scratch. [For comparatives, see Rapi.]

TAURAPUNGA, a variety of the kumara (sweet potato).

TAURARUA, witchcraft, magic.

Samoan—cf. tàula, the priest of an aitu (deity).

Tahitian—cf. taura, a prophet, or one inspired by a god.

Hawaiian—cf. kaula, a prophet.

Mangarevan—cf. taura, a priest.

Marquesan—cf. tauà, a priest.

TAUREA (Moriori,) to beguile. Cf. taurewa, vagrant; homeless.

TAUREI, white: He kuku taurei; A mussel with white flesh. Cf. rei, a tusk or large tooth; anything made of ivory.

TAUREKA, TAUREREKA, TAUREKAREKA, a captive taken in war, a slave: A haere ana raua me nga taurekareka tokorua—P.M., 50: Ko Marama kua pa ki taua taurereka—G.-8, 19. 2. A rascal, a scoundrel.

Samoan—taule'ale'a, a young man.

Tahitian—taurearea, the young, healthy, and vigorous of the people. Cf. aurearea, a strong athletic person.

Hawaiian—cf. kauwa, a servant; a subject of a king or chief; a slave; to serve, to do the will of another.

Tongan—toulekaleka, a beauty, a handsome man; goodly; well-proportioned.

Mangarevan—cf. tauneka, to tie a bundle securely.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. taurekareka, handsome.

TAUREWA, vagrant, vagabond; having no permanent residence. Cf. tau, to alight on, to rest; rewa, to float; tauhou, strange. 2. Not paid for. Cf. tarewa, unsettled, not paid for.

TAURI, an ornament of feathers on a taiaha (weapon): Ka koma te whero o te kura o te tauri—A. H. M., v. 42. Cf. tatau, to tie; tautau, a bunch, a cluster; ri, to screen. [For comparatives, see Tau, and Ri.]

TAURIMA, to entertain.

TAURITE, opposite: A ka tata atu ki te mano e tu mai ra, kua taurite ki te kainga o tenei tangata—P. M., 146. 2. Equal. Cf. rite, like, corresponding; papatairite, level.

Hawaiian—kaulike, to make alike; to be just, to be equitable; parallel. [For full comparatives, see Rite.]

TAURU (tàuru), the Went wind. Cf. uru. west; hauauru, the West wind; màuru, the Northwest wind; tamauru, the South-west wind. 2. The sources of a river: Totoia mai ki nga tauru o te awa—A. H. M. i. 157. Cf. uru, the head; the upper end. [For comparatives, see Uru.]

TAURUA, the canoe in which a net is carried. 2. A double-canoe. Cf. tau, to lie at anchor; kau, to swim; rua, two.

Tahitian—taurua, a double-canoe.

Tongan—cf. taua, to build two canoes at the same time.

Hawaiian—kaulua, a doublecanoe.

TAURUMARUMAKI, to duck one another in the water, an a game, to see who can hold out the longest. Cf. rumaki, to duck in the water; tau, to attack; taurapirapi, to claw one another.

TAUTAAWHI, to come up as a reserve, to support, to come to the help of a person.

TAUTAHI, the odd one; the number in excess. Cf. tahi, one; tatau, to count; tautau, to tie in bunches.

Samoan—tautasi, to hang one alone, as a single cocoanut. Cf. tasi, one.

Tongan— cf. tautaha, single, alone; taha, one.

Mangarevan—toutahi, to be hung singly on branches. Cf. tourua, to be hung in pairs. [For full comparatives, see Tau, and Tahi.]

TAUTANE (tautàne), part of a kumara plantation made sacred and reserved for the gods, to conciliate their favour for the crop. 2. Part of the ceremony performed by the father at the cleansing of a new-born infant from tapu. The part of the same ceremony performed by the oldest female relative is called Ruahine.

TAUTAPA, to give the word for action. Cf. tapa, to command; tau, to attack. 2. To challenge. Riri-tautapa, an arranged duel: single combat.

Tongan—tautaba, the calling of one in immediate danger; (b.) to beg, to call upon one when in trouble. Cf. faka-taba, to command suddenly, to speak rapidly. [For full comparatives, see Tau, and Tapa.]

TAUTARI, to fix the tautari, or upright stick, in the wall of a native house, supporting the small battens to which the reeds are fastened.

TAUTAU, [See under Tau.]

TAUTAUA (tautauà), inactive, slow to move. 2. Cowardly. Cf. hauà, cowardly; tau, to attack; taua, a war-party.

Tahitian—taua (tauà), a coward, cowardly; faa-taua (faa-tauà), to call a person a coward, to discourage; (b.) to make a feeble effort, as an infirm person. Cf. tauaave, slow, dilatory, hanging behind.

Hawaiian—kaua, to

– 493 –

hesitate about doing a thing after an engagement; to be in doubt about fulfilling a promise; (b.) to invite to stay. Cf. kauwa, a servant, a slave; to do the will of another; kaue, to be in fear.

TAUTAUAMOA (tautauàmoa). He riri tautauamoa, a quarrel in which few take part. Cf. tau, to attack; tatau, to assault; taua, a warparty; tautau, to tie in bunches; amo, an outrigger. [Note.—“To fight two and two like the moa”—J. White, Trans., viii. 80.]

Samoan—cf. fa'a-moataulia, to provoke a quarrel of two, as two cocks; moa, the domestic fowl.

Mangaian—taumoamoa, to strive to excel, to contend for a prize (dual): Taumoamoa e Tane e na Rongo oki; Tane and Rongo strove for mastery. [See comparatives of Moa.]

TAUTAUIRI, suspended in straps. Cf. iri, to hang, to be suspended; tautau, a string or cluster.

TAUTAUMAHEI, a variety of taro.

TAUTE, to prepare food for cooking. 2. To foster, to look after, to attend to.

Whaka-TAUTE, anything that one has to attend to; a charge, a duty.

Samoan—cf. taute, to eat (only used of the highest chiefs).

Tahitian—cf. taute, a man not allowed to eat with men because of his having cooked for his wife; tauteute, a large collection of different kinds of food.

Tongan —cf. taute, to correct, to punish.

TAUTEKA, a brace, a prop; to support with a prop. Cf. tautoko, to prop up, to support; tautiti, to support a sick person. 2. A pole on which a weight is carried between two persons; to carry on a pole. 3. To tighten by twisting; to use as a tourniquet; a piece of wood for twisting up a lashing. 4. A stage, a platform.

TAUTIKA, even, level. Cf. tika, straight, direct;. totika, straight, direct; tutika, upright. 2. A boundary, a limit.

TAUTINEI (tautìnei), to hold up or support a weak person. Cf. tautiti, to support an invalid in walking.

TAUTIMAI, an exclamation of welcome. Sometimes Tahuti mai !

TAUTINI (myth.), the hero of an old legend. He was the son of Kumikumimaro and Hineitaitai. By command of his deity he made a ship (or bowl, kumete), and went on a voyage, which lasted two months, on the sea. He married two women, Timua, and Tiroto— A. H. M., i. 171. 2. The name of some supernatural being who lent his great tame nautilus to Tinirau in the search for Hine-te-iwaiwa. Tinirau had lent his pet whale to Kae. [See Kae.]

TAUTINI, after a long time. Tautini noa, after a very long time: Tautini noa ka puta ano te taua patu ano mo Tara—A. H. M., v. 28: Tautini noa ka whanau a raua tamariki—A. H. M., v. 29. Cf. tau, a year; tini, many.

TAUTINI-AWHITIA (myth.), a son of Porouanoano. His mother, Huru-ma-angiangi, before the birth of the boy, felt longings for a bird to eat, and her husband brought her a huia and. a kotuku. After the boy was born, the father went away and lived in another place. Tautini grew up, and sought his father. The son took two birds, a huia and a kotuku, and these birds convinced the parent of the fact that it was his own son that appeared before him — A. H. M., ii. 178.

TAUTITI, a belt, a girdle. Cf. tau, a string, a loop; tatau, to tie; tatua, a girdle; ti, the cabbage-tree (Cordyline). 2. To stick into one's belt.

Samoan —cf. titi, a girdle of ti leaves (Cordyline terminalis).

Hawaiian—cf. kiki, bundles done up for carrying on a stick; the leaves used in tying up bundles.

Tongan—cf. jiji, a dress for working in, made from the leaves of the ji; taujiji-kabu, a leaf-dress that surrounds the body, used of a chief that includes all authority within himself.

TAUTITI (tautìtì), to support an invalid in walking. Cf. tautìnei, to hold up or support a weak person.

TAUTOHE, to contend, to persist. Cf. tau, to attack; tohe, to persist; totohe, to contend with one another; motohe, obstinate.

TAUTOHETOHE, to contend one with another: Kia makuturia tona hoa tautohetohe—MSS.

TAUTOHETANGA, the circumstance, &c., of contending: A i muri iho i taua tautohetanga— P. M., 14.

TAUTOHITO, a skilled person; one of experience; an adept. Cf. tawhito, old.

TAUTOHITO (myth.), a celebrated wizard. He and his friend Puarata possessed a magical wooden head, which slew hundreds of persons by the power of its enchantments. The talisman and the two sorcerers were destroyed by the great magician Hakawau—P. M., 176.

TAUTOKO, to prop up, to support: A ka tautokona e ratou a Raki ki runga—A. H. M., i, 22. Cf. tauteka, to support with a prop; tautinei, to support a weak person; toko, a pole; to propel with a pole; tokomanawa, the pole supporting the middle portion of a ridge-pole.

Samoan—tauto'o, to push forward a canoe with a pole; tauto'oto'o, to walk with a stick, as a sick person. Cf. to'o, a pole with which to propel a canoe in the shallow lagoon.

Tahitian—tautoo, to endeavour to raise oneself when sick; (b.) to seek earnestly what a person wishes. Cf. tauturu, a prop, help, assistance; too, a pole with which to push a canoe along.

Tongan—tautoko, to walk with the aid of a stick. Cf. toko, long rods used for pushing along canoes in shallow water; tokotoko, a walking-stick. [For full comparatives, see Toko.]

TAUTORO, to stretch forwards, to extend oneself: Koia e piri, koia e tata, koia tautorotia— Wohl., Trans., vii. 46. Cf. toro, to stretch forth; whatoro, to stretch out the hand.

Hawaiian—kaukolo, to follow, to pursue; to chase, as a fowl; (b.) the small roots of a tree spreading and running every way; (c.) to persevere in asking a favour until it is obtained. Cf. kolo, to crouch; to creep; to run, as a branch of vine or fine roots of trees; to urge in asking a favour.

Tongan—tautotolo, to defer, to extend the time for doing anything; faka-tautolo, to put off from time to time. Cf. fetautotoloaki, to defer; toloi, to increase, to

– 494 –

extend, to lengthen out. [For full comparatives, see Toro.]

TAUTORU, the constellation of Orion: Nana nei i hanga a Aketura, a Tautoru—Hopa, ix. 9. Cf. toru, three.

Samoan— cf. tàutolu, three hanging together, as a cluster of three oranges, &c.; tolu, three.

Mangarevan —toutoru, Orion; (b.) to be hong up in bunches of threes. Cf. tourua, handing in pairs.

TAUTUKU, to stoop, to bend down. Cf. tuku, to let down; to give up; to settle down; taupe, to bend down. 2. To be low.

Samoan —tautu'utu'u, to yield to. Cf. tu'u, to deliver over; to cut down; to desist, to cease. [For full comparatives, see Tuku.]

TAUTUTETUTE, to emulate, to strive to equal or excel.

TAUWARE, to touch without attracting notice; Tauware atu te maia ra—P. M., 152. Cf. warea, to be occupied, to be absorbed.

TAUWARE, the thwart of a canoe. Cf. taumanu, the thwart of a canoe. 2. The space between two thwarts. 3. Tonga-tauware, (or tau-wharu,) a South wind with warm weather.

TAUWEHE, to be separated: Nana i tauwehea ai, ka heuea te Po, ka heuea te Ao—P. M., 8. Cf. wehe, to divide. [For comparatives, see Wehe.]

TAUWHAINGA (tauwhàinga), to contend, to vie with, to emulate. Cf. whawhai, to fight; whaiwhai, to chase, to hunt; tau, to attack.

TAUWHANGA, to lurk for, to lie in wait. Cf. whanga, to lie in wait, to ambush.

TAUWHARE, to overhang: E rara iho ana i te tauwharenga kowhatu o Moerangi—P. M., 155. Cf. whare, a house; areare, overhanging; kare, surf. 2. Tonga-tauwhare, a South wind with fine weather.

TAUWHAREWHARENGA, an overhanging bank: Ka whakapupuni ia ki nga tauwharewharenga kowhatu o te wai ariki—P. M., 131.

Samoan —cf. taufale, the entrails. Tahitian-cf. fare, a house; farefare, hollow, as an empty stomach; are, a billow of the sea; pufarefare, hollowness, emptiness, as of a bag; a breaking wave, such as bends over, hangs, and then breaks.

Tongan —cf. fale, a house; faka-fale, to make a shed over a thing; fakafalefale, to hollow.

Paumotan—cf. fare, a house; farefare, hollow; a cavern; vacuity.

Marquesan—cf. hae, a house; haehae, the hollow or curl of a wave.

TAUWHATU, a fishing-net. Cf. ta, to net; tau, a string or loop; tatau, to tie; whatu, to weave, to plait; taurua, a canoe in which a net is carried; tauhokai, a stake in a river to which a net is fastened.

TAUWHENA (also Tauhena,) dwarfish, low in height. Cf. whe, a dwarf.

TAUWHENUA, a strange land. Cf. tau, to alight; whenua, land; tauhou, a stranger.

TAUWHIWHI, to be entangled. Cf. tau, a string, as of a garment; whiwhi, to be entangled. 2. To affix a covering; to close up, as a basket. 3. To sprinkle with water. [For comparatives, see Whiwhi.]

TAUWHIROWHIRO, said of the moon at the time of change. Cf. whiro, the second day of the moon; miro, to spin, to twist. [For comparatives, see Whiro.]

TAWA, the name of a tree (Bot. Beilschmiedia tawa): He mahi ano ta te tawa uho—P. M., 193.

Tongan—cf. tava, the name of a tree.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. dawa, the name of a tree with fruit resembling a plum.

TAWA (tawà), a ridge. Cf. tau, the ridge of a hill; wawa, a fence; to be separated; taukaka, the spur of a hill; taumata, the brow of a hill; tawae, to divide, to separate.

Hawaiian—cf. kawa, a deep pool of water with a precipice overhanging it, from which to dive; a procipice down which a suicide plunges.

TAWAE, to divide, to separate. Cf. wawae, to divide, to separate; wae, the log or foot; kowae, to divide, to part; tawà, a ridge.

Samoan—tavae, to kick another on the ankles, to cause him to fall. Cf. vae, the leg of an animal; to divide.

Tahitian —cf. tavae, a sort of basket for catching fish; vae, to share out, to divide food.

Hawaiian—kawae, to trip one with the foot; to draw one to you with the foot. Cf. wawae, the leg of a person or animal.

Tongan—tavae, to trip up the heels. [For full comparatives, see Wae.]

TAWAHA (tàwaha), a bed in a garden. Cf. waha, a region. 2. The spot where the water flows from a lake into a river. Cf. waha, the mouth; wahapu, the mouth of a bay or river.

Hawaiian—kawaha. vacant, as a space; hollow, as an arch. Cf. waha, a mouth; an opening generally; to dig a furrow or ditch. [For full comparatives, see Waha.]

TAWAHA (tàwaha), leaving an unpleasant taste in the mouth. Cf. waha, tho mouth; tawau, pungent, acrid; wahakawa, having a distaste for ordinary food; wàkawa, having a distaste for food. [For comparatives, see Waha.]

TAWAHI (tàwàhi), the opposite side of a river or valley: E haere ana eia whiti ki tawahi o te awa—P. M., 43. 2. (Met.) Hawaiki: No tawahi mai ano tera pua. Cf. wa, a space; wahi, a place, a locality; to divide; rawahi, the other side. [For comparatives, see Wahi.]

TAWAI (tàwai), a canoe without attached sides. Syn. Tiwai. Cf. ta, to bale; wai, water.

TAWAI (tàwai), to mock, to jest at; to taunt; mocking, jeering: Ko te ruahine ki te matapihi whakarongo ai ki te taua e tawai mai ra ki a raua—P. M., 93: He kupu tawai kau aua kupu àna—A. H. M., v. 11. Cf. whaka-wai, to beguile, to entice.

Tahitian —cf. tavaimanino, smooth flattering speech; tavairea, to be unable to eat food, from the effects of medicine.

Hawaiian— cf. kawai, the liquor obtained from sugarcane, after most of the intoxicating matter is removed.

Tongan — cf. tavai, to eat and drink together.

TAWAI (properly Tawhai,) the name of certain trees, Beech Trees (Bot. Fagus fusca, F. menziesii, F. solandri, &c.): Ko te rakau i whatiia he tawai, hei tohu mo tona hokinga—A. H. M., iii. 51.

– 495 –

Samoan—cf. tavai, the name of a tree (Bot. Rhus taitensis).

TAWAIWAI, the name of a tree (Bot. Phyllocladus trichomanoides).

TAWAKA, grooved, channelled. Cf. wakawaka, parallel ridges; waka, a canoe; ta, to strike.

Samoan —tavaka, to hollow out a canoe. Cf. va'a, a canoe; va'ava'a, the breastbone of birds.

Tahitian —cf. tava, to prepare the bark for cloth-making. (The cloth mallet is grooved or channelled.)

Tongan —cf. tavaka, to abscond in a canoe.

Hawaiian —cf, kawaa, a Kind of fish-net.

Mangarovan—cf. tavaka, a raft which has a lighted torch at night.

TAWAKA, the name of a bird, the Quail Hawk (Orn. Harpa novæ-zealandiæ).

TAWAKE, to repair a hole in a canoe. Rau-tawake, a plug to repair a hole; a patch.

TAWAKE-HEIMOA (myth.), an elder brother of Tutanekai—P. M., 146. [See Hinemoa.]

TAWAKI, the name of a bird, the Crested Penguin (Orn. Eudyptes pachyrhyncus).

TAWAKI-MOE-TAHANGA (myth.), a chief of Rotorua. Ho was a son of Kahu-mata-momoe, the son of Tama-te-kapua. Tawaki had a son, Uenuku-mai- Rarotonga.

TAWAPOU (tawàpou), the name of a tree (Bot. Sideroxylon costatum).

TAWARAUTANGI, the name of a tree.

TAWARE, to dupe, to fool, to cajole. Cf. ware, mean, low in social position; tawai, to taunt, to mock at.

Samoan—tavale, to out a tree on the boundary belonging to another; (b.) to out wood without measuring it so as to insure having it long enough; (c.) to speak without thought; (d.) to talk constantly; (e.) to marry beneath one's rank. Cf. valevale, childish; like a dotard.

Tahitian—tavare, to deceive. Cf. haa-vare, a lie, deception.

Marquesan—cf. tavaè, to appease; to tame.

Rarotongan— tavare, to deceive.

TAWARI, almost broken off; hanging by the skin, &c. 2. To bend down. 3. To oppose. 4. Wearied, exhausted. Cf. wari, a potato that has become watery through age or frost.

TAWARIWARI (tàwariwari), bending from side to side.

Samoan—cf. tavani, to make wide, as the opening in a pig in order to gut it.

Tahitian —tavari, to make soft and smooth, as pulp or mortar. Cf. vari, earth, mud, dirt, filth of any kind; blood discharged from the body. Mangarevan-tavari, tall and flexible, said of slender trees or of a tall man who sways about habitually; (b.) the uninterrupted march of a number of persons.

TAWARI, the name of a small tree (Bot. Ixerba brexioides).

TAWARO (tàwaro), the name of an edible herb. 2. The name of a tree.

TAWARU (tàwaru), (also Taweru,) a kind of garment: He kahakaha ona kakahu, he tawaru ki waho—P. M., 131. Cf. weru, a garment.

TAWATAWA, the name of a fish, the Mackerel (Ich. Scomber australasicus): E tere e te tawatawa i te moana ra—M. M., 16.

Hawaiian—cf. kawakawa, the name of a fish.

TAWATAWA, striped like a mackerel (tawatawa),

TAWATAWARIKI, to appear Just above ground.

TAWATU, an oven of pipi or cockles.

TAWAU, pungent, acrid. Cf. tawaha, having au unpleasant taste.

Hawaiian—cf. kawau, dampness; wet and cold; distemper among dogs; a seed used in deceiving fish.

TAWAUWAU (tàwauwau), the name of a fish.

TAWAUWAU, a figurative expression for “peace is made”: ‘Ka whiti te ra kei tua o Tawauwau.’

TAWAURI, dark, black. Cf. uri, dark: pouri, dark; kakarauri, dusk; kokouri, haziness caused by smoke. [For comparatives, see Uri.]

TAWEKA (tàweka), to carry the clothes round the neck, that they may not be an impediment in travelling: Tena tawekatia ki to kaki—A. H. M., ii. 16. Cf. tapeka, to turn up the clothes, that they may not be an impediment in walking; kawenga, a burden. 2. An incumbrance, a hindrance.

TAWEKE, to be all come or gone; entirely consumed. Cf. tapeke, to be gone or come, leaving none behind; peke, all gone, without exception.

TAWEKE, to set snares for birds. 2. Connected by relationship, friendship, &c.

Marquesan—taveke, and tavekeveke, to be deceived.

TAWEKU (tàweku), the name of a shrub (Bot. Coriaria ruscifolia).

TAWERA (tàwera), the planet Venus, as morning star: Ko Tawera te whetu marama o te ata—S. T., 170: Ki a Tawera i runga, ki te Marama i runga—P. M., 88. 2. A burnt place in the forest. Cf. wera, burnt; hawera, a burnt place in the fern or bush; parawera, land where the fern has been burnt off. 3. To scorch: E ka kà te ahi, ka taweratia nga rimu—A. H. M., i. 161.

Hawaiian —kaawela, Venus, the evening star. Ext. Poly.: Tagal, and

Pampang— cf. Tala, the morning star (Sanscrit ?). [For other comparatives, see Wera.]

TAWEREWERE (tàwerewere), to hang. Cf. were, to hang, to be suspended; pungawerewere, the spider; iri, to hang up; tawewe, to sound with a line.

Tahitian—tavere, to tow or drag a thing in the water; a thing taken in tow; taverevere, to tow repeatedly. Cf. verevere, thiu, gauzelike.

Hawaiian—kawelewele, the name of certain short ropes about a canoe; (b.) the beard; kawewele, the person at the end of long ropes, when many persons are drawing a heavy substance.

TAWERU (tàweru), (also Tawaru,) a garment. Cf. wenu, a garment. 2. A rag.

TAWEWE (tàwèwè), to sound the depth of water with a line. 2. To examine the bottom of the sea or river by dragging, to ascertain its freedom from obstruction.

– 496 –

TAWIRI (tàwiri), the name of a shell-fish. 2. The name of a small tree (Bot. Pittosporum tenuifolium); He kopuru, me te manehu, me te tawiri—A. H. M., v. 67. 3. An eel-net. Cf. ta, to net. 4. Cowardice: No reira ka mau nei hei tawiri—P. M., 69. Cf. wiri, to tremble; to bore; an auger; tawhiri, to whirl round.

Samoan —cf. vili, to bore a hole; to writhe in pain.

Tahitian—taviri, to turn or twist, as in rope making; taviriviri. the colic; griping pains; a sensation of twisting; to turn a thing round and round; anything turned. Cf. viri, to furl a sail; aviri, to twist cocoanut-leaves to serve as a fishing-net.

Hawaiian— kawili, to be changeable, variable; (b.) to mix together; to stir together various ingredients; (c.) the act of catching birds with bird-lime; hoo-kawili, to mix together; (b.) to vex, to harass; (c.) to rend; kawiliwili, the name of a tree (Bot. Erythrina corallodendron): the timber was much used for surf-boards and the outriggers (ama) of canoes. Cf. wili, a roll, a twist; a writhing in pain; tortuous; wiliwili, to shake, as a flexible rod; kawilikaeka, to entangle, to involve.

Mangarevan —taviri, to roll round, to coil, to twist. Cf. tauviri, to take by the hands to form a circle; a chain.

Mangaian —taviriviri, to twist; twisted; Kua taviriviri te kao o te meika; The core of the banana is twisted.

TAWIRIKARO (tàwirikaro), the name of a small tree (Bot. Pittosporum cornuifolium).

TAWHA (tawhà), (also Taha,) to burst open, to crack; a crack, a chasm. Cf. ngawha, to burst open; a boiling spring; kowha, split open; matatawha, open. 2. A calabash.

Samoan — tafa, a gash, an incision; to cut, to gash, to lance, to scarity; (b.) the side of a hill; (c.) to dawn; (d.) to turn on one side [see Taha]; (e.) to have pity on; tatafa, to dawn; (b.) to cut up pork in bin all portions; tafatafa, to cut in many places, to make many incisions in the flesh. Cf. tàfaoga, circumcision; tafasi, to split open; ‘autafa, a large tattooing instrument; tafani, to divide off pieces of food so as to leave the original joint small; tafatafa'ilagi, the horizon; tafatù, a perpendicular steep place, as seen from below.

Tahitian —taha, a cocoanut bottle.

Hawaiian —kaha, to scratch, to make marks; a scratch, a mark: hence, to write; (b.) to cut, to hew, as timber; (c.) to cut open, as a fish or animal; to rip open as the belly of a person: (d.) to turn about and go away; (e.) a strip of barren land on the sea-shore; (f.) the channel of a small stream; (g.) a kind of cloth; (h.) a noise, a report, the crack of a whip; (i.) robbery, rapine; kakaha, a shallow place out in the sea; kahakaha, to mark or scratch frequently; an engraving, a writing; hoo-kaha, to extort property from another; to cheat; an extortioner. Cf. kahaakua, a track of a god in a desert place; kahaule, to circumcise; kahe, to circumcise; kahania, to be shaven, to be cut close; to be made smooth, as a shaven head.

Tongan — tafa, to cut, to carve, to gash; a gash, an open wound made by something sharp; the act of cutting up; tatafa, to shoot along with speed. Cf. tafatafai, to cut, to lance in several places; faka-tafagafaga, to clear away, to cut down trees and remove all obstructions; fetafaaki, to cut, to lance each other; to cut up quickly; matalafa, a cut; a surgical operation; tafani, to widen; tavava, a crack or splitting in the sun.

TAWHAI, a name applied to several species of Beech-trees (Bot. Fagus solandri, F. menziesii, F. fusca, F. blairii, &c.) These trees are generally called Birch by the colonists.

TAWHAI (tàwhai), to stretch forth. Cf. whai, to follow, to pursue. 2. To imitate, to rival.

TAWHAIRAUNUI (tàwhairaunui), the name of a tree, the Entire - leaved Beech (Bot. Fagus fuaca). Cf. tawhai, the Beech; rau, leaf; nui, large.

TAWHAIRAURIKI (tàwhairauriki), the name of a tree (Bot. Fagus solandri). Cf. tawhai, the Beech; rau, a leaf; riki, small.

TAWHAITIRI (myth.), a huge spirit or Genius who stands opposite another named Tuapiko in the Lower-world or Shades (Po). Between those two the soul must pass. If light, it flies through safely; if cloggod and heavy, it will be caught and destroyed—Wohl., Trans., viii. 111.

TAWHAKI (myth.), a celebrated hero of Polynesia, sometimes appearing as a mortal, sometimes as a deity, but generally with supernatural powers.

In New Zealand, he is said to have been the son of Hema and Urutonga. He married a girl named Hinepiripiri; and by some means aroused the wrath of his four brothers-in-law, who attacked him, and left him for dead. He was found by his wife, who carried him home, and nursed him back to health, and dwelt with him until their son Wahieroa was born. Tawhaki revenged himself upon his brothers-in-law and their people by arousing, through his prayers, the wrath of the gods, who sent the flood called “The overturning of the Mataaho” in consequence. Tawhaki then set out with his brother Karihi to rescue the bones of his father, Hema, from the amphibian fairies named Ponaturi. The mother of Tawhaki had been carried off as a prisoner by these people, and was confined in their great dwelling, the Manawa-Tane. Mother and son plotted to destroy them; and when they were all asleep, the sunlight was suddenly let in, in full flood, upon them, and these creatures of darkness all perished. The fame of his exploit reached the celestial abodes; and Tangotango, one of the maidens of the heavenly race, stole down to his side every night and stayed with him, fleeing before the dawn. At last she found that she had conceived a child, and she came down to Tawhaki and lived with him as his wife. When the baby (afterwards named Arahuta) was born, the married pair had a foolish quarrel, and Tangotango fled back to her heavenly home, taking the child with her. Tawhaki pined for his lost wife and child, and after some time set out with his brother Karihi to search for her. She had told him that the way to find her was by a vine which somewhere hung down from heaven. The brothers sought direction from an old blind ancestress named Matakorepo, whose sight was restored to her

– 497 –

by the touch of Tawhaki. Karihi failed to climb the celestial vine, but Tawhaki ascended safely, and reached the land of those who dwell in the skies. He assumed the aspect of a poor old slave, and was set to work to carry axes, &c., for the canoe-builders; but he soon tired of this, sought the presence of his wife and child, and assumed his divinity, the lightning flashing from his armpits— P. M., 86 et seq. There are several variations of this story; they generally agree in showing that Tawhaki was regarded as a beneficent and gracious being. In the South Island it is said that Tawhaki met the wife of Paikea in heaven, and that she had a child by him. Tawhaki caused the deluge by stamping on the floor of heaven till it cracked-A. H. M., i. 48. Tawhaki was actually killed by his relatives, but came to life again by his own inherent power as god. The relatives were jealous because he was preferred by Hine-nui-e-kawa, who had been destined for another man. It was Hine who went up to heaven and took her child with her—A. H. M., i. 54. Hine-pupu - mai - nana said to be his mother— A. H. M., i. 59. Hine-pupu-mai-nono said to be his sister (A. H. M., i. 54), and that she taught him the powerful incantations by which he was able to walk upon the water—A. H. M., i. 61. Tawhaki married Parekoritawa, the daughter of Hinenuitepo. (The sister born before Pare was called Po-tangotango, hence, perhaps confusion of names). Pare went with Tawhaki to heaven, and they left a black moth behind them as a token of the soul. By Tawhaki, Pare had two children, Uenuku (Rainbow), and Whatitiri (Thunder)—S. R., 24. Whatitiri is generally known as the wife of Kaitangata, the father of Hema, and thus thè grandmother of Tawhaki. Tongotango is also called Hapai. Tawhaki married Maikukumakaka (the sister of Hapai), and she was the mother of Wahieroa—A. H. M., i. 129, and A. H. M., iii. 2. Tawhaki went up to heaven by a line of spider's thread, hence called” the path of the spider”—A. H. M., i. 57, 59, 63. He cured the sight of the old ancestress with clay moistened with his spittle—A. H. M., i. 57. He was killed by a reptile while washing at a stream. His sister passing by beheld him, and he then came to life and went up to heaven. When he prays it thunders and lightens. The natives who are ill repeat incantations to Tawhaki and Rehua; they offer him a sacrifice of ten baskets of food counted in a particular manner—M. S., 116. This counting was as follows: Counting the ten they then set aside one; counting the nine they set aside one, &c., as the old blind ancestress of Tawhaki had counted her taro roots (P. M., 43) when visited by her grandson. [See Ngahuru.] Tawhaki ascended to heaven on the string of his kite; this kite being made of the bark of aute (the paper-mulberry)—A. H. M., i. 129. Tawhaki was lord of three heavens, viz., Hauora, Nga-tauira, and Nga-atua — A. H. M., i. App. Hawaii.—Tawhaki, or Kahai, appears as an actual ancestor in the line of the Hawaiian kings. Taking the Ulu genealogy, we find at the 28th generation from Wakea (Vatea),—

The legends to be found in Hawaii concerning Tawhaki are extremely fragmentary and vague, but they appear to assert that Hema went to Kahiki (perhaps Tahiti, but more probably Tawhiti, “the Distance”; for Kahiki includes the whole of the islands in the Pacific Ocean) to receive the tribute called palala for the birth of his son Tawhaki. He was caught by the Aiaia (a fabulous bird, the messenger of the god Tane), died, and was buried in Ulu-paupau. Kahai (Tawhaki) started to avenge his father. His path was the rainbow, over which he and his brother Alihi (Karihi) passed up to heaven, and inquired of Tane and of Tangaloa where Hema had been placed. The story told of Tawhaki. in New Zealand as to the quarrel with his wife about the child, is here credited to his father's parents; Hema being so disgusted with the dirtiness of Hema and Punga, that she went up and dwelt in the moon. [See Hina.] Tawhaki seeking for Hema (South) may be a figurative expression for an exploring voyage. In the prayer to Rongo (For., ii. 353) it is asserted that the tàpu of Rongo (Lono) had passed to Kahiki, and overthrown the tapu of Tawhaki (Kahai). Samoa.—Tafa'i and Alise were two brothers, the children of Pua and Sigano. Their sister was changed into an ifiifi-tree (Bot. Parinarium laurinum). Lauamatoto, their attendant, wished to got a wife for Tafa'i, so he went up to the skies, where he saw crowds of handsome sky-men sleeping. Laua had taken up an offering, and he made overtures to the beautiful Sina-tae-oi-lagi, the daughter of Tagaloa-lagi. Sina sent down for Tawhaki and Karihi (Tafa'i and Alise), and they ascended; but though very handsome, they made themselves look ugly to see what welcome they would get. They were so ugly and dirty that Sina sent them to sleep outside. At daybreak, the brothers put on their beauty again, but turned to go away. Sina saw them, and followed, crying for them to return, but they refused to do so and went to their own land. Tafa'i pushed Sina down into a long chasm, but she was rescued by her parents. Tafa'i then fell in love with her, but in her turn she fled and sprung up on to the top of the house; Tafa'i entreated her but she persisted in her purpose, and ascended to the skies. She met the whole tribe of Tagaloa (Tangaroa) coming down with her dowry, and she was at last persuaded to return to earth. Tafa'i and Sina were married and in due time the Sun was born; the Sun would not stay in his father's country but went up to the home of his mother (Sina = Hina, the Moon-goddess) in the skies. Tafa'i is, probably, the giant Tafai mentioned in another legend. This giant was immensely tall and strong; he could use a cocoanut-tree for a spear, and when walking on the rock his feet left impressions as if in soft sand. In modern times, those privileged to sit on the right- and left-hand of a titled chief are called tafa'i. Tahiti. —Tavai (Tawhaki) and Arii

– 498 –

(Karihi), were the two sons of Oema (Hema). In consequence of a quarrel with his wife, Oema went down to Hawaii (Hawaiki, the world of the dead) to hide his shame. The boys, when they had grown up, resolved to seek their father. They used a charm, and split the solid earth in a great chasm; into this they descended, and found themselves in the presence of Kui, the blind. She was counting her taro, and these they stole. She tried to kill them, but they evaded and outwitted her, and chopped her to pieces. They then went to the sea-shore, where they saw a red shark, on whose back they passed over to the farthest limits of Spirit-land. In this ultima thule they found a priest who consulted the oracle for them, and told them where they would find their father. An old woman had charge of the corpse, which they found packed away in a fitting place, nothing but the bones remaining; these bones they brought back to the Upper-world of day.

Mangaia— Tane takes the place of Tawhaki. He found the old blind woman counting her ten yams; miraculously restored her sight; climbed a great cocoanut-tree as a path to heaven, and married Ina (Hina). In Mangareva, tahaki = a man of red hair and red skin; (fig.) a person of rank. In Tonga, kafaki = to climb, to ascend.

TAWHANA (tàwhana), bent like a bow, arched. Cf. whana, bent, bowed; to recoil; to kick; pana, to thrust; koropana, to fillip; korowhana, bent, bowed; kowhana, bent, bowed; hupana, to recoil, to fly back, as a spring.

Samoan— tafana, to shoot many. Cf. fana, to shoot [For full comparatives., see Whana.]

TAWHANGAWHANGA (tàwhangawhanga), calamity, trouble: kia puta i waho i te tawhangawhanga—A. H. M., v. 10. 2. Distance.

TAWHAO (tàwhao), copsewood.

TAWHAOWHAO, driftwood, &c., cast up by the sea; flotsam: A takaia ana au e nga tawhaowhao o te akau roa—P. M., 14.

TAWHARA (tàwhara), at a distance from each other; wide apart. Cf. wharahi, broad, wide; tawhera, open, gaping.

TAWHARA (tàwhara), the large white flower of the kiekie (Bot. Freycinetia banksii), eaten by the natives: He wha tawhara ki uta, he kiko tamure ki tai—Prov.: E oni ana, i runga i te tawhara o te kiekie—A. H. M., ii. 31. [Probably this word is related to Polynesian fara, the pandanus or screw palm (also a Freycinetia). See under Whara See also Tahitian note to Ureure.]

Tahitian—cf. tafara, a species of breadfruit.

TAWHARARA (tàwharara), TAWHARAWHARA, oblique: leaning, slanting. Cf. wharara, to lean; to stoop. 2. Declining, going down, of the sun; ka noho ana raua, a tawharara noa te ra—kai., xix. 8.

Samoan—cf. tafala, to beat the mat-drum at a night-dance; falala, to be aslant.

Hawaiian—cf halala, long and curving, as hogs' tusks.

Tahitian—cf taharahara, membrum virile.

TAWHARAU (tàwharau), to shelter with branches stuck into the ground: E tawharau ana mai a Te Arawa—P. M., 82 Ko tona waka toia ake ki uta, tawharautia ake — P. M., 59. Cf. wharau, a shed made of the branches of trees.

Tahitian —tafarau, to put a canoe under the shelter of a house called farau (For full comparatives see Wharau.]

TAWHARE-NIKAU (myth.), a child of Whiwhiate-rangi-ora and Papa—, A. H. M., i. App.

TAWHARU (tàwharu), to bend in the middle, to sag; to bend from weight or pressure. Cf. wharau, concave, depressed; a valley.

Tahitian—taharuharu, to yield. Cf. taaru, to yield, to abate, to give up.

TAWHARU (South Island dialect), eight; the eighth: Hei tawhitu, hei tawharu ka haere mai ia—Wohl., Trans., vii. 47. Cf. waru, and wharu, eight. [For comparatives, see Waru.]

TAWHATI (tàwhati), to ebb (of the tide). Cf. whati, to turn and go away. 2. A valley. Cf. whawhati, to bend at an angle; to fold.

Tahitian—tafati, the hollow part of a piece of wood; (b.) a piece of wood with an elbow. [For full comparatives, see Whati.]

TAWHE (tàwhe). [See Taawhe.]

TAWHETAWHE, an old garment; a rag. Cf. tawheta, to dangle; tahe, the menses.

TAWHEKE (myth.), one of the malignant deities dwelling with the goddess Miru in the Underworld. [See Tatau-o-te-po.]

TAWHENUA (tàwhenua), a land-wind. Cf. ta, ta breathe; whenua, land.

Samoan—cf. taufanua, to be off the land, as a wind. [For full comparatives, see Whenua.]

TAWHERA, open, gaping. Cf. whewhera, to spread out, to open; tuwhera, open; kowhera, to open, to gape; tawhara, wide apart.

Hawaiian —kahelahela, to be spread out, as a person asleep, his limbs extended and far apart.

Tahitian— cf. ferafera, to remove wrinkles from cloth. [For full comparatives, see Whewhera.]

TAWHERA, a leaf.

TAWHERO, the name of a tree (Bot. Weinmannia Silvicola). 2. At the East Cape, the name tawhero is given to the towai (Bot. Weinmannia racemosa).

TAWHETA (tàwheta), to dangle. Cf. tawhetawhe, a rag; petapeta, rags; takawhetawheta, to toss oneself. 2. To be indifferent; heedless; listless. 3. To lie together in a heap.

TAWHETE (Moriori) to adorn, to embellish.

TAWHI (tàwhi). [See Taawhi.]

TAWHI, food.

Mangarevan —cf. tahiga, a place marked for a person at a distribution of food.

Hawaiian—cf. kahi, a place; some definite place.

TAWHIO, to go round about. Cf. awhio, to go round about, to wind about; taiawhio, to encircle; takawhio, giddy, dizzy; amiomio, to turn round and round. 2. To be in any out-of-the-way situation. 3. To be travelled round, circumnavigated. Cf. awheo, to be surrounded with a halo, as the moon.

– 499 –

TAWHIRI (tàwhiri), to beckon, to wave to: Whiu te tangata ki runga i te maioro ki te tawhiri— P. M., 189. Cf. whiri, to twist, as a rope; wiri, to bore; tahi, to sweep. 2. To bid welcome, as by waving garments, &c.: Katahi ano te iwi nei ka putta ki waho ki te tawhiri—P. M., 146: Katahi ka tawhiritia e nga tangata o te pa—P. M., 185. 3. To whirl round; to wring the neck by whirling round, as a pigeon. 4. To wring out, as a wet cloth. 5. To fan: Ka whakakangia, ka tawhiritia, a ka tahuna te umu—A. H. M., ii. 10.

Samoan—tafili, to fly a pigeon; (b.) to go about on many errands; fa'a-tafili, to fly a tame pigeon. Cf. fili, to plait, as sinnet; to be entangled; tàgàtafili, the act of making a decoy-pigeon fly, which act is seen by the wild pigeon; vili, to writhe in pain; to bore a hole; a whirlpool.

Tahitian—tavin, to turn or twist, as in rope-making; taviriviri, to turn and twist oneself repeatedly; (b.) the colic, to have griping pains in the bowels; (c.) to turn a thing round and round; tahirl, a fan; to shake a fly-flap; (b.) to wag the tail, as a dog; (c.) to sweep, by striking the ground or the floor of a house with a kind of broom; tahirihiri, to fan repeatedly; to wag the tail repeatedly, as a dog. Cf. hirioo, to whirl or turn about; tahitahi, to brush by striking with the hand; to wipe off; tahirihiriarahu, to fan the embers; (fig.) to call to mind; tairiiri, to shake the head in contempt; viri, to lash up, to furl a sail; to roll some cloth round a corpse.

Hawaiian — kahili, a brush generally, but especially a fly-brush made of feathers bound on a stick; (b.) emphatically, the large brushes used by the chiefs. They were composed of select birds'feathers closely tied on to a flexible handle or staff, and were of different sizes; those for home use being about two or three feet long, those for processions and great public occasions were from twelve to fifteen feet in length, (c.) To sweep, as with a broom; to brush, to wipe; (d.) to sweep away, as the wind blows away light substances: hence, (e.) to destroy; (f.) to change, to be changeable: kahilihili, to scatter away, to brush off, as small dust or light substances; kakahili, a long conversation about many things without much profit; kawili, to be changeable or variable; (b.) to mix together various ingredients; to stir up together; (c.) the art of catching birds with bird-lime; hoo-kawili. to mix together; to knead, as bread; (b.) to tear, to rend; to vex, to harass. Cf. hili, to twist; lawekahili, the badge of royalty; the person who carried the kahili, attended the high chief and executed his orders; vili, to twist, to wind, to turn; winding; tortuous; to writhe; huelo, the tail of an animal (Maori cf. hiore, the tail): described, “the fly-brush at the extremity of animals” (Ke kahili o na holoholona ma ka hope).

Tongan—taili, to fan; (b.) to dread, to fear; dread, horror; tabili, to blow, to fan the fire; tafili, to roll over from side to side. Cf. tafiligatamaki, to roll over and hurt oneself.

Marquesan—tahii, to fan; a fan for blowing the fire.

Mangarevan— tairi, to whip, to thrash with cords or rods; to beat; taviri, to twist, to roll round, to coil. Cf. tauviri, to take by the hands to form a circle.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. iri, to fan.

TAWHIRI, the name of a shrub (Bot. Pittosporum tenuifolium).

TAWHIRI-MATEA (myth.), the Lord of Tempest, a son of Rangi (Heaven) and Papa (Earth). When his brothers Tu-matauenga, Tangaroa, Rongo-matane,. Tane-Mahuta, and Haumiatiketike, concerted to rend apart their Parents and force the sky upwards, Tawhiri was the only dissentient, and on the scheme being carried out, he attacked his brethren furiously. He destroyed the forests of Tane; drove Tangaroa and his progeny into the sea; pursued Rongo and Haumia till they had to take refuge in the bosom of their mother (Earth); and only found in Tu-matauenga a worthy opponent. During the heat of the combat between the two latter deities, part of the dry land was submerged, and the following forces of Nature appeared, viz.: Ua-nui (Great Rain), Ua-roa (Long-continued Rain), UaWhatu (Hail-storms), these being succeeded by their descendants, Hau- maringi (Mist), Hau -marotoroto (Heavy Dew), and Tomairangi (Light Dew)— P. M., 1 et seq.

TAWHIRIOHO (myth). a child of Puhaorangi. [See Puhaorangi.]

TAWHITI (tàwhiti), a hoop: A he mea tui te kikokiko o te kaki ki te tawhiti kareao— A. H. M., i. 36. cf. whiti, a hoop; korowhiti, bent like a hoop; mowhiti, a hoop; a ring; tarawhiti, a hoop; whitiki, a girdle. 2. A snare, a trap: Me te hupanatanga o taua tawhiti, o taua rore—P. M., 22: Ano he kiore e mau ana i te tawhiti whakaruatapu —P. M., 157. Cf. korowhiti, to spring up suddenly from a stooping position; mowhiti, to jump.

Samoan —tafiti, to twist about, to be restive, to struggle. Cf. fiti, a somersault. [For full comparatives, see Whiti.]

TAWHITI, distant, far off; widely separated; the distance; a distant locality: Hoe nei, hoe nei, a tawhiti noa atu—P. M., 23. Cf. whiti, to cross over: whakawhiti, to convey across; a sail for a canoe; whiti, to shine; ra-whiti, the east, the day - spring. 2. Hospitable, generous. 3. A noted person; celebrated. 4. Matchless, unrivalled. 5. A man, a fellow (a familiar term).

Samoan —cf. tafiti, to be restive; to struggle, to twist about; aviti, a liar; to lie; to give false reports; fiti, a kind of song borrowed from Fiji (Viti).

Tahitian—tahiti, to transplant, to remove a thing from its original place; (b.) the name of the largest of the Society Islands, originally called La Sagittaria by the Spaniards in A.D. 1605. Cf. hiti, an edge, a border; the extremity of a place or thing; a monster; what is deformed at birth; to rise, applied to the heavenly bodies; the revolution of time; tahitifaaea, an unsteady roving person; hitia-o-te-ra, the east.

Hawaiian—kahiki, the general name of any foreign country: He makani no kahiki mai; A wind from a foreign country: Hai mai la oia i na lii i kona holo i kahiki; He told the chiefs of his sailing to a foreign country. [Note.—That Kahiki; is not the Tahiti of the Society Islands seems proven by the celebrated ancient chant of Kualii,—

– 500 –

Aole o Kahiki kanaka
Hookahi o Kahiki kanaka—he haole;
Me ia la he Akua
Me au la he kanaka.

“Men of our race are not in Tawhiti;
One kind of men is in Tawhiti—the white man
He is like a god.
I am like a man.”

Cf. hiki, to come to, to arrive at; to be able to do a thing; hoo-hiki, to call or give a name to; to cause to come, to bring forth; holokahiki a Hawaiian sailor who has visited foreign countries.

Mangaian — iti, the eastward (sun-rise), is given as the birth-place of some of their immigrant heroes, and is said to refer to Tahiti. This is doubtful.

Moriori—cf. Hiti, the aborigines dispossessed by the Polynesians on their conquest of the Chatham Islands.

Paumotan —cf. tahiti, to leap over.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji —cf. Viti, the name written as Fiji; perhaps meaning “the Eastern people.”

TAWHITI (myth), one of the legendary beings used (together with Tupua, Te Wawau, and others) as stars by Tane for the decoration of Heaven (Rangi) after the separation of Heaven and Earth—A. H. M., i. 42.

TAWHITI (for Tahuti,) to run away. [See Tahuti]

TAWHITO, old, ancient: Ko te ingoa tawhito o Rupe, ko Maui-mua—P. M., 37:Ka tango ia i nga kowhatu papai, rimurimu tawhito —P. M., 80.

Samoan — cf. tafito, the end of a tree or post nearest the ground; the root of the penis; tafito'ulu, the root end of a breadfruit-tree.

Tahitian — tahito, old; decayed; formerly, anciently (Mai tahito mai, of old, from ancient times); (b.) to deride; to mock; tahitohito, derision, mockery; to deride repeatedly.

Hawaiian—kahiko, old, ancient: O ka mooolelo kahiko loa no Hawaii nei; The ancient history of Hawaii. Poe kahiko, the ancients: Nolaila i olelo mai ka poe kahiko; Hence the ancients say: I ka wa kahiko he pele no Maui; In ancient times there was a volcano also on Maui. (b.) To become old; to fade, as a flower or leaf; (c.) elderly; an elderly person: Ua paa kekahi mau mea ma ka naau o ka poe kahiko; Many things remain only in the memories of the elder people, (d.) A splendid dress; to put on a splendid dress and ornaments; (e.) to be armed for battle; armour; defensive weapons; (f.) to show honour; to dignify by honourable treatment; kahikohiko, to be very aged; to be well versed in ancient affairs; to speak the language of ancient times; to follow ancient customs. Cf. kahiko-kaua (Hale-kahiko-kaua-Whare-tawhito-taua), an armoury; lunakahiko, an elderly man of influence, from age, dignity of character, &c.

Tongan—cf. tefito, the root, origin.

Rarotongan — taito, old, ancient: E kite maata toku i to te aronga taito ra; I know more than the ancients.

Marquesan—tehito, old, ancient. Cf. tahito, fierce; proud.

Mangarevan—taito, and tehito, ancient; anciently; an aucestor of far-off times; (b.) perfectly; entirely; exceedingly: Ku ataata tehito te vaka; The canoe is exceedingly far away. Taitoito, less ancient than taito; aka-taito, ancient, antique; of other days; teito, anciently; anciently, but not archaic; not extremely ancient; (b.) perfectly; entirely. Cf. teitokito, extremely ancient.

Paumotan —tahito, ancient, antique. Cf. tapao-tahito, of ancient date.

TAHITO (myth.), some supernatural creatures or deities alluded to vaguely in old chants: Po ki tipua, tetahi po; Po ki tawhito tetahi po— A. H. M., i. 29. The god Tiki (the deified first man or creator of man) is called Tikitawhito (G. P., 423), and Whiro, the god of thieves, in also called Whiro-te-Tupua and Whiro-te-Tawhito, in the same incantation. It is probably a title “The Ancient One.”

Hawaii. —Tawhito (Kahiko) appears in all the old genealogies as some god-like ancestor. In the Ulu genealogy, he is the eleventh in succession from Vatea and Papa; he is the son of Manatu (Manaku), and the father of Ruanuku (Luanuu). In the Nana-ulu genealogy, he is the twelfth from Vatea; is the son of Ruanuku, and father of Tiki (Kii). In the genealogy of Kapapaiakea, Tawhito is the son of Uriuri (Uliuli), and the father of Vatea (Wakea). In the genealogy of Kumuuli, he is the twenty-seventh from Huriwhenua (Hulihonua), and is the son of Ruatahatonga (Luakahakona) and the father of Vatea. In the genealogy of Tumuwhenua (Kumuhonua), several Tahito are mentioned, but one of these, Ka-wa-Kahiko, is associated with Ka -wa-Kupua, as in the Maori verse above quoted. The chant of Moi-keha says that Tawhito is “the Root of the Land; he divided and separated the islands.” A legend states that, in times inconceivably remote, a Head was seen in heaven, which asked, “Who is the earthly king that conducts himself well ?” and the people all answered, “Tawhito is that King. He is skilful, he is a priest and diviner, and he sacrifices himself in finding out the way to benefit his people.” Tawhito had three sons; from the first, Vatea. sprung the chiefs, or Alii; from the second, Rihau-ura (Lihau-ula), descended the priests or kahuna; from the third, Matuku (Makuu), came the husbandmen, or Makaainana.

TAWHITU (tàwhitu), seven, seventh: Hei tawhitu, hei tawharu, ka haere mai ia. Cf. whitu, seven. [For comparatives, see Whitu.]

TAWHIU (tàwhiu), to drive together, to hunt up; Cf. ta, to strike; whiu, to drive; to lash; karawhiu, to whirl, to swing round; porowhiu, to throw; kowhiuwhiu, to fan, to winnow.

TAWHIUWHIU, to whirl round and round. [For comparatives, see Whiu.]

TAWHIWHI, to be entwined; tangled, twisted. Cf. whiwhi, to be entagled.

Hawaiian —kahihi, to entangle, to choke, as weeds do plants; entanglement, perplexity; (b.) to cause one to be entangled by a kapu (tapu) or law; (c.) to slander, to entangle one by accusing him; (d.) to block up an entrance. Cf. hihi, the running, spreading, or entwining of vines thick together; hihia, a thicket of forest.

Tahitian&m